P-387-SHARAYU-SUGAR-22019 (Revision - 01)
DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA) REPORT
FOR
PROPOSED EXPANSION OF MOLASSES BASED DISTILLERY FROM 60 KLPD TO 120 KLPD
BY SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD.
POST KAPSHI, TAL.: PHALTAN, DIST.: SATARA, MAHARASHTRA
PREPARED BY
TM
EQUINOX ENVIRONMENTS (I) PVT. LTD., ENVIRONMENTAL; CIVIL & CHEMICAL ENGINEERS, CONSULTANTS & ANALYSTS, KOLHAPUR (MS) E-mail: [email protected], [email protected] AN ISO 9001 : 2015 & QCI - NABET ACCREDITED ORGANIZATION
NOVEMBER - 2019
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
I am extremely thankful to the management of Sharayu Agro Industries Ltd., (SAIL) located at Post Kapshi, Tal.: Phaltan, Dist.: Satara, Maharashtra State for entrusting assignments of the draft EIA studies and Environmental Clearance (EC) procurement in respect of proposed expansion project of Molasses based distillery from 60 KLPD to 120 KLPD. It was indeed a great experience to have interactions, involvement and discussions with the management and technical experts of SAIL. Their knowledge and co-operation as well as support given during the draft EIA Report preparation impressed me a lot. Sharing of thoughts and planning with Mr. Ravindra Patil. General Manager of SAIL was always an interesting thing during the course of assignment. Thank you very much sir!
Prompt response as well as help from Mr. Prasad Kadam; during providing certain information, documentation and data related to the production, processes and details of manufacturing is duly appreciated. Also, the co-operation of staff of SAIL is duly acknowledged here.
I must thank our Technical Directors and In-house Functional Area Experts Prof. (Dr.) Jay Samant, Dr. Anuradha J. Samant, as well as our other Empanelled Functional Area Experts Dr. J. B. Pishte, Mr. Vinod Sahasrabuddhe, B. S. Lole and Mr. Vinaykumar Kurakula for their able and timely contributions in the draft EIA studies and report preparation. Despite their busy schedules in the universities, colleges and own professions, they were always available, on time, for the necessary inputs; field visits and discussions.
My staff of the EIA Study Cell here must receive a commendation and credit for all the in- house management and inputs during the monitoring, report preparation and presentations. Our other In-house experts of various functional areas have also contributed their best.
Last but not the least, the contributions from my non-technical staff and laboratory team is also duly appreciated here.
DR. SANGRAM GHUGARE Chartered Engineer Chairman & MD Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL); Kolhapur
CAUTION
The information, data, figures, flow charts and drawings in respect of manufacturing processes, mass balance, chemical reactions, production layouts and instrumentation details included in this Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report are the sole property of Sharayu Agro Industries Ltd. (SAIL) located at Post Kapshi, Tal.: Phaltan, Dist.: Satara, Maharashtra State. Some of the products, reactions and process methodologies may be patented.
The style and format of this Draft EIA Report as well as the data, processing and presentations of various environmental features, environmental management planning; designs; drawings; plates; calculations, demonstrations on attributes towards pollution control and abatement aspects etc. are the intellectual property of M/s. Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL); Kolhapur.
All maps (District, State, Country etc.) enclosed in this reports for referring information are purely indicative, graphical & not to scale.
Under no circumstances, any part of this report may be used; reproduced; translated; recorded or copied in any form and manner except by the Govt. authorities requiring this report for taking decisions, based on details and information provided in same, during the Environmental Clearance procedure carried out as per EIA Notification No. S.O. 1533 (E) dated 14.09.2006 as amended from time to time.
Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL); Kolhapur Environmental, Civil and Chemical Engineers, Consultants & Analysts ISO 9001: 2015 & QCI-NABET accredited Organization
V
CONFIGURATION OF REPORT
Chapter 1 - Introduction
This chapter is an introductory chapter, presenting background information of project, its location, objectives of the project and scope of study and documentation.
Chapter 2 - Project Description
This chapter deals with technology and process to be used for proposed project. It also deals with sources of pollution and mitigation measures under existing and proposed project activities.
Chapter 3 - Description of the Environment
In this chapter study of various attributes of environment such as Air, Water, Noise, Soil, Land Use Pattern, Geology, Hydro-geology and Ecology is carried out so as to describe the existing environmental status. Also, present social status is discussed to know if there are any sensitive issues in the area.
Chapter 4 - Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures
This chapter presents conclusion drawn by studying impacts considering both the pre-project and post project scenarios. It describes some impact of the proposed project and mitigation measures for abatement of the pollution.
Chapter 5 - Analysis of Alternatives
Various alternatives in terms of site selection and technology to be used are discussed in this chapter and the environment friendly and best suited technology is selected for the proposed project.
Chapter 6 - Environmental Monitoring Program
This chapter deals with planning of Environmental Monitoring Program both during construction phase and operational phase to assess the performance of pollution control equipments to be installed.
Chapter 7 - Additional Studies
This chapter illustrates possible risk areas under proposed project and safety and disaster management plan prepared to mitigate the same.
Chapter 8 - Project Benefits
This chapter describes predictable benefits due to proposed distillery unit.
Chapter 9 – Environment Cost Benefit Analysis
This chapter describes organizational framework for identifying, quantifying, and comparing the costs and benefits (measured in rupees) of a proposed project action.
Chapter 10 - Environmental Management Plan
This chapter deals with protection and mitigation measures for pollution after execution of the project. It also deals with roles and responsibilities of the environmental management cell for proper implementation of the Environmental Management Plan.
Chapter 11 - Summary and Conclusion
This chapter summarizes conclusions of the EIA report.
Chapter 12 - Disclosure of Consultant Organization
In this chapter, name and brief resume of consultant organization engaged in preparation of the EIA report is presented. ABBREVIATIONS
AAQM Ambient Air Quality Monitoring ACF Activated Carbon Filter ALOHA Areal Locations Of Hazardous Atmosphere AP Air Pollution AQ Air Quality BIS Bureau of Indian Standards BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand CGWB Central Ground Water Board CMD Cubic Meter per Day CO Carbon Monoxide CO2 Carbon Di Oxide COD Chemical Oxygen Demand CPCB Central Pollution Control Board CPU Condensate Polishing Unit CREP Corporate Responsibility For Environmental Protection CER Corporate Environmental Responsibility CTE Consent to Establish CTO Consent to Operate dB (A) Decibel (A-weighted) DG Diesel Generator DO Dissolved Oxygen EAC Expert Appraisal Committee EB Ecology and Biodiversity EC Environmental Clearance EEIPL Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EMP Environmental Management Plan ENA Extra Neutral Alcohol EPA Environment Protection Act ETP Effluent Treatment Plant FAA Functional Area Associate FAE Functional Area Expert GEO Geology GLC Ground Level Concentration GMPs Good Management Practices HDPE High-Density Polyethylene HG Hydrology, Ground Water and Water Conservation HSD High Speed Diesel IMD Indian Meteorological Department IRS Indian Remote Sensing IS Indian Standards ISO International Organization For Standardization KL Kilo Liter KLPD Kilo Liter per Day KVA Kilo Volt Ampere LC Land Cover LU Land Use MEE Multiple Effect Evaporator MoEFCC Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change MPCB Maharashtra Pollution Control Board MS Mild Steel MT Metric Ton MW Mega Watt N North NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards NE North-East NOx Oxides of Nitrogen NRBC Neera Right Bank Canal NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Unit NV Noise and Vibration O&M Operation and Maintenance OHSAS Occupational Health and Safety Management System Standards PH Public Hearing PLC Programmable Logic Controller PM Particulate Matter PP Project Proponent PPE Personal Protective Equipment PSF Pressure Sand Filter RCC Reinforced Cement Concrete. RO Reverse Osmosis RS Rectified spirit SAIL Sharayu Agro Industries SCBA Self Contained Breathing Apparatus SC Soil Conservation SE Socio - Economic SHE Safety and Health Environment SHW Solid and Hazardous Waste SO2 Sulphur Dioxide SPM Suspended Particulate Matter SS Suspended Solids SSL Shivneri Sugars Ltd. STP Sewage Treatment Plant SW South -West SWD Side Water Depth TCD Tones Crushing Per Day TDS Total Dissolved Solids ToR Terms of References TPH Tones Per Hour W West
CERTIFICATE
Declaration by Expert contributing to the Draft EIA Report in respect of proposed expansion of Molasses based distillery from 60 KLPD to 120 KLPD by – Sharayu Agro Industries Ltd., located at Post Kapshi, Tal.: Phaltan, Dist.: Satara, Maharashtra.
We, hereby, certify that we were a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA.
Project No. P-387-SHARAYU-SUGAR-22019 EIA Coordinator
Name : Dr. Sangram Ghugare
Period of Involvement : February 2019 – February 2021 Contact Information : [email protected]
Functional Area Expert:
Sr. Functional Involvement Name of the expert/s Signature No. Areas (Period & Task**) 1 WP Dr. Sangram Ghugare February 2019 to February 2021 Study of process and operations Site visit and finalization of water sampling locations Preparation of water balance and identification of wastewater generation. Evaluation of water pollution & control management Identification of impacts, suggestion and finalization of mitigation measures Study on Treatment of effluents through proposed ETP was contemplated and designs were done accordingly. 2 EB Prof.(Dr.) Jay Samant March 2019 to May 2019 Selection of Site for conducting ecological & biodiversity status of the study region. Study of terrestrial fauna by sighting, noting pug-marks, calls, sounds, droppings, nests and burrows etc. Interaction with Govt. offices
and agencies for certain
secondary data and information pertaining to region specific issues
198
Sr. Functional Involvement Name of the expert/s Signature No. Areas (Period & Task**) Interaction with local residents for obtaining information about various species of animals and birds usually observed their existence and importance in the study region. Review of rules, legislation and criteria towards knowing and understanding inclusion in the study region of any eco-sensitive zones, wild life sanctuary. Collection, compilation and presentation of the data as well as incorporation of same in to the EIA report 3 SE Dr. Anuradha Samant March 2019 to May 2019 Collection of data on socio-
economic aspects in study area through surveys. Public opinions and recording of events for future industrialization in the study area. Study of sociological aspects like human settlement, demographic and infrastructural facilities available in study area. Compilation of primary and secondary data and its inclusion in EIA report. 4 AP Mr. Yuvraj Damugade February 2019 to May 2019 Involved in detailed study of mass balance w.r.t. raw materials & products especially from view point of process emissions. Site visit and finalization sampling locations. Identification of impact and suggesting the mitigation measures Planning & identifying the most appropriate air pollution control 5 AQ Mr. Yuvraj Damugade February 2019 to May 2019 Designing of Ambient AQM network for use in prediction modeling and micro metrological data development Development and application of air quality models in prediction of pollutant dispersion. Plotting of isopleths of GLCs, Worst case scenarios prediction w.r.t. source and receptors.
199
Sr. Functional Involvement Name of the expert/s Signature No. Areas (Period & Task**) 6 HG Dr. J.B. Pishte March 2019 to May 2019 Hydro geological studies, data processing; analysis and evaluation, 7 GEO Ground water table measurement and monitoring network methodology preparation. Planning and scheduling of groundwater sampling stations in the region. Study of geology & general geological configuration of the region as well as sub-surface geology. Determination of impact and suggesting mitigation measures 8 SHW Mr. Vinay Kumar March 2019 to May 2019 Kurakula Detailed study of manufacturing
process and mass balance. Solid wastes generation in different steps of manufacturing was identified and their quantification done was checked. Identification of various hazardous wastes generated through manufacturing process. Practices of storage and disposal of HW its impact and mitigation measures. 9 RH Mr. Vinod March 2019 to May 2019 Sahasrabuddhe All the necessary literature for
processes storage of hazardous chemicals was studied before visit. Site visit and Verification of adequacy of on-site emergency preparedness plan for proposed unit was done. Identification of probable emergencies and procedures for preparedness for handling the same was verified. Worst case analysis by using ALOHA, Ware house safety measures, suggestion of mitigation measures. 10 NV Mr. Vinay Kumar March 2019 to May 2019 Kurakula Verification of noise levels Monitoring (both work zone and ambient) in the industrial premises and study region Finalization and verification of sampling locations, ambient noise monitoring stations and the data 11 LU collected.
200
Sr. Functional Involvement Name of the expert/s Signature No. Areas (Period & Task**) Land use land cover mapping using NRSC Satellite image. Satellite image processing, Image classification, Technical analysis and study for setting up of facility, planning of storage facility. 12 Soil Mr. B. S. Lole March 2019 to May 2019 Involvement physical analysis & characterization of the soils. Identification of Impact and its mitigation measures Interpretation of soil analysis, results and data including comparison of same with standard soil classification. Collection, study and evaluation of soil information from data obtained from secondary sources & its interpretation.
Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization/authorized person.
I, M/s. Equinox Environments (I) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL); Kolhapur, Environmental, Civil & Chemical Engineers, Consultants and Analysts, hereby confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the Draft EIA in respect of proposed expansion of Molasses based distillery from 60 KLPD to 120 KLPD by Sharayu Agro Industries Ltd., located at Post Kapshi, Tal.: Phaltan, Dist.: Satara, Maharashtra.
I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this statement.
Signature:
Name: Dr. Sangram Ghugare, Chairman & MD Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: M/s. Equinox Environments (I) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL); Kolhapur. NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date: NABET/EIA/ 1821/RA 0135 dated October 21, 2021
201
CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1 – INTRODUCTION 1 – 15
1.1 Introduction 1 1.2 The Project & Proponent 1 1.3 The Place 1 1.4 Importance to Country & Region 3 1.5 Scope of the Study 4
CHAPTER 2 – PROJECT DESCRIPTION 16-44
2.1 Type of Project 16 2.2 Need of the Project 16 2.2.1 Employment Generation Potential 16 2.2.2 Potential of the Products 16 2.3 Project Location 16 2.3.1 Site History 19 2.4 Details of Land Requirement 20 2.5 Project Operations, Approvals & Implementation 21 2.5.1 Plan for Approval and Implementation Schedule 22 2.6 Technology and Process Description 22 2.6.1 Products 22 2.6.2 Raw Materials for the Integrated Project 23 2.6.3 Raw Material and Product Transportation Details 24 2.6.4 Manufacturing Process 26 2.6.4.1 Manufacturing Process in integrated complex 26 2.6.4.2 Manufacturing Process for Distillery 26 2.6.4.3 Manufacturing Process for Sugar 27 2.6.4.4 Manufacturing Process for Co-gen 28 2.7 Sources of pollution and their control 30 2.7.1 Water Pollution 31 2.7.1.1 Fresh Water Adequacy 32 2.7.1.2 Effluent Generation 32 2.7.1.3 Domestic Effluent 32 2.7.1.4 Industrial effluent 33 2.7.2 Air Pollution 37 2.7.2.1 Fugitive Emission 38 2.7.2.2 Process Emissions 38 2.7.3 Solid Waste 39 2.7.4 Hazardous Wastes 39 2.7.5 Noise Pollution 40 2.7.5.1 Sources of Noise Pollution 40 2.7.6 Odour Pollution 40 2.7.7 Land Pollution 41 2.7.8 Budgetary Allocation by Industry towards Environment Protection 41 2.8 Green belt development plan 42 2.8.1 Area Calculation for Green Belt Plan 42 2.8.2 Existing Tree Plantation 42 2.8.3 Proposed Tree plantation 42 2.8.4 Criteria for Green Belt Development 42 2.9 Rain water harvesting 43
CHAPTER 3 – DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 45-116
3.1 Introduction 45 3.2 Land Use and Land Cover (LU & LC) 45 3.2.1 Scope of Work 45 3.2.2 Study Area & Location 45 3.2.3 Purpose of Land Use Mapping 45 3.2.4 Land use Map Analysis 46 3.2.5 Methodology for LU & LC Study 46 3.3 Land Use Studies 50 3.3.1 Land Use of Study Area 50 3.3.2 Land Use Map 53 3.3.3 Settlement Map 54 3.3.4 Eco-Sensitive Map 55 3.4 Soil Characteristics 56 3.4.1 Introduction 56 3.4.2 Soil Quality: Present status 56 3.4.3 Methodology 56 3.4.3.1 Methodology of Data Generation 56 3.4.3.2 Sources of Information 57 3.4.4 Comments on Soil Characteristics 58 3.4.4.1 Geomorphology & Soils 58 3.4.5 Physical characters 63 3.4.6 Chemical Characters 65 3.5 Drainage and Geomorphology 69 3.5.1 Methodology 69 3.5.1.1 Literature Review 69 3.5.2 Data Generation 70 3.5.3 Data Analysis and Interpretation 70 3.5.4 Description of the environment 70 3.5.4.1 Geomorphology 70 3.5.4.2 Drainage 70 3.6 Geology, Hydrology & Hydrogeology 73 3.6.1 Geology 73 3.6.2 Hydrogeology 73 3.6.2.1 Ground Water Resources 74 3.6.2.2 Groundwater Quality 74 3.7 Water quality 77 3.7.1 Introduction 77 3.7.2 Methodology 77 3.7.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation 77 3.7.2.2 Sampling Procedure for Primary Data Generation 78 3.7.3 Presentation of Results 78 3.7.3.1 Surface Water 78 3.7.3.2 Ground water 83 3.8 METEOROLOGY 74 3.8.1 Introduction 74 3.8.2 Methodology 75 3.8.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation 75 3.8.2.2 Sources of Information 75 3.9 Air Quality 75 3.9.1 Introduction 75 3.9.2 Methodology 76 3.9.2.1 Selection of Sampling Locations 76 3.9.2.2 Parameters, Frequency and Analysis Methods for AAQ 76 Monitoring 3.9.3 Presentation of Results 77 3.9.4 Observations 78 3.10 Noise Level Survey 78 3.10.1 Introduction 78 3.10.2 Identification of Sampling Locations 79 3.10.3 Ambient Noise Monitoring Stations 79 3.10.4 Method of Monitoring 81 3.10.5 Standards for Noise Levels 81 3.10.5.1 Standards for Occupational Noise (U.S.A) 81 3.10.5.2 OSHA Standards 82 3.10.6 Presentation of Results 82 3.10.6.1 Noise Modelling 82 3.10.6.2 Observations 82 3.11 Socio-economic profile 83 3.11.1 Introduction 83 3.11.2 Objective 83 3.11.3 Methodology 84 3.11.4 Findings of Questionnaire survey 84 3.11.4.1 Agriculture 85 3.11.4.2 Employment 85 3.11.4.3 Economy 85 3.11.4.4 Water Supply 85 3.11.4.5 Education 85 3.11.4.6 Community Health 85 3.11.4.7 Transportation & Communication 86 3.11.5 Social Environment 86 3.11.6 Effect of Existing Industry on Environment 86 3.11.6.1 Opinion of locals on Industry Expansion 86 3.11.7 Impacts of Industry Expansion 87 3.11.8 Observations 87 3.11.9 Demands of Respondents from SAIL in CER activities 87 3.11.10 Conclusion 87 3.11.11 Suggestions 88 3.11.12 Environment Management Plan (EMP) 88 3.12 Ecology 88 3.12.1 Study Area 88 3.12.2 Methodology 90 3.12.3 Ecology 91 3.12.3.1 Field Observations 91 3.12.3.2 Questionnaire Survey 91 3.12.4 Biodiversity 92 3.12.4.1 Field Observations 92 3.12.4.2 Questionnaire Survey 92 3.12.4.3 Environmental Impact of Proposed Project on Ecology and 93 Biodiversity in Region 3.12.5 Green Belt 93 3.12.5.1 Observations & Recommendations 93 3.12.6 CER Activity 94 3.12.6.1 Observations and Recommendations 94 3.12.7 EMP 95
CHAPTER 4 – ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES 117– 155
4.1 Introduction 117 4.2 Construction Phase 117 4.3 Operation Phase 120 4.3.1 Impact on Air Quality 121 4.3.1.1 GLC Evaluation through Air Dispersion Modeling 122 4.3.1.2 Mitigation Measures 127 4.3.2 Impact on Climate 134 4.3.3 Impact on Water Resources 134 4.3.3.1 Surface Water (Quality and Quantity) 134 4.3.3.2 Calculations for Quantification of Impact on Surface Water 134 Body 4.3.3.3 Ground Water (Quality & Quantity) 135 4.3.3.4 Mitigation Measures 137 4.3.4 Impact of Solid and Hazardous Wastes 138 4.3.4.1 Mitigation Measures 139 4.3.9 Impact on Soil and Agriculture 139 4.3.9.1 Mitigation Measures 140 4.3.5 Impact on Noise Levels 141 4.3.5.1 Mitigation Measures 142 4.3.6 Impact of Vibration 144 4.3.7 Impact on Hydrogeology 144 4.3.7.1 Mitigation Measures on Hydrogeology 145 4.3.8 Impact on Geology 145 4.3.8.1 Mitigation Measures on Geology 145 4.3.10 Impact on Land Use 4.3.11 Impact on Ecology and Bio-diversity 145 4.3.11.1 Mitigation Measures 4.3.12 Impact due to Industrial Operations Involving Risk and Hazard 145 4.3.13 Impact on Socio Economic Status of Study Area 145 4.3.14 Impact on Historical Places 146 4.4 Evaluation Of Impact 4.4.1 Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) 146 4.5 Environmental Impact Evaluation For SAIL Distillery 147 4.6 Impacts Due To Decommissioning Activity 154
CHAPTER 5 – ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY AND SITE) 156-157
5.1 Introduction 156 5.2 Analysis of alternative sites 156 5.3 Alternative Technologies 156 5.3.1 Fermentation Technology 156 5.3.2 Distillation Process 156 5.3.3 Technology for Abating Pollution 157
CHAPTER 6 – ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAME 158 - 167
6.1 Introduction 158 6.2 Monitoring Program during Construction Phase 158 6.3 Monitoring Program during post construction / operational phase 158 6.3.1 Air Pollution Management 159 6.3.2 Water Management 159 6.3.3 Noise Level Management 159 6.3.4 Land Management 160 6.3.5 Odour Management 161 6.3.6 Operation Control and Equipment Maintenance 162 6.3.7 Occupational Health & Safety Measures 162 6.3.8 Measures For Socio-Economic Development 163 6.3.8.1 Better Employment Opportunities 163 6.3.9 Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) Plan 163 6.3.10 Proposed CER Plan by SAIL 163 6.3.11 Measures for Improvement of Ecology 163 6.4 Environmental Monitoring Program Schedule 164 6.5 Compliance with CREP guidelines 165
CHAPTER 7 - ADDITIONAL STUDIES 168-186
7.1 Public consultation 168 7.2 R & R Action plan 7.3 Risk Assessment Introduction 174 7.4 Objectives and Scope of the Rh Report 174 7.4.1 Objective of the Risk and Hazard analysis 174 7.4.2 Methodology 174 7.4.3 Hazard during Construction Phase 174 7.4.4 Hazard during Operation Phase 175 7.5 Sugar Manufacturing Section 176 7.5.1 Hazard in Bagasse Production and Storage 178 7.5.1.1 Exposure to SO2 gas produced by burning Sulphur 180 7.5.1.2 Mitigation Measures based on QRA 181 7.5.2 Molasses Storage Tanks 181 7.5.3 Mitigation Measures 181 7.6 Co-gen Plant 182 7.7 Distillery 183 7.7.1 Major Hazard in Distillery 183 7.7.2 Mitigation Measures 184 7.7.3 Qualitative Risk analysis 184 7.8 On-site emergency plan 184 7.9 Occupational health aspects and medical provision in the factory: 184 7.9.1 Effects of Alcohol on health 185 7.9.2 Medical check-up 185 7.9.3 Occupational Health Center: OHC 185 7.10 EHS policy 186
CHAPTER 8 – PROJECT BENEFITS 187 - 188
8.1 Introduction 187 8.1.1 Improvement in the Physical Infrastructure 187 8.1.2 Improvement in the Social Infrastructure 187 8.2 Activities Done By Sail Under CER 188 8.3 Employment potential 188 8.4 Other Tangible Benefits 188
CHAPTER 9 – ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 189 - 190
9.1 Introduction 189 9.2 Proposed Project 190
CHAPTER 10 – ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLANT (EMP) 191-196
10.1 Introduction 191 10.2 Environmental Management Cell (EMC) 191 10.3 Working of Environmental Management Plan 192 10.4 Recommendation & Implementation Schedule 193 10.4.1 Summary of Recommendations 193 10.5 Environmental Post Monitoring Programmes 195 10.6 Post Environmental Monitoring Program 195 10.7 Monitoring equipments 195
CHAPTER 11 – SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION 197 - 201
11.1 Introduction 197 11.2 Project at a Glance 197 11.3 Process Description 198 11.3.1 Product & Raw Material 198 11.4 Sources of Pollution & Mitigation Measures 199 11.4.1 Water Pollution 200 11.4.2 Air Pollution 200 11.4.3 Noise Pollution 200 11.4.4 Solid Waste 200 11.4.5 Hazardous Waste 200 11.4.6 Odour Pollution 200 11.5 Green Belt Development 201 11.6 Environmental Monitoring Program 201 11.7 Environment Management Plan 201 11.8 Conclusion 201
CHAPTER 12 – DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ORGANIZATION 202 - 214 12.1 The Organization 202
LIST OF TABLES
Table Table Page No. No. 1.1 Promoters of SAIL 1 1.2 Summary of Terms of Reference 4 2.1 Details of Manpower 16 2.2 Salient Features of the SAIL Project Site 17 2.3 Area Statement of SAIL 20 2.4 Working Pattern 22 2.5 Project Investment Details 22 2.6 Project Implementation Schedule 22 2.7 List of Products & By-products for Integrated Complex 22 2.8 List of Raw Materials for Integrated Complex 23 2.9 Seasonal Cane Availability for Sugar Factory 23 2.10 Seasonal Bagasse Availability for Co-gen plant 23 2.11 Availability of Molasses for Distillery (After expansion) 24 2.12 Raw Material (Sugarcane) Transportation Deatils 24 2.13 Product and By-product Transportation Details 25 2.14 Details of Product and By-product Storage 25 2.15 Steam Balance of existing Co-gen Boiler 29 2.16 Steam Balance of existing distillery Boiler 29 2.17 Electriciy Requirement Details 30 2.18 Distribution of electricity generated from co-gen plant 30 2.19 Details of Water Consumption & Effluent Generation in Sugar Factory 31 2.20 Details of Water Consumption in Distillery 31 2.21 Cane Condensate Balance 32 2.22 Details of Effluent Generation in Distillery 33 2.23 Details of MEE 33 2.24 Spentwash Characteristics 34 2.25 Details of Boilers and D. G. Set in SAIL 36 2.26 Characteristics of Fuel 36 2.27 Fuel Storage Details 36 2.28 Details of ESP 36 2.29 Details Solid Waste 39 2.30 Details of Hazardous Waste 40 2.31 Capital as Well as O & M Cost (Existing &Expansion) 41 2.32 Area Details 42 2.33 Area Taken for RWH 43 3.1 Satellite data details 42 3.2 Area Statistics for Land Use Land Cover Classes 46 3.3 Analytical Techniques for Soil Analysis 53 3.4 Soil Sampling Locations 53 3.5 Standard Soil Classification 53 3.6 Existing Soil Characteristics 55 3.7 Well Inventory Data for SAIL 68 3.8 Water Quality Parameter values above desired / permissible limit prescribed in 69 IS10500:2012 3.9 Monitoring Locations for Surface Water 71 3.10 Monitoring Locations for Ground Water 71 Table Table Page No. No. 3.11 Surface Water 72 3.12 Ground water 73 3.13 Meteorological Parameters 75 3.14 AAQM Locations Details 76 3.15 AAQ Parameters and Monitoring Frequency 77 3.16 Summary of the AAQ Levels for Monitoring Season [March 2019 to May 77 2019] 3.17 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) by CPCB 77 3.18 Noise Sampling Locations 79 3.19 Ambient Noise Level Standards 81 3.20 Standards for Occupational Exposure 81 3.21 OSHA Standards for Occupational Exposure 82 3.22 Ambient Noise Levels 82 3.23 Name of Villages & Sample Size of Respondents in them 84 3.24 Age Distribution within Sample size 84 3.25 The villages visited for EB field study and questionnaire survey within 5 and 90 10 km radius of the project site 3.26 List of fauna observed during field survey 96 3.27 List of fauna commonly reported by the locals during survey 97 4.1 Impact Identification and Mitigation Measures due to Construction Phase 117 4.2 Disposal of Waste Generation during Construction Phase 120 4.3 Identification of Impacts due to Operation Phase 120 4.4 Predominant Wind Directions 122 4.5 Baseline Concentrations at Site 122 4.6 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM10 Values 124 4.7 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5 values 125 4.8 GLC with Incremental Increase in SO2Values 126 4.9 GLC with Incremental Increase in NOXValues 127 4.10 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM10 values for Non-Operation of APC 129 4.11 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5 values for Non-Operation of APC 130 4.12 Waste Minimization Technique 140 4.13 Standards In Respect of Ambient Noise Levels 143 4.14 Existing Environmental Status in Study Area 148 4.15 Application of Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) 150 4.16 Identification of RED Flags to the Potential Problem Areas in BEES 154 4.17 The Mitigation Measures 154 4.18 Identification of Impacts due to Decommissioning of SAIL 155 5.1 Technology for Abating Pollution 147 6.1 Trees with Good Canopy for Noise Attenuation 160 6.2 Health Care Facility & Equipments 162 6.3 Proposed CER activities for SAIL 163 6.4 CER Implementation Schedule 164 6.5 Plan for Monitoring of Environmental Attributes in and around Industry 166 6.6 Plan For Monitoring of Environmental Attributes within Industrial Premises 167 7.1 Points Raised in the PH & Response of PP 169 7.2 Hazards during Construction Phase 174 7.3 Onsite Possible hazardous locations 175 7.4 Fire fighting details in existing plant 177 7.5 Potential Hazards & Mitigation Measures 178 7.6 Failure frequencies for pipe systems 181 Table Table Page No. No. 7.7 Storage details 184 7.8 Degree of Hazard 184 7.8 Effect of Ethyl Alcohol 185 8.1 Activities done under CER 188 10.1 Environmental Management Cell 191 10.2 Summary of Recommendations 193 10.3 Implementation Schedule 195 10.4 Statutory Compliance to be observed 195 11.1 Project investment details 197 11.2 Salient Features of the SAIL Project Site 197 11.3 List of Products & by-products 198 11.4 List of Raw Materials for Integrated complex 198 11.5 Solid Waste Details 200 11.6 Hazardous Waste Details 200 11.7 Area Details 201
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure No. Figure Page No. 1.1 Photograph of SAIL Project Complex 2 2.1 Location of the Project Site 18 2.2 Images Showing Site History 19 2.3 Integrated Manufacturing Process Operations 26 2.4 Mass Balance and Process Flow Chart for 120 KLPD Distillery 27 2.5 Mass Balance and Process Flow Chart for 5000 TCD Sugar factory 29 2.6 Process Flow Chart for Co-gen Plant 30 2.7 Flow Chart of Proposed CPU in Distillery 34 2.8 Flow Chart of Existing Sugar Factory ETP 35 2.9 Flow Chart of Proposed STP 35 2.10 Cross Section of Spentwash Tank 36 2.11 Photos of Existing ETP 36 2.12 Photograph Showing Boiler along with APC Equipment & Stack 38 2.13 Photograph Showing Online Monitoring System 39 3.1 Process Flow Chart 47 3.2 Google Image Showing Study Area 48 3.3 Satellite Image 49 3.4 Visual Interpretation Key Used for the Study 50 3.5 Land Use Land Cover Statistics 51 3.6 Topographical Map 52 3.7 Land Use and Land Cover Map 53 3.8 Settlement Map 54 3.9 Eco-Sensitive Map 55 3.10 Baseline Environmental Details: Soil Environment 60 3.11 Soil Analysis 61-62 3.12 Soil Map 64 3.13 Drainage Map 71 3.14 Geo-morphological Map 72 3.15 Dug Well Sections in the area around SAIL Project 73 3.16 Field Locations of Well Inventory in the Area Around SAIL 75 3.17 Geo-Hydrological Map 76 3.18 Baseline Environmental Details: Surface Water 80 3.19 Surface Water Analysis 81-82 3.20 Baseline Environmental Details: Ground Water 84 3.21 Ground Water Analysis 85-86 3.22 AAQM Parameters - March 2019 90 3.23 Baseline Environmental Details: AAQM Environment 91 3.24 AAQM Parameters – April 2019 92 3.25 AAQM Parameters – May 2019 92 3.26 AQI 93 3.27 Noise Monitoring Locations 96 3.28 Noise Analysis 97 3.29 Noise Monitoring Map 98 3.30 Current status of basic facilities in study area 101 3.31 Findings of Socio Economic Survey 103 3.32 Habitat in Study Area 112 3.33 Biodiversity in Study Area 113 3.34 Photographs of Green Belt 114 3.35 Site Visit Photos & Google Image of SAIL 115 4.1 Impact Identification from Process Flow Chart 121 4.2 Windrose for the Month February 2019 – March 2019 - April 2019 123 3 4.3 Isopleths of PM10 (24 Hrs Max. Conc. in μg/m ) 124 3 4.4 Isopleths of PM2.5(24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/m ) 125 3 4.5 Isopleths of SO2 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/m ) 126 3 4.6 Isopleths of NOX (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/m ) 127 3 4.7 Isopleths of PM10 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/m ) 128 3 4.8 Isopleths of PM2.5 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/m ) 129 4.9 Incremental PM10 130 4.10 Incremental PM2.5 131 4.11 Incremental SO2 131 4.12 Incremental NOx 132 4.13 Water Table contour map of the area around SAIL 136 10.1 Environmental Management Cell and Responsibilities 192 10.2 Environmental Management Plan 192 11.1 Manufacturing Process Details of SAIL Integrated Project 199
Chapter 1 Introduction
1.1 INTRODUCTION
'Environmental ImpactAssessment (EIA)' is the process of evaluating likely environmental impacts, both positive and negative, of a new or expansion project by taking into account natural, social and economic aspects. It also comprises of suggesting possible mitigation measures,for negative impacts, before implementation or expansion of project.Main objectives of an EIA report are -
To describe a pre-project baseline condition with respect to Environmental Indicators. To identify possible sources of pollution and their environmental impacts including identifying risks associated with setting up of a new / expansion project and suggestingappropriate mitigation measures for alleviating adverse impacts to the extent possible. To suggest environmental/risk management plans for implementing mitigationmeasures.
Molasses is a very important by-product of the sugar industry which is a raw material for distillery manufacturing alcohol. There is a good demand for alcohol produced from molasses based distilleries in the country.Also, alcohol has good export potential. In view of this Sharayu Agro Industries Ltd. (SAIL) has planned to go for expansion of its existing 60 KLPD (Kilo liters per day) molasses baseddistillery to 120 KLPD.
1.2 THE PROJECT & PROPONENTS
Project site of SAIL is located A/p.: Kapshi (Motewadi), Tal.: Phaltan, Dist.: Satara. This report has been prepared in overall context of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)as per the provisions of “EIA Notification No. S.O. 1533 (E)” dated 14.09.2006; and amendments thereto issued by Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC); New Delhi. Now, as per the amended “EIA Notification No. S.O. 1960 (E)” dated 13.06.2019; the project comes under activity 5(g)- Distillery; comes under Category ‘A’.EIA report comprises of requisite information and details w.r.t. project as mentioned in the standard Terms of Reference (TORs) issued by MoEFCC vide letter No. J-11011/403/2014-IA II(I)dated 18.10.2019to SAIL.
Unit was registered in November 2014 as M/s. Lokmanya Sakhar Udyog Ltd. In May 2015, Lokmanya Sakhar Udyog Ltd. was taken over by management of Sharayu Agro Industries Ltd. (SAIL).
Table 1.1 Promoters of SAIL
No. Name Designation 1 Mr. Shrinivas A. Pawar Chairman 2 Mr. Amarsinh P. Patil Executive Director 3 Mr. SukhvinderJit Singh Plant Head
1.3 THE PLACE
Proposed expansion of distillery will be carried out in existing premises of distillery.Total land acquired by the SAIL is 3,07,500 Sq.M. (30.75 Ha). Details of area break up is presented in Chapter 2 at Table - 2.3.A No Objection Certificate (NOC) for proposed distillery expansion project has been obtained from Grampanchayat Kapshi. Same is attached at Certificate and Other Documents of this EIA report. Refer figure 2.1 for location details.
1 Following aspects have been taken into consideration while planning expansion activities in the SAIL complex - Proximity to the raw material availability. Adequate land for implementation of proposeddistillery expansion project. Nearest city Satara is 13 km and town Kapshi is 4 Km away from the project site which is very well connected with other parts of the country by roads, rail. Availability as well as ease towards supply of utilities such as water, steam & electricity from existing setup for conducting proposed operations and processes. No rehabilitation and resettlement are required to be done.
Figure 1.1 SAIL Project Complex
1.4 IMPORTANCE TO COUNTRY & REGION
Alcohol has assumed very important place in the Country’s economy. It is a vital raw material for a number of chemicals. It has been a source of a large amount of revenue by way of excise duty levied by the Govt. on alcoholic liquors. It has a potential as fuel in the form of power alcohol for blending with petrol. Also, the fermentation alcohol has great demand in
2 countries like Japan, U.S.A., Canada, Sri Lanka etc., as the synthetic alcohol produced by these countries, from naphtha of petroleum crude, is not useful for beverages. India is the fourth largest producer of alcohol in the world and there has been a consistent increase in its production over the last 22 years or so. (Reference: Opportunities For Green Chemistry Initiatives: Molasses Based Distilleries, 2014).
Considering the upcoming demand of alcohol, the management of SAIL has decided to go for an expansion of 60 KLPD molasses based distillery up to 120 KLPD. Ethyl Alcohol is an important feedstock for manufacture of a number of chemicals. These chemicals are primarily basic carbon based products like Acetic Acid, Butanol, Buta0diene, Acetic Anhydride, Vinyl Acetate, PVC etc. Acetic Acid & Butanol, which are needed in pharmaceuticals, paints and in many other industries, are important value added products.
Ethylene, Ethylene oxide and Mono-ethylene glycol are also produced via petrochemical route. However, due to the latest technological developments and taking in to account the ever-increasing cost of petrochemical raw materials, it is now possible as well as more economical to produce Ethylene oxide, Mono-ethylene glycol etc. starting from ethanol. The petrochemical route needs designing of plants in mega range. Alcohol has an advantage of setting up of plants in medium as well as mini range. Average capacities of Indian molasses based distilleries ranges between 30 to 60 KLPD.
Gap between availability of alcohol and its requirement by industries is increasing constantly. During last decade, number of alcohol-based industries has come up and existing ones have marginally increased their capacities. Raw material needs of these alcohol-based industries have to be met to facilitate maximum capacity utilization of units in order to meet domestic demands for end products. These units are starving for want of raw materials. Shortage is wide spread and has hit most of the chemical drug and allied industries. Producers of insulin, antibiotics, tonics and several other essential bulk drugs as well as finished formulations are unable to obtain their quota of industrial alcohol, which is a vital raw material for them.
Denatured Spirits and Rectified Spirit are made unfit for drinking by addition of certain chemicals which have strong disagreeable odour and which cannot be easily separated from spirit. Denatured Spirits are taxed at nominal rates so that their use in industries becomes economical. Use of alcohol for purpose of potable liquor is as high as that for the industrial purpose. Alcohol is used for manufacture of country liquor, which is used by common masses. This is manufactured by diluting rectified spirit with water to different grades of 250 U. P. strength. Different varieties are produced by addition of flavors and are called spiced liquor. Liquors are manufactured in a synthetic way to imitate foreign liquors viz. Whisky, Brandy, Rum and Gin. They are called IMFL. Excise duty on IMFL is much higher than that on country liquor. Supply of country liquor at low rates is very much needed to keep away the illicit liquor manufacturers and traders. IMFL requires alcohol of very high purity. For this purpose separate distillation plant to redistill and purify Rectified Spirit is necessary, this alcohol is called Extra Neutral Alcohol (ENA). It is also useful in cosmetics and perfumes manufacturing.
Alcohol has great future as a renewable source of energy. Trend for use of alcohol as an alternative to mineral fuel oils is well established as oil and natural gas sources are depleting at faster rates. It could, therefore, be seen that demand for alcohol will be ever increasing and there would not be any problem of marketing alcohol, which would be produced by distillery. Manufacture of alcoholic beverages from the alcohol is also an attractive diversification as there is a great demand for the beverages. Moreover, diversification by way of manufacturing
3 alcohol based chemicals, such as acetic acid, acetic anhydride, ethyl acetate, ethyl benzene, vinyl acetate etc., would be a big boon to the distillery.
1.5 SCOPE OF THE STUDY
This EIA report has been complied with the Terms of References (TORs) formulated and presented by the Industry as well as those additionally issued by the MoEFCC. Compliance towards ToRs granted have been summarized hereunder.
Table 1.2Summary of Terms of References (TORs)
No List of TORs Compliance A Standard ToRs [Project type as per EIA Notification S.O. 1533 E dated 14.09.2006 5 (g)] 1 Executive Summary Summary is presented at Chapter 11, Page 197-201 2 Introduction i Details of the EIA Consultant EIA Co-ordinator: Dr. Sangram Ghugare including NABET accreditation Consultant Name: Equinox Environments India Pvt. Ltd. NABET Reg. No.: NABET/EIA/ 1821/ RA 0135, Validity: 21.10.2021 Details are enclosed at Chapter 12, Page 202-214 ii Information about the project Sharayu Agro Industries Ltd., (SAIL), proponent Gat No. 253/4 & 253/5, A/p Kapshi (Motewadi),Tal.: Phaltan, Dist.: Satara, Maharashtra State Mr. Shrinivas A. Pawar (Chairman), Mr. Amarsinh P. Patil (Executive Director) iii Importance and benefits of the Government of India initiative project for extending financial project assistance to Sugar Mills for Enhancement & Augmentation of Ethanol Production Capacity. Ethanol – a Cleaner fuel, burns completely – net reduction in emission of CO2, CO & HC. Blended in other fuel to reduce dependence of country on Crude Imports. 3 Project Description i Cost of project and time of Total capital Investment of existing Sugar, Co-generation & distillery completion. project is Rs. 339.45 Crores. Total capital Investment of distillery expansion project is Rs. 46.55 Crores. Time of completion: September 2021 ii Products with capacities for the List of Products & By-products-
proposed project. Industrial Unit Product Quantity (MT/D) Existing Expansion Total Rectified Spirit (RS)/Extra 60 60 120 Neutral Alcohol Distillery Unit (ENA) / Ethanol (Expansion-60 By-products to 120 KLPD) CO2 46 46 92 Fusel Oil 0.12 0.12 0.24 Product Existing - Total Sugar* (11%) 550 -- 550 Sugar Factory By-products (5000 TCD) Molasses*(4%) 200 -- 200 Bagasse*(30%) 1500 -- 1500 Pressmud*(4%) 200 -- 200 Product Existing - Total Co-gen Plant 30 30 (30 MW) Electricity -- MW/Hr MW/Hr
4 No List of TORs Compliance iii If expansion project, details of Presently 5000 TCD sugar, 30 MW cogen&60 KLPD distillery units existing products with capacities are in operation. Proposed expansion of distillery shall be carried out at and whether adequate land is existing premises of SAIL. Total land acquired by the industry is available for expansion, reference 3,07,500Sq. M. (30.75 Ha). The total built up area is 62,938.35Sq. M. of earlier EC if any. Existing 5000 TCD sugar, 30 MW cogen & 60 KLPD distillery unit granted EC by MoEFCC; New Delhi vide order No. J-11011/403/2014- IA II (I) dated 28th October 2016. Existing units of sugar factory, co-gen plant & distillery unit have been granted Consent to Operate (CTO) by MPCB are enclosed at Appendix B, Page 223-250. iv List of raw materials required and List of Raw Materials- their source along with mode of transportation. Quantity Name of Raw Existing After v Other chemicals and materials Industrial unit required with quantities and Material Unit Expansion
storage capacities Molasses MT/ M 6660 13,320
Yeast MT/ M 4.5 9.0 Distillery Unit (Expansion-60 to Urea MT/ M 72 144 De-foaming 120 KLPD) MT/ M 180 360 Oil Sugarcane MT/ M 1,50,000 1,50,000 Sugar Factory Lime MT/ M 240 240 (5000 TCD) Sulphur MT/ M 60 60 Lubricants MT/ M 3.90 3.90 Co-gen Plant (30 MW) Bagasse MT/ M 44,640 44,640
Source: Sugarcane- nearby farms, Bagasse- own sugar factory, Molasses-own sugar factory/outside purchase, other raw materials from local vendors.
vi Details of Emission, effluents, • Emissions :In the form of SPM, SO2 hazardous waste generation and • Stack Emissions (Boilers); Fugitive Emissions (Mill house, Sugar their management. bagging, Bagasse yard, Pressmud yard, Internal kuccha road); ESP, Stacks, Pucca Roads & Yards, Green Belt • Effluents: Distillery expansion- After expansion of distillery, spentwash will be concentrated in MEE & then incinerated in incineration boiler. Other effluents @985 CMD will be treated in existing CPU. Treated effluent shall be fully recycled in process to achieve ZLD. • Solid Wastes: Distillery expansion- Boiler Ash (spentwash+coal)1680 MT/M resp; brick/cement industry. Yeast sludge 600 MT/M& CPU sludge 27 MT/M; burnt in incineration boiler. • HazardousWaste : Spent Oil 0.3 MT/M; burnt in boiler. vii Requirement of water, power, • Water Use- Distillery Total after expansion: with source of supply, status of 1467CMD(284(Fresh)+963(CPU treated water)+220(ETP, STP approval, water balance diagram, treated water& RWH)), man-power requirement (regular • Existing sugar & cogen: 3154 CMD ((486 (fresh)+2348(cane and contract) condensate, 320(ETP treated water)) • Source :Neera Right Bank Canal, Phaltan; Permission from Irrigation Dept. taken. • Electricity : After expansion : 11 MW required; Source : Own 30 MW Cogeneration plant • Man power :788 (720 existing + 68 proposed) More details are given in Chapter 2, Page 16
5 No List of TORs Compliance viii Process description along with Process: Molasses Dilution – Fermentation – Distillation – Alcohol major equipments and Detailed process with mass balances is given in Chapter 2, Page 26-27& machineries, process flow sheet list of equipments is enclosed at Appendix- C. (quantitative) from raw material to products to be provided ix Hazard identification and details Molasses Tanks: Rupture & Leakage, Alcohol Tanks: Fire, SO2: Leakage, of proposed safety systems. Safety Valves, Dyke Walls, External Cooing, Flame-proof Electrical Fitting- Fire Fighting System provided, Onsite Emergency Plan have been prepared by industry. Boiler house (explosion- maintenance and operation of boiler by certified boiler attendants), Bagasse & Sulphur storage (fire & explosion- provision of fire extinguishers). Details are elaborated in Chapter - 7, Section 7.4 to 7.7 Page 174-184 x Expansion/modernization proposals a. Copy of all the Environmental Existing 5000 TCD sugar, 30 MW cogen & 60 KLPD distillery unit Clearance(s) including granted EC by MoEFCC; New Delhi vide order No. J- Amendments thereto obtained 11011/403/2014-IA II (I) dated 28th October 2016 enclosed at for the project from Appendix B. MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A Certified EC compliance report obtained from Regional Office, certified copy of the latest Nagpur. Further, compliance report to non-compliance observed on Monitoring Report of the site is submitted on 27.01.2021 & is enclosed at Appendix - S, Page Regional Office of the 385-396. Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing/ existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report. b. In case the existing project has Same as above not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/ or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/ No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005 - 2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further,
6 No List of TORs Compliance compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted. 4 Site Details i Location of the project site Proposed activities under expansion shall be carried out in the existing covering village, Taluka/ Tehsil, premises of SAIL located at Gat No. 253/4 & 253/5, A/p Kapshi District and State, Justification for (Motewadi),Tal.: Phaltan, Dist.: Satara, Maharashtra. No any other site selecting the site, whether other is considered for expansion project. sites were considered. ii A toposheet of the study area of Toposheet of project site is given in Chapter 3, Figure 3.6, Page 52 radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco- sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places) iii Details w.r.t. option analysis for Expansion of distillery will be done within the existing premises of selection of site. SAIL, Phaltan. Industry has sufficient land for expansion and hence no any alternative sites were considered. iv Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four Latitude 17°56'22.31"N, Longitude 74°15'06.00"E corners of the site. Latitude 17°56'23.38"N, Longitude 74°15'16.29"E Latitude 17°56'38.74"N, Longitude 74°15'24.91"E Latitude 17°56'41.44"N, Longitude 74°15'18.06"E v Google map-Earth downloaded of Google map is shown in Figure 3.2, Page 48 the project site. vi Layout maps indicating existing Plot layout is enclosed at Appendix-A, Page 222 unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate. vii Photographs of the proposed and Photographs of existing sugar, cogeneration & distillery plant set up is existing (if applicable) plant site. shown in Figure 1.1, Page 2. Photographs of existing green belt in Figure If existing, show photographs of 3.22, Page 115. plantation/greenbelt, in particular. viii Landuse break-up of total land of Total land area acquired by the SAIL is 30.75 Ha. Out of this total built the project site (identified and up area is 6.29Ha. acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area). ix A list of major industries with No any major industry is located in 10 Km study area of SAIL project. name and type within study area (10 km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area. x Geological features and Geo- Geo & Hydrogeological survey was conducted & observations are hydrological status of the study presented in Chapter 3, Section 3.6, Page 73-76 area shall be included. xi Details of Drainage of the project The project is situated in the Nira River Basin along the northern part of
7 No List of TORs Compliance up to 5km radius of study area. If Satara District. Two tributary streams of Nira River originate in the hills the site is within 1km radius of of reserve forest in the south and flow northwards and north-eastwards any major river, peak & lean by west and east side of the project premises. Both are seasonal streams. season river discharge as well as Two small reservoirs of the bunds of the streams on downstream side of flood occurrence frequency based the project site are present near Tukobachi wadi village. on peak rainfall data of the past Refer Chapter 3, Page 70-71 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site & maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects) xii Status of acquisition of land. If Present project complex land is acquired by SAIL& expansion project acquisition is not complete, stage will be implemented in its premises. of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land. xiii R & R details in respect of land in No any R & R plan prepared as expansion project will be implemented in line with state Government policy existing plant premises. 5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable) i Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable) ii Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha) iii Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted. iv The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, NA Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon v Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area
8 No List of TORs Compliance vi Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife 6 Environmental Status i Determination of atmospheric Site specific meteorological data collected for season March-April-May inversion level at the project site 2019; windrose have been plotted. The same are reflected in chapter 4, and site-specific section 4.3.1.1, Page 123 micrometeorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall. ii AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 Ambient Air Quality for 8 locations namely, Industrial Site, Kapshi, locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, Dhangarwada, Anandgaon, Ghadgewadi, Bibi, Motechiwadi & Aljapur NOx, CO and other parameters were carried out. relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.9.2, Table 3.14, Page 88 for AAQM data. shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre- dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests. iii Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAAQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report. iv Surface water quality of nearby Surface water quality for 8 locations was carried out & results are River (100 M upstream and incorporated in Chapter – 3, Section 3.7, Page 77-82 downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/ MoEF&CC guidelines. v Whether the site falls near to No any polluted stretch of river identified by CPCB/MoEFCC polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/ MoEF&CC, if yes give details. vi Ground water monitoring at Ground water quality for 9 locations was carried out & results are minimum at 8 locations shall be incorporated in Chapter – 3, Section 3.7, Page 77, 83-86. included. vii Noise levels monitoring at 8 The monitoring was carried out on 24-hourly basis and the hourly Leq. locations within the study area. values were derived and reported for the locations - Industrial Site, Tukobachiwadi, Hingangaon, Adarki Budruk, Kapashi, Alajapur, Bedi, Ghadgewadi. Results & observations are incorporated in Chapter 3, Section 3.10, Page 95-98
9 No List of TORs Compliance viii Soil Characteristic as per CPCB Soil quality monitoring was carried around the study area for 8 guidelines. locations, namely; Malvadi, Ghadgevadi, Tukobachivadi, Taradgaon, Aradgaon, Anandgaon, Adriki Budruk, Project Site. Results & observations are incorporated in Chapter 3, Section 3.4, Page56-69 ix Traffic study of the area, type of Transportation details are given in Chapter – 2, Sub section 2.6.3, Table vehicles, frequency of vehicles 2.11, 2.12, Page 24-25. for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc. x Detailed description of flora and A total of 21 bird species belonging to 9 orders, 15 families and 21 fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) genera were recorded during the brief field survey (table 3.26 & 3.27). existing in the study area shall be Out of these 16 species were common resident, 3 species were not given with special reference to common resident, 1 species was not common winter visitor and one rare, endemic and endangered species was common winter visitor. Furthermore, three species are listed species. If Schedule-I fauna are in schedule I, one species is listed in schedule V while all the remaining found within the study area, a birds are listed in schedule IV of The Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, Wildlife Conservation Plan shall 1972.
be prepared and furnished. Major wildlife in the area, according to local respondents, is Indian Fox, Common Langur, Bonnet Macaque, Common Mongoose (all in WPA Schedule II), Indian Hare, Three-striped Palm Squirrel, Indian Fruit Bat, Indian Porcupine, Indian striped Hyena and Wild Boar (all in WPA Schedule IV). A large majority of respondents confirmed occurrence of common birds like Indian peafowl and Black kite, (WPA Schedule I).
The major fishes are named as (in Marathi) Kharpya, Panga, and namely the introduced Indian major carps i.e. Catla and Rohu, and Cyprinus and Tilapia. According to IUCN, (2015) status of species Cyprinus (Cyprinus carpio) is Vulnerable.
Schedule-I species found in the area, for which Wildlife Conservation Plan (WCP) prepared & submitted to CWW; Nagpur. WCP is enclosed at Appendix- T.
List of flora & fauna found within 10 Km study area is presented in Table 3.26 & 3.27, Page 111-112 at Chapter 3. xi Socio-economic status of the study Most respondents from all villages are dependent on agriculture for their area. livelihood. Major crop grown in the area is Sugarcane & Jowar. A majority of the population within the sample size had a good income which is mostly due to sugarcane cultivation. Good transportation, satisfactory educational facilities and health facilities are present. Details of socio-economic profile of study area are given in Chapter 3, Section 3.11, Page 99-104. 7 ImpactandEnvironment Management Plan i Assessment of ground level Output of GLC run for various scenarios in respect of activities to be concentration of pollutants from undertaken under SAIL expansion project for new boiler is carried out the stack emission based on site & presented in Chapter 4, Section 4.3.1.1, Page 124-130. specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modeling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources
10 No List of TORs Compliance of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modeling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any. ii Water Quality modeling - in case Impact prediction & mitigation measures are presented in Chapter 4, of discharge in water body Page 117-119. iii Impact of the transport of the raw Entire transportation of products and raw material shall be done by road. materials and end products on the No major and permanent impact expected. Raw materials and products surrounding environment shall be are transported by road through trucks, tractors etc. assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail/rail-cum road transport or conveyor cum- rail transport shall be examined. iv A note on treatment of Raw spentwash will be concentrated & incinerated. Other effluent from wastewater from different plant distillery 985 CMD will be treated in CPU & used in process- ZLD. operations, extent recycled and Effluent from existing sugar & cogen 363 CMD is treated in existing reused for different purposes shall ETP. Treated effluent will be completely utilized for green belt be included. Complete scheme of development in own sugar factory complex. Detailed plan of treated effluent treatment. Characteristics water use is enclosed at Appendix – E, Page 302-305. of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E (P) Rules. v Details of stack emission and The stack emissions from boiler shall be TPM, SO2, CO & NOX. For action plan for control of boilers ESP will be provided as APC equipment & stack of 65 and 85 M emissions to meet standards. height. More details are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.7.2, Page 37-38. vi Measures for fugitive emission To control fugitive emissions measures adopted by industry shall be - control Proper exhaust & ventilation arrangements, monitoring of pollution control equipment, handling; storage & disposal of dust collected, use of PPEs for staff & workers, augmentation of Green Belt, provision of properly surfaced internal roads and work premises. vii Details of hazardous waste Hazardous Waste : Spent Oil 0.3 MT/M; to burnt in boiler. generation & their storage, utilization & management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste - minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, & natural resource conservation. viii Proper utilization of fly ash shall Distillery expansion-Boiler Ash (spentwash+coal) 1680 MT/M; be ensured as per Fly Ash brick/cement industry. Ash generated is collected separately and taken Notification, 2009. A detailed to ash silo system. Water sprinkling arrangement is made to avoid
11 No List of TORs Compliance plan of action shall be provided. suspension of fly ash into the air. ix Action plan for the green belt Under existing setup of SAIL an area of 63,836.48Sq.M. is under green development plan in 33 % area belt which is 21% of total plot area. Further, an area of 44,086.00Sq.M. i.e. land with not less than 1,500 will be developed under additional green belt development plan which trees per ha. Giving details of is 14% of total plot area.
species, width of plantation, Green Belt development plan is enclosed at Appendix-G, Page 310-314. planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated. x Action plan for rainwater Rain Water Harvesting (RWH) measures through surface & rooftop harvesting measures at plant site shall be done under expansion unit. shall be submitted to harvest Rooftop Harvesting: 6,678.25 M3 rainwater from the roof tops and Surface Harvesting: 38,456.87M3 storm water drains to recharge the About 6,678.25 M3 of rainwater become available during every season ground water and also to use for from the Rooftop harvesting operations. For storage of harvested rain the various activities at the project water, 2 no. of tanks are provided on site. Collected water is utilized for site to conserve fresh water and different activities in industry. reduce the water requirement from other sources. xi Total capital cost and recurring Capital as well as O & M cost towards environmental aspects – cost/annum for environmental Existing EMP Cost: 55.85 Cr; O/M : 1.67 Cr pollution control measures shall Proposed EMP Cost: 1.75 Cr.; O/M :0.5 Cr. be included. Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.7.8, Page 42 xii Action plan for post-project Regular monthly & quarterly monitoring is being done by industry. environmental monitoring shall Same practices shall be continued after expansion of distillery unit. be submitted. Refer Chapter 6, Table 6.5, Page 166-167 for more details. xiii Onsite and Offsite Disaster Industry is having Onsite Emergency Plan & is enclosed at Appendix- (natural and Man-made) P, Page 375-376 Preparedness and Emergency For more details Chapter 7, Page 184 may be referred. Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan. 8 Occupational health i Plan and fund allocation to ensure Occupational Health Center is provided at site. Regular medical the occupational health & safety checkup of employees is being done for existing unit. Pre & post of all contract and casual workers medical check-ups done. Employees are regularly examined & medical ii Details of exposure specific records are maintained. Pulmonary function test, Chest X-ray, health status evaluation of Audiometric Test, Spirometry, Vision test, ECG are conducted. All worker. If the workers' health is health & safety measures provided to workers. Health Check-up Reports being evaluated by pre designed of workers are enclosed at Appendix- Q, Page 377-383. format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above
12 No List of TORs Compliance mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise. iii Details of existing Occupational Release of toxic chemicals & materials (Molasses), gases & fumes & Safety Hazards. What are the (SO2), accidents due to explosion & fire, Noise exposure. More details exposure levels of hazards and are given in Chapter 7, Page 174-182 whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved, iv Annual report of heath status of Health checkup of workers is being done by industry regularly. Reports workers with special reference to are enclosed at Appendix-Q, Page 377-383. Occupational Health and Safety. 9 Corporate Environment Policy i Does the company have a well Company has EHS policy, displayed as per the norms. laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report. ii Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process /procedures to bring into focus any infringement /deviation/ violation of the environmental or forest norms/conditions? If so, it may be detailed in EIA. iii What is the hierarchical system or EMC has been formed with qualified and experienced staff. The cell Administrative order of the works under Chairperson of the industry and Directors, Environment company to deal with the and Safety Officer, Lab Analyst, ETP Operators and other qualified and environmental issues and for experienced responsible persons from certain departments have been ensuring compliance with the taken as members. The EMC is responsible for all the activities and environmental clearance actions as well as outputs and management of entire infrastructure conditions? Details of this system provided for control and abatement of pollution in the SAIL project. may be given. Further, the cell is also active in protecting state of environment in the study area around existing campus of SAIL. Various programs and tasks towards conservation, awareness, promotion, review etc. are undertaken and implemented through the existing environmental management cell. iv Does the company have system of Yes, the system is followed by the industry and necessary compliance reporting of non-compliance / against the non-compliance is being done by the industry as per the violations of environmental schedules & requirements. norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report 10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities All basic facilities are provided to the workers in existing units. Further, such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to temporary sheds will be provided to the workers under expansion be provided to the labour force during project. construction as well as to the casual
13 No List of TORs Compliance workers including truck drivers during operation phase. 11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) i Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of Public hearing issues & compliance done by industry is detailed in the project cost) shall be earmarked Chapter 7, Page 169-173. towards the Enterprise Social As per OM dated 01 May, 2018, funds to be allocated for CER activities Commitment based on Public for distillery expansion project shall be 1% of capital cost of project. Hearing issues and item-wise About Rs. 52 Lakhs has been earmarked for CER activities to be details along with time bound undertaken in the study area for next 5 years. action plan shall be included. Activities to be undertaken under CER have been considered based on Socio-economic development SE & EB survey conducted in study area. Details of CER activities & activities need to be elaborated implementation schedule is given in Chapter 6, Table 6.3 & 6.4, Page upon. 163-164 12 Any litigation pending against the No any litigation is pending against the industry. project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case. 13 A tabular chart with index for point wise Refer Chapter 1, Section 1.5, Page 4-15 compliance of above TOR. B Specific ToRs for EIA Studies for Distilleries 1 List of existing distillery units in the No any distillery is present in 10 Km study area. study area along with their capacity and sourcing of raw material 2 Number of working days of the Distillery will be operated for 330 days. distillery unit 3 Details of raw materials such as Raw Material Source: Sugarcane- nearby farms, Bagasse- own sugar molasses/ grains, their sources with factory, Molasses- own sugar factory/outside purchase, other raw availability materials from local vendors. Refer Chapter 2, Sub section 2.6.2, Table 2.7, 2.8, 2.9 & 2.10, Page 23-24 4 Details of the use of steam from the Steam required for distillery operations after expansion will be taken boiler from existing boiler of 25 TPH. 5 Surface and Ground water quality Piezometers will be installed to assess ground water quality. around proposed spentwash store lagoon, and compost yard 6 Plan to reduce spent wash generation To reduce the spentwash generation, a yeast culture Saccharomyces within 6-8 KL/KL of alcohol produced. cerevisiae will be used. By using this culture there will be reduction in spentwash generation (8 KL/KL of alcohol) shall be achieved. 7 Proposed effluent treatment system for Raw Sp. Wash generated after expansion activities will be concentrated molasses/ grain based distillery (spent in Multi Effect Evaporator (MEE). Further, Conc. Sp. wash will be wash, spentlees, condensate and incinerated in incineration boiler. utilities) as well as domestic sewage and Other Effluents will be forwarded to existing distillery CPU. Treated scheme for achieving zero effluent effluent will be fully recycled in process. discharge (ZLD). 8 Proposed action to restrict fresh water Total water required for distillery will be 1467 CMD, fresh water
14 No List of TORs Compliance consumption within 10 KL/KL of required will be 284 CMD i.e.2.3 KL/KL of alcohol alcohol production. 9 Details about capacity of spentwash A 5 day spentwash storage tank is provided on site, constructed as per holding tank, material used, design CREP norms. consideration, No. of piezometers to be Refer Chapter 2, Figure 2.10, Page 36 for photographs. proposed around spent wash holding Piezometers will be installed. tank. 10 Action plan to control ground water No any effluent/ waste shall be discharged in surface / ground water. pollution Excess cane condensate as well treated effluent will be used for gardening in own premises. 11 Details of solid waste management Solid Wastes : Distillery expansion- Boiler Ash (spentwash+coal) 1680 including management of boiler ash, MT/M; brick/cement industry. Yeast sludge 600 MT/M & CPU sludge yeast etc. Details of incinerated 27 MT/M; burnt in incineration boiler. spentwash ash generation and its disposal. 12 Details of bio-composting yard (if Spentwash from existing distillery unit is forwarded for incineration. applicable) 13 Action plan to control odour pollution Odour: Molasses handling and storage, Fermenters, effluent storage; treatment & disposal, effluent carrying drains, sludge storage areas etc. Adoption of GMPs, awareness and training for workers, use of PPEs near odour potential prone areas. Collection of yeast sludge from fermentation section in closed silo system, its dewatering (mechanical) and immediate disposal through incineration in boiler. 14 Arrangement for installation of SAILhas installed online monitoring system to its existing boiler stack. continuous online monitoring system Same practices will be followed after expansion. (24x7 monitoring device)
15 Chapter 2 Project Description
2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT
Proposed project by Sharayu Agro Industries Ltd. (SAIL), is an expansion of molasses based distillery from 60 KLPD to 120 KLPD in the existing integrated project complex of 5,000 TCD Sugar Factory, 30 MW Co-gen Plant and 60 KLPD Distillery.
2.2 NEED OF THE PROJECT
As discussed in Chapter-1, production of alcohol is gaining more importance with regards to production, usage, and easy availability of raw materials namely sugarcane & molasses which in fact are renewable sources. With the increase in business; it has a considerable share in national income. Alcohol industry is the second largest source of revenue of the state. Industry is probably only one in which the inputs are de-controlled, but selling prices are determined by local state levies and excise duties. Moreover, there is a good export potential, for the alcohol, out of the country. Profits earned by conversion of molasses into alcohol are much higher than that of sale of molasses alone. Apart from these, following also are the important aspects towards establishing and expanding distilleries.
2.2.1 Employment Generation Potential
Activities under expansion of distillery by SAIL would improve the socio-economic status of people in the study area in terms of local labour employment and contract basis jobs. Expansion activity shall provide employment opportunities to local populace, especially in business and other services. Table 2.1 gives details about the number of workers to be employed under existing project as well as under proposed expansion.
Table 2.1 Details of Manpower
Existing Expansion No. Unit Skilled Unskilled Skilled Unskilled 1 Sugar Factory 220 285 - - 2 Co-gen plant 60 80 - - 3 Distillery 25 50 25 43 305 415 25 43 Total 720 68 Grand Total 788
2.2.2 Potential of the Products
There is a good demand for products from proposed manufacturing in India as well as abroad. Alcohol produced has a demand for blending in petrol after making anhydrous alcohol from the conventional Rectified Spirit (RS). Extra Neutral Alcohol (ENA) is utilized for production of value added product, for the production of spirit such as whisky, rum, brandy, gin and vodka but also as a base for a wide range of flavored alcoholic beverages providing huge market opportunity. Ethanol will be supplied to oil companies for blending with fossil fuel as per Ethanol Blending Program.
2.3 PROJECT LOCATION
Expansion activities would be carried out A/p. Kapshi (Motewadi), Gat No. 253/4 & 253/5, Tal.: Phaltan, Dist.: Satara, Maharashtra. Geographical location of the site is 74°15'12.69” E
16
longitude and 17°56'31.47"N latitude. While making selection of site for existing activities of SAIL; certain aspects were taken in to consideration prominently. Same were namely - (1) availability of all basic facilities like water, electricity, man power, raw material such as molasses etc., (2) rail and road links to prominent market places so that procurement of raw material as well as marketing of finished product was easier and economical, (3) availability of good communication facilities and (4) no rehabilitation and resettlement required, (5) no national park or wildlife habitats were located in immediate vicinity of the project site.
Table 2.2 Salient Features of Project Site
No Particulars Details 1 Name and Address of the Industry Sharayu Agro Industries Ltd. (SAIL) Gat No. 253/4 & 253/5, A/p Kapshi (Motewadi),Tal.: Phaltan, Dist.: Satara, Maharashtra. 2 Land acquired by the Industry 3,07,500 Sq. M. (30.75 Ha) (Sugar, Co-gen & Distillery) 3 Elevation 645 M above MSL 4 Nearest habitation Village Kapshi1 Km Nearest Town Phaltan 20 Km 5 Nearest city Satara (38 Km) 6 Nearest highway SH-70 (8.8 Km), SH-64 (10 Km) 7 Nearest railway station Adarki railway station is located at about 7 Km from project site 8 Nearest airport Phaltan airport (18 Km). 9 Nearest tourist place(s) Kalaj Hill 14 Km 10 Defense installations Nil within 10 Km radius 11 Archaeological important Nil within 10 Km radius 12 Ecological sensitive zones Nil within 10 Km radius 13 Reserved forest/Protected forest/ Reserved forest – 5.5 Km National Parks/Wildlife Sanctuary etc. Protected forest - 2 Km 14 Nearest streams / Rivers / water bodies Nira River – 16 Km (from Project Site) Veer Dam – 29 Km 15 Nearest Industrial Area / Industry Nil within 10 Km radius 16 Interstate Boundary Nil within Study Area of 10 Km radius 17 Site Co-ordinates (all corners) Latitude 17°56'22.31"N Longitude 74°15'06.00"E Latitude 17°56'23.38"N Longitude 74°15'16.29"E Latitude 17°56'38.74"N Longitude 74°15'24.91"E Latitude 17°56'41.44"N Longitude 74°15'18.06"E
17
Figure 2.1 Location of the Project Site
Note: The Maps are purely graphical and not to scale, Latitude: 17°56'31.47"N, Longitude: 74°15'12.69"E
18
2.3.1 Site History
SAIL is located at Gat No. 253/4 & 253/5, A/p Kapshi (Motewadi),Tal.: Phaltan, Dist.: Satara, Maharashtra. Before establishment of sugar factory, co- gen plant & distillery, the entire land was barren & was acquired from villagers. Unit was registered in November 2014 as M/s. Lokmanya Sakhar Udyog Ltd. In May 2015, Lokmanya Sakhar Udyog Ltd. was taken over by management of Sharayu Agro Industries Ltd. (SAIL). Existing capacity of SAIL is 5,000 TCD Sugar Factory, 30 MW Co-gen plant and 60 KLPD molasses based Distillery. Environmental clearance (EC) was granted to same in year Oct. 2016. Same is attached at Annexure – B for reference.
Figure 2.2 Images Showing Site History
Land use Status of SAIL – Year 2002 Land use Status of SAIL – Year 2021
.
19
2.4 DETAILS OF LAND REQUIREMENT
Total land acquired by SAIL is 30.75 Ha. Existing built-up area of sugar factory, co-gen plant and distillery is 6.09 Ha, built-up area proposed under distillery expansion will be 0.2 Ha. Detailed area break-up is presented at Table 2.3. It could be seen that sufficient land is available with SAIL for expansion of distillery. Refer Appendix-A for plot layout plan of project site.
Table 2.3 Details of Area Break Up
No. Description Area (Sq. M.) A Sugar Factory (Existing) 1 Mill House 636.17 2 Work Shop 157.81 3 Pan House 840.00 4 Boiler House 1500.00 5 Boiler Panel Room 259.98 6 Power House 2034.82 7 Evaporation House 1012.45 8 Clarification House 327.73 9 Lime Sulphur House 135.50 10 Boiling House 387.83 11 Centrifugal Panel Room 98.00 12 Sugar House 434.00 13 Gunny Bag House 157.79 14 Injection Pump House 36.00 15 Store Building 160.00 16 Lime Sulphur Godown 125.00 17 Sugar Godwon No. 1 6373.75 18 Sugar Godwon No. 2 7145.45 19 Main Gate Cabin Time & Security Office 36.00 20 Molasses Tank No. 1 & 2 1061.32 21 E.T.P. Plant & Office 452.16 22 Ground Water Reservoir 452.16 23 Weigh Bridge Cabin No. 1 & 2 26.60 24 Administrative Office 3660.10 25 Agri Office 16.00 26 Canteen 16.00 Total 27542.62 B Co-gen Plant (Existing) 1 Bagasse yard 6072.00 2 Switch Yard 1115.26 3 Boiler House 785.96 4 Cooling Tower 1161.43 5 T. G. Main Building 218.00 6 D. M. Plant 160.00 7 ESP MCC 36.00 8 Toilet Block 67.00 9 Meter Room 36.00 10 Weigh Bridge 16.00 11 Security Office 16.00 Total 9683.65 C Distillery (Existing) 1 Workers Rest Area 20.00
20
No. Description Area (Sq. M.) 2 Distillation Section 400.00 3 Stand alone Evaporation Section 100.00 4 Fermentation Section 784.62 5 Condensate Polishing Unit 560.00 6 Bulk Alcohol Storage Section 2886.50 7 Water Treatment & Storage 220.00 8 Cooling Tower for Fermentation Section 212.26 9 Cooling Tower for Distillation Section 172.16 10 Cooling Tower for FA Section 16.00 11 Cooling Tower for Evaporation Section 25.00 12 Molasses Bulk Storage Tanks 70.65 13 Boiler Plant 784.57 14 Power House 408.86 15 Coal Shed 1000.00 16 Co-Gen Cooling Tower 94.00 17 Lagoon Tank 976.89 18 Turbine area 140.00 19 M.C.C Panel Room For Boiler 180.00 20 Cooling Tower Distillery for Lagoon 100.00 21 Chemical Store -2 74.61 22 Chemical Store -1 54.50 23 Molasses tank (1 No.) 907.46 Total 10212.08 D Area Under Roads 13500.00 E Distillery (Expansion) Molasses tank (1 No.) 1800.00 Alcohol Storage Tank (1 No.) 200.00 Total 2000.00 Total Built up Area after Expansion 62,938.35 (A+B+C+D+E) F Green Belt Existing Green Belt Area (21% of Total Plot) 63,836.48 Proposed Green Belt (14% of Total Plot) 44,086.00 Total Green Belt (35% of Total Plot Area) 1,07,922.48
Total Open Space 1,36,639.17 Total Plot Area 3,07,500.00
2.5 PROJECT OPERATIONS, APPROVALS & IMPLEMENTATION
Proposed expansion project would be implemented only after obtaining requisite approvals, permissions, consents from concerned authorities namely MPCB and MoEFCC. Project would be formulated in such a fashion and manner so that the utmost care of safety norms and environment protection measures shall be taken. Projects in operation at SAIL project complex –
1. 5,000 TCD Sugar Factory 2. 30 MW Co- Gen Plant 3. 60 KLPD Distillery
Environmental Clearance (EC) was granted to existing unit by MoEFCC; New Delhi vide order No. J-11011/403/2014-IA II (I) dated 28th October2016. Existing sugar factory, co-gen plant and distillery have been granted Consent to Operate (CTO) by
21
MPCB. Copy of same are presented at Appendix-B. Project details in respect of days of operation w.r.t. SAIL project is given in Table 2.4.
Table 2.4 Working Pattern
Days of Operation No. Type of Activity Season Off- Season Total 1 Distillery 160 170 330 2 Sugar Factory 160 - 160 3 Co-gen Plant 160 65 225
Table 2.5 Project Investment Details
No. Industrial unit Capital Investment (Rs. Cr.) Existing Expansion Total 1 Sugar Factory, Co-gen Plant 246.61 - 246.61 2 Distillery 92.84 46.55 139.39 Total 339.45 46.55 386.00
2.5.1. Plan for Approval and Implementation Schedule
Table 2.6 Plan for Project Implementation Schedule
No Activity Approval / Implementation Schedule 1 Grant of EC by MoEFCC; New Delhi April 2021 2 Application for CTE to MPCB May 2021 3 Construction and Erection of Machinery July 2021 4 Application for CTO to MPCB August 2021 5 Trials & Commissioning of Project September 2021
2.6 TECHNOLOGY & PROCESS DESCRIPTION
2.6.1 Products
Details of products that are being manufactured under existing sugar factory, co-gen plant and distillery as well as those to be manufactured under distillery after expansion are represented in table 2.7.
Table 2.7 List of Products & By-products
Industrial Unit Product Quantity (MT/D) Existing Expansion Total Rectified Spirit (RS)/ 60 60 120 Extra Neutral Alcohol Distillery Unit (ENA) / Ethanol (Expansion-60 to By-products 120 KLPD) CO2 46 46 92 Fusel Oil 0.12 0.12 0.24 Product Existing - Total Sugar* (11%) 550 -- 550 Sugar Factory By-products (5000 TCD) Molasses* (4%) 200 -- 200 Bagasse* (30%) 1500 -- 1500 Pressmud* (4%) 200 -- 200 Co-gen Plant (30 Product Existing - Total MW) Electricity 30 MW/Hr -- 30 MW/Hr
NOTE: * - Percent of Cane Crushed
22
By-products generated during production of sugar in the form of molasses and Bagasse is used as raw materials for production of alcohol and power respectively. Presently, pressmud is stored in dedicated separate yard and the same is forwarded for composting. The compost is then supplied to farmers as manure.
2.6.2 Raw Materials for Integrated Project
Basic raw materials required for sugar factory, co-gen plant and distillery along with their quantities and sources are listed in the table 2.8. Refer Appendix-C for list of equipment under existing as well as expansion project.
Table 2.8 List of Raw Materials
Quantity Name of Raw Industrial unit Existing Expansion Total Source Material Unit
Own Sugar Factory/ Molasses MT/ M 6660 6660 13,320 outside purchase Distillery Unit Yeast MT/ M 4.5 4.5 9.0 (Expansion-60 to Urea MT/ M 72 72 144 Local 120 KLPD) De-foaming Vendors MT/ M 180 180 360 Oil Sugarcane MT/ M 1,50,000 - 1,50,000 Near By Farms Sugar Factory Lime MT/ M 240 - 240 (5000 TCD) Sulphur MT/ M 60 - 60 Nearby Market Lubricants MT/ M 3.90 - 3.90 Co-gen Plant (30 MW) Bagasse MT/ M 44,640 44,640 Own Sugar Factory
Table 2.9 Seasonal Cane Availability for Sugar Factory
No. Description Remarks 1 Cane available from non-share holders land 9,00,000 MT 2 Total cane available 9,00,000 MT 3 Avg. distance from sugar factory 120 Km
Table 2.10 Seasonal Bagasse Availability for Co-gen Plant
No. Description Quantity 1 Sugar Cane Crushing 5000 TCD 2 Working Days of Sugar Factory 160 Days 3 Total Crushing 8,00,000 MT/Season 4 Bagasse Quantity generated @30% of Cane Crushed 1,500 MT / Day 5 Bagasse Quantity generated during season 2,40,000 MT /Season 6 Daily Bagasse required for Co-gen boiler 1,488 MT/Day 7 Bagasse for boiler during season (160 Days) 2,38,080 MT/Season 8 Remaining quantity of Bagasse 1,920 MT/Season
Excess bagasse will be saved in bagasse yard & used for next crushing season. Bagasse yard will be provided with shelterbelt plantation for dust attenuation. The bagasse is taken to boiler through belt-conveyor, which is covered properly to avoid fugitive emissions.
23
Table 2.11 Availability of Molasses for Distillery (After Expansion)
No. Description Quantity 1 Sugar cane crushing capacity 5,000 TCD 2 Sugar factory operating days 160 Days 3 Total Cane Crushing 8,00,000 MT/Season 4 Molasses generated @4% of cane crushed 200 MT/D 5 Molasses generated during season (160 days) 32,000 MT/Season 6 Distillery capacity 120 KLPD 7 Daily molasses required for distillery 444 MT/Day 8 No. of days of Distillery operations 330 Days 9 Total molasses required for distillery 1,46,520 MT/Season 10 Molasses to be purchased from outside parties 1,43,320 MT /Season 11 Distillery working pattern on Own molasses - 72 Days Purchased molasses - 258 Days Total 330 Days
After expansion of distillery, additional molasses will be procured from nearby industries through open tender process.
2.6.3 Products and Raw Materials Storage & Transportation Details
Molasses as raw material required for distillery. Molasses shall be made available from own sugar factory as well as from nearby sugar factories. Molasses from nearby sugar factories shall be purchase through tendering. Sugarcane as raw material for sugar factory shall be made available from nearby farms in 120 Km area from the factory. During cultivation of sugarcane in farms, farmers inform the field men of SAIL (who are appointed region wise) regarding the start of cultivation. Later on, the field men submit the information to sugar factory office. Accordingly, days of maturation of sugarcane cultivation are calculated and labors as well as vehicles are forwarded by the industry to the individual farms for its harvesting. Subsequently, harvested cane is brought to sugar factory site and consumed for processing within 24 hrs. Vehicles filled with cane wait in parking lot for their turn and directly dump their contents on the carrier chain leading to mills. Hence, no any bulk storage of sugarcane is done on site. Sugarcane shall be transported to site through various means of transportation viz. bullock carts, mini tractor and tractor trolleys, and trucks. Ample parking space is provided, at industry site, for the bullock carts and other vehicles.
Table 2.12 Sugarcane Transportation Details
Avg. wt (MT) Avg. daily No. Cane Quantity % No. Type of Vehicle / Vehicle of Vehicles (MT) A Sugarcane 1 Tractor Trolley 15 100 1500 30% 2 Mini Tractor 5 50 250 5% 3 Trucks 13 35 450 9% 4 Harvester 70 40 2800 56% Total 230 5,000 100 B Molasses 1. Tanker 18-20 22 444 --
24
Table 2.13 Product& By-product Transportation Details
Type of Avg. Vehicle Avg. Quantity of Final Product No. Product Vehicles Frequency/ Distance Transported Day Travelled 1 Alcohol Tanker 4 1150 Km 22 to 25 Lakh Litre P/M 2 Pressmud [Season] Tractor Per Hour 1 30 km/ day 2400 T/M vehicle 3 Sugar Truck As per Tender 2000 km 6000 T/M
Table 2.14 Details of Product & By-product Storage
Products & No. Mode of Storage Details of Storage By-products Alcohol Storage Tanks - 3 1 Alcohol Capacity – 2700 M3 Each Nos. Molasses Molasses Storage Tanks Dimensions - 23.0 (D) x 9.7 (H) M. (Existing) Quantity – 2 No. in Sugar Factory Capacity – 6,000 MT Each Dimensions - 33.0 (D) x 9.5 (H) M.
Quantity - 1 No. in Distillery 2 Capacity – 10,000 MT Each Molasses Storage Tanks Dimensions - 23.0 (D) x 9.7 (H) M. (Proposed) Quantity – 2 No. in Distillery Capacity – _6000_ MT Each 3 Sugar Sugar bags are stored in 2 RCC covered go-downs; with storage Go-downs capacity of 4.75 Lakhs Quintal 4 Bagasse Bagasse stored in dedicated Bagasse Yard Area - 6072 Sq. M separate yard in own premises 5 Pressmud Windrows Given as manure
25
2.6.4 Manufacturing Process
2.6.4.1 Manufacturing Process in Integrated Complex (Sugar factory, Co-gen & Distillery)
Figure 2.3 Integrated Manufacturing Process Operations
2.6.4.2 Distillery Manufacturing Process
Molasses is stored in mild steel storage tank. Proper care is taken to cool down molasses before it goes to molasses tanks. Then the molasses is pumped from the MS storage tanks to weighing scales. Here it is weighed on automatic weighing scales and then fed for further processing. In the production of ethyl alcohol from molasses, two major steps are involved.
1) Fermentation of Molasses with the help of yeast strains of the species Saccharomyces cerevisiae to produce 6% to 8% alcohol in the fermented wash; and 2) Distillation of the fermented wash for recovery and concentration of alcohol.
Fermentation
Molasses containing 40% to 50% of total sugar would be weighed and diluted with clean as well as fresh water to the desired concentration. This would be achieved in a continuous diluter. The molasses-water mixture would have a specific gravity to the tune of 1.060 for pre-fermentation and specific gravity of to the tune of 1.096 to 1.100 for the main fermentation process. Molasses with sp. gr. of 1.060 would be taken in to pre- fermenters and to it, ready compressed yeast would be added for further activation. As soon as the yeast becomes active in solution, the molasses-yeast slurry would be transferred to main fermenters for the process of conversion of sugars into alcohol. It takes about 24 to 30 hours to complete the fermentation reaction. Sugar in the molasses gets converted into ethyl alcohol and carbon dioxide through metabolic activities of the
26 yeast. Fermentation efficiency observed, in above process, is generally to the tune of 85% and ethyl alcohol concentration to the tune of 6% to 8% of volume in the fermented wash is obtained. This depends on the quality of molasses & its total sugar content.
Distillation
Fermented wash, then, would be taken to Distillation House. The distillation unit mainly consists of wash boiling column and rectification column. Before feeding to the boiling column the fermented wash would be passed through beer heater and heat exchangers where the final temperature rises to about 850 C to 900 C. Fermented wash would be fed to the wash boiling column from its top and open steam would be introduced from its bottom. While the wash trickles from the top, alcohol vapours get recovered along with rising steam. Alcohol vapours, analyzed from this wash boiling column, containing 40% to 45% of alcohol would then be fed to rectification column at its bottom. Here, in this column, alcohol rectification from 45% to 95% would take place. The product i.e. 95% alcohol would be drawn from the top of rectification column where temperature would be @780C, which is boiling point of rectified spirit. Thereafter, the alcohol would be cooled and stored in daily receiving tanks. Condensers and refluxes would be provided to each column for proper concentration and condensation. About one beer heater and one condenser are provided for the boiling column, whereas two condensers and one beer heater are provided to the rectification column. Daily product manufactured would be transferred to spirit storage warehouse.
Figure 2.4 Mass Balance and Process Flow Chart for 120 KLPD Distillery
2.6.4.3 Manufacturing Process for Sugar
Matured, clean and fresh cut sugar cane from the field of cultivators is brought by bullock carts, trucks & tractor trolleys to sugar factory site. It is weighted on the electronic platform type weigh bridge. The carts, trucks & trolleys are unloaded into cane carrier by mechanical unloader. The prepared cane is then crushed by five or six
27 mill tandem. Imbibitions hot water is added before last mill for better extraction of juice. The all juice extracted is screened through DSM or rotary screen, weighted by mass flow matter and sent to boiling house for further processing. Last mill bagasse, which is a by-product, is used for co-gen boiler as a fuel. Saved bagasse shall also be used for co- generation in the off-season.
Weighed and mixed juice is heated up to 70°C to 75°C in juice heater and sent to reaction tank where same is treated with milk of lime and SO2 gas and the pH is kept as 7 to 7.1. This sulphured juice is again heated up to 100°C to 105°C in juice heater and sent to clarifier for sedimentation. Here, clear juice and precipitated non-sugars, organic & inorganic chemicals are separated which are called mud of the clarifier. The mud is filtered by means of vacuum filter unit where sugary filtrate and press cake (pressmud) are separated. The filtrate is reprocessed and pressmud, which is a by-product.
Clear juice from clarifier having 95°C temperature is heated to 112°C to 115°C in the juice heater and taken to evaporator set where 16° Brix juice is concentrated up to 60° Brix syrup. Thereafter, it is again treated with SO2 gas and finally sulphured syrup is sent to pan floor supply tanks. At pan section, 3 massecuite boiling system or 3.5 massecuite boiling is adopted accordingly to purities of basic products.
1. A Massecuite – Syrup + Melt + A light + Dry seed or B seed 2. B Massecuite – A Heavy + B Grain 3. C Massecuite – B Heavy + C Light + C Grain
Slurry is used for B & C grain preparation. After boiling massecuite in the vaccum pans, it is discharged in the crystallizers for maturation and cooling purpose. The cooled A, B, C massecuite are then taken for separation of sugar and mother liquor through continuous high speed and batch type automatic three speed machines. Thus, all mother liquors, B sugar and C sugar are taken for reprocess and the white sugar is taken from drying and cooling through hoppers and elevators to grader where L30, M 30 & S30 sugar is separated. The dust is taken for reprocess. C mass mother liquor is called final molasses which is a byproduct that is sold for distilleries. It could be consumed in own distillery also for production of alcohol, ENA & ethanol. The above graded white sugar is taken to silo and then it is filled in bags after weighing (50 Kg net wt.) and some are sent to go downs for storage.
2.6.4.4 Manufacturing Process for Co-generation Plant
Co-generation is broadly defined as the coincident generation of useful thermal energy and electrical power from the same input fuel. Thus, cogeneration can allow the energy consumers to lower their energy costs, through use of the energy normally wasted in conventional systems as losses. The useful thermal energy could be in the form of hot gases, hot liquids or steam; generally used for meeting the process and or heating requirements. When the thermal energy is required in the form of steam, industries employ steam boilers for raising the required steam at the required pressure and temperatures, suitable for the process. Co-generation power plant has one high pressure boiler of 160 TPH capacity. It generates superheated steam with temperature 510C+/- 5C. Further, one Back Pressure and one DEC type turbine have been installed. Auxiliary steam consumption for the power plant will be for soot blowing and other auxiliary consumptions like Steam Jet Air Ejector (SJAE) & Gland steam condenser (GSC) at high pressure, for de-aerator at low pressure. A portion of the power generated in the turbo generators will meet the power requirements of the co-generation plant auxiliary loads, Distillery operation load as well as sugar plant loads.
28
Figure 2.5 Mass Balance and Process Flow Chart for 5,000 TCD Sugar Factory
Table 2.15 Steam Balance of Existing Co-gen Boiler
No. Particulars Unit Boiler A Total Steam Generation TPH 160 B Steam Utilization 1 Steam to Deaerator TPH 3.00 2 Steam to Condenser TPH 38.50 3 Steam to HP Heater TPH 13.00 4 Steam to Process TPH 101.00 Total Utilization TPH 155.5
Table 2.16 Steam Balance of Existing Distillery Boiler
No. Particulars Unit Boiler A Total Steam Generation TPH 25 B Steam Utilization 1 Steam to Deaerator TPH 3 2 Steam to Scaph TPH 4 3 Steam to Turbine & Process TPH 18 Total Utilization TPH 25
29
Figure 2.6 Process Flow Chart for Co-gen Plant
Table 2.17 Electricity Requirement Details
Existing Expansion No. Industrial Unit (MW) (MW) 1 Sugar Factory & 5 -- Colony 2 Co-gen 3 -- 3 Distillery 1.5 1.5 Total 9.5 1.5
Electricity required for distillery is met from its own 2.5 MW Captive Power Plant (CPP). Same practice will be followed after expansion also.
Table 2.18 Distribution of Electricity Generated from Co-gen Plant
Existing (MW) No. Description Season Off Season 1 In-house 8 -- 2 Grid 22 -- Total 30
2.7 SOURCES OF POLLUTION AND MITIGATION MEASURES
Basic sources of pollution from existing and proposed distillery operations are mainly operations &processes in industry, boilers and stand by D. G. set. Detailed identification and quantification of impacts, due to above sources, are separated under various heads. They are - (1) Water Pollution, (2) Air Pollution, (3) Noise Pollution, (4) Hazardous Wastes, (5) Solid Waste (6) Odour Pollution, (7) Land Pollution & (8) Occupational Health Hazards and safety.
30
2.7.1 Water Pollution (WP)
Assignment w.r.t. water pollution aspect was done by Dr. Sangram Ghugare, an inhouse Functional Area Expert (FAE) for WP. Requirement for fresh water on site will be met from Neera Right Bank Canal Division, Phaltan. Water lifting permission has been taken from Irrigation Department, Phaltan. Same is attached at Appendix- D for reference. Details of water consumption are presented in Table 2.18 & 2.19.
Table 2.19 Water Consumption & Effluent Generation Sugar Factory & Co-gen Plant
No. Description Water Consumption (M3/D) Effluent Generation (M3/D) #56 1 Domestic (31 M3/D Colony + 25 M3/D Industry 45 Employee) 2 Industrial a. Process *1454 190 b. Cooling Makeup *885 85 c. Boiler Makeup #380 35 d. DM Backwash #50 50 e. Lab & Washing *5 3 f. Ash Quenching *4 0 Industrial Use 2778 (#430+*2348) 363 (a+b+c+d+e+f) 3 Gardening & Green belt 320 0 3154 (#486+*2348+320) Grand Total (1+2+3) (85% Recycle) Fresh Water Consumption 86 Lit. / MT -- (100 Lit/ MT of Cane Crushed) Effluent Generation -- 73 Lit. / MT (200 Lit/ MT of Cane Crushed) Note: # Fresh water from Neera Right Bank Canal Division, Phaltan, * Sugarcane condensate, Ω Treated water from ETP
Table 2.20 Details of Water Consumption in Distillery
No. Description Existing 60 Total After Expansion (M3/day) KLPD Crushing Season (160 Non-Crushing Season (M3/day) Days) (170 Days) 1 I. Domestic #4 #7 #7 2 II. Industrial a. Process *476 ♣951 ♣951 b. Cooling makeup #105 210 (♣12+*160+#38) 210 (♣12+#198) c. Boiler Makeup #60 # 60 # 60 d. Lab & Washing #3 #5 #5 e. DM Backwash #10 #10 #10 f. Ash Quenching #2 $4 #4 Industrial Use 656 (#180 + 1240 1240 (#277+♣963) (a+b+c+d+e+f) *476) (#113+♣963+*160+$4) 3 III. Gardening -- $220 $220 Grand Total (I + II+III) 660 1467 1467 (#184 +*476) (#120+♣963+*160+$224) (#284+♣963+$220) (73% Recycle) (91% Recycle) (78% Recycle) Fresh Water Consumption (Industrial Use) 3 KL/KL 0.9 KL/KL 2.3 KL/KL Norm: 10 KL/KL of Alcohol Note: # - Water taken from Neera Right Bank Canal Division, Phaltan, * - Sugarcane condensate, ♣- Treated water from Distillery CPU, $-ETP, STP treated water & RWH.
31
2.7.1.1 Fresh Water Adequacy
For Sugar Factory crushing season of 160 days & Co-gen Plant, total fresh water requirement will be - 486 CMD X 160 Days = 77,760 M3/Season For Molasses Distillery during cane crushing season of 160 Days, total fresh water requirement will be– 120 CMD X 160 Days = 19,200 M3/Season For Molasses Distillery during cane non-crushing season of 170 Days, total fresh water requirement will be– 284 CMD X 170 Days = 48,280 M3/Season
Hence, total fresh water requirement will be – 1,45,240 M3/Season
From above calculations, it is seen that total fresh water requirement for industrial campus will be 1,45,240 M3/Season. The permission granted to SAIL by Irrigation Department; Phaltan for lifting fresh water from the Neera Right Bank Canal Division, Phaltan, is 4,54,230 M3/Season (0.4542 M. Cum.), which is more than the actual usage under existing as well as proposed project in the complex.
Sugarcane Condensate Balance:
Table 2.21 Cane Condensate Balance
No. Description Quantity (CMD) 1. Cane crushing capacity 5000 TCD 2. Cane condensate- 50-55% 2508 CMD (by considering losses) 3. Condensate for sugar 2348 CMD factory (Imbibition 1200+ Other 1148) 4. Excess Condensate 160 CMD
2.7.1.2 Effluent Generation
Total effluent would be generated from the various operations & processes from existing & expansion activities. Details of same are presented in Table 2.19 & 2.22.
2.7.1.3 Domestic Effluent
Quantity of domestic effluent generated from existing sugar factory and co-gen plant is 45 M3/D. Moreover, domestic effluent generated from existing distillery is 3 M3/D. After distillery expansion total domestic effluent from distillery complex would be 6 M3/D. Presently, SAIL treating its domestic effluent in septic tank followed by soak pit. After expansion of distillery, total domestic effluent will be treated in proposed Sewage Treated Plant (STP) of capacity 55 M3/D.
2.7.1.4 Industrial Effluent
Total trade effluent generated from existing sugar and co-generation activities is 363 M3/D. Same is treated in existing Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) having capacity 1000 M3/D provided in own factory premises comprising of primary, secondary & tertiary unit operations. Treated effluent will be used for green belt & gardening.
Industrial effluent to be generated from distillery would be in the form of raw spentwash, spentlees & other effluent from lab & washing, boiler blow downs, cooling blow downs etc. After expansion of distillery, total raw spentwash to be generated @ 960 M3/D, will be concentrate in multiple effect evaporators (MEE) & the conc.
32
spentwash @ 192 M3/D (1.6 KL/KL of alcohol) will be blended with coal and burnt in incineration boiler. Other effluents viz. spent lees @ 170 M3/D, MEE condensate @ 768 M3/D, cooling & boiler blow down @ 32 M3/D and lab wash & DM backwash @ 15 M3/D will be treated in existing CPU. Treated water from CPU will be reused for industrial operations, thereby achieving Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD). ZLD plan is enclosed at Appendix – E.
Industry is having common CPU of 2400 M3/D capacity for treatment of Cane condensate & Other effluent from distillery which is sufficient after expansion also.
Table 2.22 Details of Effluent Generation in Distillery
No. Description Existing Total Expansion 120 Treatment 60 KLPD (M3/day) KLPD (M3/day) I. Domestic 3 6 Treated in Proposed STP II. Industrial a. Process Raw Spent wash 480 960 Raw spentwash shall be Conc. spentwash 96 192 concentrated in MEE & Conc. Spentwash (1.6 KL/KL) shall be burnt in incienration boiler along with coal. MEE condensate 384 768 Other effluent viz. MEE Spent lees 85 170 condensate, spentlees, cooling b/d, b. Cooling Blow down 10 20 boiler b/d, effluent from lab & c. Boiler Blow down 12 12 washing, DM backwash shall be d. Lab; Washing 3 5 forwarded to existing distillery e. DM Backwash 10 10 CPU. Treated effluent shall be Total Conc. Sp wash- 96 Conc. Sp wash – 192 fully recycled in process to Other Effluent - 504 Other Effluent - 985 achieve ZLD. Effluent Generation (Spentwash) 1.6 KL/KL 1.6 KL/KL Norm: 8 KL/KL of Alcohol
Table 2.23 Details of Multiple Effect Evaporator (MEE)
No. Description Details 1 Make PRAJ Industries Ltd., Pune 2 Operating Hours 24 Hours (Continuous Operation) 3 Feed Composition Raw Spentwash @688 KL/Day 4 Heating Medium Steam (Dry & Saturated) Vaccum based Multi effect forced circulation followed 5 Type by falling film evaporation system 6 Efficiency 100% 7 Capacity 890 M3/ D
Table 2.24 Spentwash Characteristics
No. Parameter Raw Spentwash Concentrated Spentwash 1 pH 3.9 – 4.5 4.0 –5.0 2 Total Solids (mg/l) 1,00,000- 1,20,000 5,10,000 - 5,65,000 3 SS (mg/l) 20,000 - 25,000 85,000 -1,00,000 4 TDS (mg/l) 80,000 - 95,000 4,25,000-4,65,000 5 BOD (mg/l) 60,000 - 80,000 3,35,000 - 3,80,000 6 COD (mg/l) 1,20,000-1,40,000 6,25,000- 6,50,000
33
Figure 2.7 Flow Chart of Existing Distillery CPU
Figure 2.8 Flow Chart of Existing Sugar Factory ETP
34
Figure 2.9 Flow Chart of Proposed STP
Figure 2.10 Cross Section of Spentwash Tank
Provision of storage tanks shall be done in distillery for concentrated spentwash (Glass fused tank). A PLC based operative system shall be installed in distillery wherein raw spentwash from distillation section shall be automatically transferred to MEE in closed circuit. Spentwash tank shall be designed as per CPCB norms wherein HDPE layer of 500-micron thickness & RCC lining shall be provided to avoid seepages & ground water contamination. Piezometers shall be installed around spentwash storage tank and in other distillery premises wherever necessary.
35
Figure 2.11 Photos of Existing ETP
2.7.2 Air Pollution
Air Pollution can be defined as the presence in the outdoor atmosphere, of one or more air contaminants (i.e. dust, fumes, gas, mist, odour, smoke or vapour) in sufficient quantities, of such characteristics and of such duration so as to threaten or to be injurious to human, plant or animal life or to property, or which reasonably interferes with the comfortable enjoyment of life or property. The assignments w.r.t. air pollution (AP) and air quality (AQ) including modelling were undertaken by in-house FAE of EEIPL namely Mr. Yuvraj Damugade. Details of existing and proposed sources of air pollution & control equipment are presented in Table 2.25. Fuel Storage and ESP details are in Table 2.27 & 2.28 respectively. Refer Appendix - F for Stack height calculations.
Table 2.25 Details of Existing Boilers and D.G. Sets in SAIL
Boilers D. G. Sets No Description Distillery Sugar &Co-gen Distillery Sugar & Co-gen 1 Capacity 25 TPH 160 TPH 500 KVA (3 No) 500 KVA 2 Fuel type Spentwash + Coal Bagasse HSD HSD 3 Fuel Quantity (MT/D) Spentwash-259 72.5 Lit./Hr. 1488 72.5 Lit./Hr. +Coal- 65 each 4 Height of Stack, (M) 65 85 3 3 5 Material of construction RCC RCC MS MS 6 Shape (round/ rectangular) Round Round Round Round 7 Diameter/ size, (M) 3.5 4.1 150mm 150mm 8 Flue Gas Temp. 2000C 1500C - - 9 ID Fan Capacity -2 Nos. 3,34,800 1,33,697 - - (m3/hr) 10 Gas flow rate in (Nm3/Hr) 4,80,600 1,43,390 - - 13 APC Equipment ESP ESP - -
36
No new boiler will be installed under distillery expansion unit. Steam for expansion activity will be taken from existing 25 TPH boiler.
Table 2.26 Characteristics of Fuel
Fuel No Bagasse Coal Spentwash Diesel Description 1 Calorific value, Kcal/Kg 2,000- 2,200 3500 – 4000 1500-2000 10,200 2 Ash content 2-3% 13-15 % 18 % 0.1 % 3 Sulphur content 0.05% 0.5 % 0.65 % 1.0 %
Table 2.27 Fuel Storage Details
No. Fuel Storage Storage Capacity Handling Area 1 Coal 1200 Sq. M. 2500 MT Belt Conveyor 2 Concentrated Spentwash 1260 Sq. M. 5500 MT By Pump 3 Bagasse 6072 Sq. M. 7000 MT Belt Conveyor
Table 2.28 Details of ESP
No Description Co-gen Boiler Distillery Boiler 1 Boiler Capacity (TPH) 160 25 2 Fuel Bagasse Coal + Sp. Wash 3 Outlet Emission Less than 100 mg/NM3 Less than 100 mg/NM3 4 Removal Efficiency 98% 98 %
2.7.2.1 Fugitive Emissions
Fugitive emission under existing and expansion activities of industry shall be mainly the dust emissions. The sources of same are mill house, sugar bagging, bagasse yard, pressmud yard, internal kuccha roads, bagasse conveyor; feeding section and ash storage yard in co-gen plant, improper function of APC equipment etc. The trouble with dust in work zone and ambient atmospheres will be controlled by certain dedicated measures. An action plan has been prepared in the industry that includes – proper exhaust and ventilation arrangements, monitoring of proper of working of pollution control equipment, proper handling; storage and disposal of dust collected, use of PPEs for staff and workers, augmentation of existing green belt with adequate density and type to control and attenuate dust transfer in the premises, provision of properly surfaced internal roads and work premises (tarred and concrete).
2.7.2.2 Process Emissions
The generation shall take place in fermenter of the distillery. After expansion, CO2 to the tune of 92 MT/D will be released from 120 KLPD distillery plant. In a fermented, sugar in the wash gets converted to ethyl alcohol through metabolic activities of yeast. Consequently, CO2 is evolved as emission of the bio-chemical reaction. CO2 has been labeled as one of the major gases responsible for the green-house effect, its release in the atmosphere has to be properly controlled. To curb this process emission CO2 would be bottled and supplied to manufacturers of beverages /secondary uses.
37
Figure 2.12 Photograph Showing Boiler along with APC Equipment & Stack
Figure 2.13 Photograph Showing Online Monitoring System
38
2.7.3 Solid Waste
Solid wastes from the Industries are categorized as hazardous and non-hazardous. Wastes that pose a substantial danger immediately or over a period of time to human, plant or animal life are classified as hazardous wastes. Non- hazardous waste is defined as the waste that contributes no damage to human or animal life. However, it only adds to the quantity of waste. Assignment w.r.t. solid and hazardous waste was done by empanelled FAE Mr. Vinaykumar Kurakula for SHW.
Ash generated from boilers will be collected separately and taken to ash storage area. Agreement with brick manufacturer / cement industry shall be done. Water sprinkling arrangement would be made to avoid suspension of fly ash into air.
Table 2.29 Details of Solid Waste
No. Industrial Type Quantity (MT/M) Disposal Unit Existing After Expansion Yeast Sludge 300 600 Burnt in CPU Sludge 15 27 Incineration Boiler 1 Distillery Boiler Ash 840 1680 (Coal+Sp.wash) Given to Brick / Cement Industry Sugar Boiler Ash (Bagasse) 471 - 2 Factory & ETP Sludge 1 - Used as Manure Co-gen Plant
2.7.4 Hazardous Wastes
No any hazardous waste will be generated from distillery. Different types of hazardous wastes being generated from existing sugar factory & co-gen unit. Their disposal methods are presented in Table 2.29.
Table 2.30 Hazardous Waste
No. Industrial Unit Category Quantity (MT/M) Disposal 1 Sugar factory Spent Oil – Cat.5.1 0.3 Burnt in boiler
2.7.5 Noise Pollution
Noise is normally defined as objectionable or unwanted sound, which is without agreeable quality and essentially non-euphonious. Concern on noise depends upon the noise level near the source, on the work environment and near the residential zone. Earlier, noise was summarized to be exclusively an occupational problem. But, since the effects are found also on people who are not directly involved, it has acquired wider dimension. Hence it is necessary to know the noise levels near the sources as well as near the residential colonies.
2.7.5.1 Sources of Noise Pollution
In the sugar factory, co-gen and distillery; noise generating sources generally are the boiler house, turbine rooms, cane crushing section and mill house, distillation section etc. The expected noise levels in these sections would be in the range of 60 to 65 dB(A). All preventive measures such as regular operation & maintenance of pumps, motors, and compressors would be carried out and enclosures would be provided to abate noise levels at source.
Adequate noise abatement measures like silencer would be implemented in this section. Moreover, enclosures to the machinery would be provided wherever possible. It is predicted from an experience elsewhere that the magnitude of noise levels, from various
39 sources, to the human habitation at a distance of 0.5 Km would be around 12 dB(A). Therefore, there would be no any significant change in the background noise levels in the premises of the industrial unit. Already a green belt has been provided in and around the Industry. The same would be further augmented adequately and properly so that it would further attenuate the noise levels. The noise would also be created by movement of trucks/ tractor trolleys and other vehicles for material transportation. However, this would not be of a continuous nature and would not have much impact on the work environment of the project site. Insulation helps considerably in limiting noise levels. Workers entering the plant shall be protected by earmuffs, which would give the reduction of about 30 dB(A).
2.7.6 Odour Pollution
There are number of odour sources in sugar factory & distillery, which include molasses handling and storage, bacterial growth in interconnecting pipes & unattended drains. The measures shall be adopted under proposed expansion unit for controlling the same are proper housekeeping, sludge management in biological ETP units, steaming of major pipe lines, regular use of bleaching powder in the drains, efficient handling, prompt.
Under expansion of distillery project, spentwash shall be carried through closed pipeline and concentrated in MEE. Hence, odour nuisance due to spentwash storage activity will be entirely eliminated. To abate the odour nuisance, the SAIL has a concrete planning which includes following steps and actions-
1. It is proposed to provide covered fermentation and tapping of CO2 gas. 2. Collection of waste yeast sludge from fermentation section in a closed system and its immediate and proper disposal. 3. Reduced volume of effluents (spentwash, spent lees) by adopting strategic approaches such as use of the effluents back in process under Reduce-Reuse-Recycle planning. 4. Closed and online system for carrying spentwash to the treatment units, viz. MEE etc. 5. Suitable plantation of fragrant species in and around the treatment units, which can minimize undesirable smells. 6. Adoption of GMPs (Good Management Practices). 7. Arranging awareness and training camps for workers. 8. Use of PPEs like masks at odour prone areas.
2.7.7 Land Pollution
Land pollution may take place due to use of untreated effluent for gardening / irrigation purpose. Fly ash, if gets deposited and /or disposed on land in haphazard manner will lead to land pollution. Under proposed unit, certain steps will be taken and many advanced technologies adopted include –spentwash concentration in MEE, adoption of automatic & continuous emission monitoring system etc. Appropriate & adequate management practices including good housekeeping and periodic monitoring of various attributes contributing to dust will considerably curb these types of emissions.
2.7.8 Budgetary Allocation by Industry towards Environment Protection
Capital as well as O & M cost towards environmental aspects under existing & expansion project in SAIL complex is as follows -
40
Table 2.31 Capital as well as O & M Cost
Cost Component (Rs. Lakhs) No. Description Capital Annual O & M Existing Project 1 Air Pollution Control [ESP for co-gen boiler – 1 Nos. 5000 100 (Stack 85 M) & distillery incineration boiler, ESP - 1 No. (Stack 65 M)] 2 Water Pollution Control (Sugar Factory ETP & 500 50 Distillery CPU) 3 Noise Pollution Control 30 5 4 Occupational Health and Safety (Medical Check-up of 10 5 employees, PPEs) 5 Environmental Monitoring & Management 25 2 6 Green Belt Development 20 5 Total 5585 167 (16% of Capital Investment of Rs. 339.45 Cr) B Expansion Project 1 Water Pollution Control -Installation of STP 50 5 2 Noise Pollution Control 15 5 3 Occupational Health & Safety 10 5 4 Environmental Monitoring 20 5 5 Green Belt Augmentation & Rain Water Harvesting Plan 80 30 Total 175 50 (4% of Capital Investment of Rs. 46.55 Cr) Grand Total 5760 217
2.8 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN
The major impacts due to proposed expansion activities by SAIL have been described above. Impact due to noise generation and particulate emission can be abated by plantation of green belt. Accordingly, a comprehensive green belt has already been developed in SAIL campus. Further, under proposed expansion augmentation of existing green belt shall be done in phase wise manner. Native and fast growing species shall be selected for green belt development.
2.8.1 Area Calculation for Green Belt Plan
Table 2.32 Area Details
No. Description Area (Sq. M) 1 Total Built up Area after expansion 62,938.35 2 Total Open Area after expansion 1,36,639.17 Existing Green Belt Area (21% of Total Plot Area) 63,836.48 Proposed Green Belt Area under Expansion (14% of Total Plot Area) 44,086.00 3 Total Green Belt - 35 % of Total Plot Area 1,07,922.48 4 Roads 13,500.00 Total Plot Area 3,07,500.00
Refer detailed area break up of industry at Table 2.3 of Chapter 2.
41
2.8.2 Existing Tree Plantation
Total area available in the premises of SAIL (including existing sugar factory, co-gen plant and existing as well as after expansion distillery) is 30.75 Ha. As per MoEFCC norms, green belt should be developed on 33% of the total plot area of industry. Under existing set up, 63,836.48 Sq. M area is under green belt which is 21% of total plot area. Thereunder about 4800 no. of different trees are planted. An additional 14% of total plot area i.e. 44,086.00 Sq. M will be developed as proposed green belt. Refer Chapter 3, Figure 3.22 for photographs of existing green belt. Refer Appendix- G for green belt plan.
2.8.3 Proposed Tree Plantation
A comprehensive ‘Green Belt Development' programme will be implemented in a phase wise manner under proposed activities, salient features of which are as follows –
1. Tree plantation at different tiers to suit existing topography. 2. Avenue plantation along the roads and shelterbelt plantation along the peripheral fence of the plots. 3. Mass Plantation in certain pockets in the SAIL campus. 4. Plantation of peculiar tree species serving typical purposes such as noise attenuation and dust suppression at selected premises. 5. Lawns and landscaped gardens in the campus. 6. To arrest dust and to attenuate noise, plantation of certain species like Mangiferaindica(Mango), Sesbaniagrandiflora (Shewarie) Derris indica (Karanj), Terminaliacatappa (Indian Almond Tree), Polyalthialongifolia (Ashok) etc. shall be done.
2.8.4 Criteria for Green Belt Development
Emission of SPM, SO2 is the main criteria for consideration of green belt development. Plantation under green belt is provided to abate effects of the above emissions. Moreover, there would also be control on noise from the industry to surrounding localities as considerable attenuation would occur due to the barrier of trees provided in the green belt.
Preparation for Plantation:
Take pits of 2X2X2 ft. for good soil strata while 3X3X3 ft. for poor soils or murum strata. Expose them to direct sun for 15 days Fill the pits as per availability of site soil- o In case of shortage of good quality site soil: site soil (35%) + good fertile soil (35%) + good composted cow dung (30%) + Neem cake (200 gm) o In case of good quality site soil: site soil (80%) + good composted cow dung (20%) + Neem cake (200gm) + leaf litter and grass or agri residue. Plant appropriate sapling after rain starts Start watering after rains Make shade for saplings when temperatures rise, generally after February or March depending upon local climate and condition of plants. This can be managed with bamboo sticks and locally available grass.
42
2.9 RAINWATER HARVESTING
Rainwater Harvesting (RWH) could be of two types namely harvesting from ground and harvesting from rooftops. Quantity of harvested rainwater that becomes available during and after precipitation depends upon a number of factors such as total roof area, type of roof, area of land, nature of soil, impervious or paved areas, vegetation on the land, average annual rainfall in the region, ambient temperatures of the region etc.
RWH could be of two types namely - 1. Harvesting from ground 2. Harvesting from rooftops.
Accordingly, area consider for RWH is presented at following table – 2.33
Table 2.33 Area Taken for RWH
No. Description Area (Sq. M.) 1 Rooftop Area 17,391.3 2 Green Belt Area 1,07,922.48 3 Area under Roads 13,500 4 Open Space 1,36,639.17
Average annual rainfall in the area = 486 mm. = 0.48 M
Runoff Factors considered - Rooftop Area : 0.8 Green Belt : 0.3 Road Space : 0.5 Open Space : 0.3
RWH = Area x Rainfall Depth x Run off Coefficient
A Roof Top Harvesting-
RWH Quantity = 17,391.3 M2 X 0.48 M X 0.8 = 6,678.25 M3
B Surface Water Harvesting –
1.RWH Quantity from Green Belt = 1,07,922.48 M2 X 0.48 M X 0.3 = 15,540.83 M3
2. RWH Quantity from Roads = 13,500 M2 X 0.48 M X 0.5 = 3,240 M3
3. RWH Quantity from Open Space = 1,36,639.17 M2 X 0.48 M X 0.3 = 19,676.04 M3
Total RWH from Surface Area = 15,540.83 M3+ 3,240 M3 + 19,676.04 M3 = 38,456.87 M3
Hence, the total water becoming available after rooftop and land harvesting will be
Rooftop Harvesting + Surface Harvesting = Total RWH 6,678.25 M3 + 38,456.87 M3 = 45,135.12 M3 = 45.1 ML
43
Thus, about 45,135.12 M3 of rainwater could become available during every season from the RWH operations. On the open land in the premises counter bunding, terracing and dressing will be done to divert the rainwater as per natural slopes to various tranches excavated on the plot in a decentralized manner. Further, the recharge points will be located as per geometry of zones. This when charged to open / bore wells will have a positive impact on the ground water quantity.
44
Chapter 3 Description of the Environment
3.1 INTRODUCTION
Term Land Use relates to the human activity or economic function associated with a specific piece of Land, while the term Land Cover relates to the type of feature present on the surface of the earth (Lille sand and Kiefer, 2000). The knowledge of Land Use Land Cover is important for many planning and management activities as it is considered as an essential element for modelling and understanding the earth system. Land use maps are presently being developed from local to National to Global Scales for Environmental Impact Studies. The satellite Remote Sensing technology has found its acceptance worldwide for rapid resource assessment and monitoring, particularly in the developing world. All these advancements have widened the applicability of Remotely Sensed data in various areas, like forest cover, vegetation type mapping, and their changes in regional scale. If satellite data is judiciously used along with the sufficient ground data, it is possible to carry out detailed forest inventories, monitoring of land Use and vegetation cover at various scales. The 10 Km study area in respect of proposed expansion project by SAIL falls at post Kapashi (Motewadi), Tehsils Phaltan of of Satara district in Maharashtra. Industrial site is located at Latitude 74° 15’ 12.69” E, Latitude 17° 56’ 31.47” N.
3.2 LAND USE AND LAND COVER (LU&LC)
The assignment w.r.t. land use and land cover mapping of study area using LISS IV Satellite Image has been done by Mr. Vinaykumar Kurakula, an empanelled FAE of EEIPL for LU & LC. The scope of work methodology involved and allied details are presented in following paragraphs.
3.2.1 Scope of Work
Major objective of the assignment was to prepare Land Use Land Cover map of the study area while demarcating topographic features especially emphasizing drainage map of the region.
3.2.2 Study Area& Location
The study area is located around Sharayu Agro Industries Ltd., Village kapshi, Tal.: Phaltan, Dist.: Satara, Maharashtra. For the present study, an area of 10 Km radius from SAIL Plant (which comes about 314 Sq. Km) has been marked and selected as per guidelines. Location of SAIL is shown on satellite image in Figure 3.3 and visual interpretation keys used for the study are given in Figure 3.4. Population of Satara district as per 2011 census and the population in the study area is 3,003,741. Total Literacy rate of Satara is 82.87%. Male Literacy of Satara is 89.42% while female literacy stands at 76.31%.
3.2.3 Purpose of Land Use Mapping
Land use study requires data regarding topography, zoning, settlement, industry, forest, roads and traffic etc. Collection of this data was done from various secondary sources viz. census books, revenue records, state and central government offices, Survey of India toposheets etc. and through primary field surveys as well as high resolution multi spectral satellite image from IRSRESOURCESAT 2 Satellite with LISS IV sensor. The date of pass of the image is 17th Nov. 2017. Image has a spatial resolution of 5M X 5M. Apart from LULC Map, topographic features of the region were extracted covering village locations, streams, roads,
45 river in the satellite image. In addition to this, natural drainage network is also captured to prepare drainage map as required. Purposes of land use studies are–
To determine the present land use pattern; To analyze the impact on land use due to industrial growth in the study area; To give recommendations for optimizing the future land use pattern vis-à-vis growth of industries in the study area and its associated impacts
3.2.4 Land use Map Analysis
Land use Mapping was done based on the image colour, texture, Tone etc. Following steps are used to analyze the Land use pattern of project site:
Collection of IRS Resourcesat-2 images and made fused and blended the images for color combinations using Image interpreter-Utilities and Layer stack option available in ERDAS. Identification AOI and made a buffer of 10km radius. Enhance the Fused and blended IRS Resourcesat-2 image using the Spatial, Radiometric and Temporal options in ERDAS. Rectified the IRS Resourcesat-2 image using Geo-referencing technique, Toposheet to get UTM coordinate system. Subset the IRS Resourcesat-2 images and Toposheet using 5 Kms buffer AOI. Automatic classifications done for IRS Resourcesat-2 images using maximum iterations and number of options in unsupervised classification options. Created the signature file by selecting the more samples of different features with AOI on Unsupervised classification image. Export to Vector layer from supervised classification image. Conducting QC / QA and finalized the data.
Table 3.1 Satellite Data Details
No. Satellite Data Date Format 1 IRS–Resourcesat-2 LISS- IV 17-Nov-2017 TIFF
Source: NRSC, Hyderabad
Since all the data of the study area were geo-referenced to UTM 43N WGS84 projection system, the satellite images were also obtained with the same coordinate system from NRSA. Before image classification was carried out, the satellite images were pre-processed. All the processing and classification of the satellite images were performed in the ERDAS Imagine 9.1 software. The data was delivered in separate bands of 2, 3 and 4. The first step was to stack together to get a composite. The scenes were then mosaic together since the study area covered parts of both the scenes. Once a satisfactory mosaic was done whereby the joins were no longer visible and the radiometric resolution of both the scenes were matched. This subset of the original images was then run through the unsupervised classification tool of the software to finally create the grouping of classes present in the study area.
3.2.5 Methodology for LU & LC Study
The overall methodology adopted and followed to achieve the objectives of the present study involves the following steps: Satellite data of IRS Resourcesat-2 sensor is geometrically corrected and enhanced using principal component method and Nearest Neighborhood resampling technique.
46 Preparation of basic themes like layout map, transport & settlement map and from the satellite image by visual interpretation. Essential maps (related to natural resources) like Land use / Land cover map are prepared by visual interpretation of the satellite imagery. Visual interpretation is carried out based on the image characteristics like tone, size, shape, pattern, texture, location, association, background etc. in conjunction with existing maps/ literature. Preliminary quality check and necessary corrections are carried out for all the maps prepared. All the maps prepared are converted into soft copy by digitization of contours and drainages. In that process editing, labeling, mosaicing, quality checking, data integration etc are done, finally Land use areas are measured in Square Kilometers.
Figure 3.1 Process Flow Chart
47 Figure 3.2 Google Image Showing Villages within Study Area
48 Figure 3.3 Satellite Image
49 Figure 3.4 Visual Interpretation Keys used for the Study
Project Site Settlement Water Bodies
Railway & Roads Crop Land Fallow Land
Forest Land Barren Land Scrub Land
3.3 LAND USE STUDIES
It includes study of topographic features and land use under which area statistics for Land Use Land Cover classes and Land Use Land Cover statistics are included.
3.3.1 Land Use of Study Area
Land use map developed was based on the image colour, texture, tone and also ground truth verification data. Ground truth verification was carried out to validate the results of classified image and reconciliation was carried out with actual location of land mark features such as water bodies, forest land, agriculture land, etc. The supervised classification of the satellite image yielded the following classes:
Table 3.2 Area Statistics for Land Use Land Cover Classes
No. Classes Area Ha. % Remarks 1 Built Up 959 3.05 Built Up Area cover about 3.05% of area within Area 10km radius of study area. The surrounding villages around the project site are well developed with road electricity, and water connectivity. 2 Crop Land 7703 24.52 Crop land covers about 24.52% mostly sugar cane. 3 Fallow 3825 12.18 Fallow land, that covers about 12.18% area within Land 10 km radius buffer. This fallow land is because of
50 No. Classes Area Ha. % Remarks changing of crop type and leaving the land uncultivated to get fertile. Some of the fallow land is seen because of hilly region where there is lack of continuous water supply. 4 Water 390 1.24 There are very few water bodies in the study area Bodies and contributes to 1.24% of area within 10km radius from the plant site. This is the main cause for high Crop land in the study area. 5 Forest Area 3295 10.49 Forest land contributes to 10.49% of the study area. 6 Barren 12531 39.89 Most of the land use within the 10km radius buffer is Land barren land. Barren land contributes to very less within the 10km radius buffer of study area. The Barren Land Covers about 39.89% of total Area. 7 Scurb Land 2712 8.63 It is found that the some part of study area is also covered with dense scrub covering about 8.63% of total study area. Total 31415 100.00
Graphical Presentation of Land use classification within 10 Km radius of proposed project.
Figure 3.5 Land Use Land Cover Statistics
Land Use Classification
3.05% 8.63% Built Up Area
Crop Land 24.52% Fallow Land
Water Bodies 39.89% Forest Area 12.18% Barren Land
Scurb Land 10.49% 1.24%
51 Figure 3.6 Topographical Map
52 3.3.2 Land Use Map
Land use map developed was based on the image color, texture, tone and also ground truth verification data. Ground truth verification was carried out to validate the results of classified image and reconciliation was carried out with actual location of land mark features such as water bodies, forest land, agriculture land, etc.
Figure 3.7 Land Use and Land Cover Map
53 3.3.3 Settlement Map
The proposed site is located close to State Highway Road. The area has good literacy rate and there is a lot of development taking place in this area. All the villages are well connected with the roads.
Figure 3.8 Settlement Map
54 3.3.4 Eco-Sensitive Map
Eco-sensitive map is a matter of more concern because the expansion project should not hamper the natural eco system and surrounding natural resources. The Eco- sensitive map of the expansion project site was developed on the Maharashtra state map, showing all the eco-sensitive area of Maharashtra state. As per the map, there are no eco-sensitive zones falling within 10 km radius from the expansion project site.
Figure 3.9 Eco-Sensitive Map
55 3.4 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS
3.4.1 Introduction
Agriculture is the main occupation pattern in the area. Hence, it is essential to determine agriculture potential of soil from the area and identify the impacts of urbanization and industrialization in the area. Study has been conducted to determine the agricultural and afforestation potential of the soil. Assignment w.r.t. soil studies were done by Mr. B.S. Lole; the Functional Area Expert for Soil Characteristics (SC).
3.4.2 Soil Quality (Present Status) Soil quality is the capacity of a specific kind of soil to function, within natural or Managed ecosystem boundaries, to sustain plant and animal productivity, maintain or enhance water and air quality and support human health and habitation. Soil quality reflects how well a soil performs the functions of maintaining biodiversity and productivity, partitioning water and solute flow, filtering and buffering, nutrient cycling and providing support for plants and other structures. Thus, soil quality plays vital role in any particular geographical phenomenon of ecology as well as physio-chemical environment. Soil quality can indicate the current as well as future issues related with the water, ecology and life in the particular region. Thus, it is clearly visible that soil Major source of contamination is wastes from industries as well as overuse of fertilizers & pesticide. Thus, to determine the exact impacts of any proposed project, it is very essential to determine the existing status of soil quality and existing stress through a study of soil quality assessment. Considering this, for studying soils of the region, sampling locations were selected to assess the existing soil conditions in and around the project area representing various, physiographic conditions, geology, land form and land use conditions. The physical, chemical characteristics were determined. The samples were collected by soil auger and other required equipments, up to a depth of 30 cm from surface as per standard soil sampling procedure , given in Soil survey manual, All India soil and land use survey, New Delhi-1970 of Ministry of agriculture, Govt. of India. Present study of the soil profile establishes the baseline characteristics and this will help in future identification of the incremental concentrations if any, due to the operation of the project. The sampling locations have been identified with the following objectives: To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area; To determine the impact of industrialization on soil characteristics; and To determine the impact on soils more importantly from agricultural productivity point of view.
3.4.3 Methodology Eight locations in and around the proposed plant boundary were selected for soil sampling. At each location, soil samples were collected from surface 0 to 30 cm depth and are homogenized and collected after quartering. The homogenized samples were analyzed for physical and chemical characteristics. The soil samples were collected during pre-monsoon season.
3.4.3.1 Methodology of Data Generation Physical and chemical properties and heavy metal concentrations of the soil were analyzed. Soil samples were collected once during March-April-May 2019 (27th March 2019). Samples have been analyzed by laboratories per the established scientific methods for physico- chemical parameters. Methodology adopted for each parameter is described in table 3.3.
56 3.4.3.2 Sources of Information In addition to field surveys, the other sources of information were offices of National Bureau of Soil Survey and Land Use Planning (NBSS and LUP) as well as District Census Data from Census of India, 2011.
Table 3.3 Analytical Techniques for Soil Analysis
Parameter Method (ASTM Number) Grain size distribution Sieve analysis (D 422 – 63) Textural classification Chart developed by Public Roads Administration Bulk density Sand replacement, core cutter Sodium absorption ratio Flame photometric (D 1428-82) pH pH meter (D 1293-84) Electrical conductivity Conductivity meter (D 1125-82) Nitrogen Kjeldahl distillation (D 3590-84) Phosphorus Molybdenum blue, colourimetric (D 515-82) Potassium Flame photometric (D 1428-82) Iron AAS (D 1068-84) Zinc AAS (D 1691-84) Boron Surcumin, colourimetric (D 3082-79) Chlorides Argentometric (D 512-81 Rev 85)
Overall, Eight Soil Sampling points were selected. Locations are listed in Table 3.4. Soil characteristics presented in Table 3.6 are compared with standard classification given in Table 3.5. Refer Annexure-I for Soil monitoring reports.
Table 3.4 Soil Sampling Locations
No Sample Name of Co-ordinates Distance Direction No Location Latitude (N) Longitude (E) from site Km 1 S1 Malvadi 17°55'45.5′′ 74°18'33.0′′ 7.34 E 2 S2 Ghadgevadi 17° 57'25.9′′ 74°17'44.4′′ 7.75 NE 3 S3 TukobachiVadi 17°58'19.5′′ 74°15'07.2′′ 6.13 N 4 S4 Taradgaon 18°01'45.2′′ 74°14'37.0′′ 8.16 NW 5 S5 Aradgaon 18°01'45.2′′ 74°14'37.0′′ 5.68 NW 6 S6 Anandgaon 17°59.0'0.3′′ 74°12'39.5′′ 6.76 E 7 S7 Adriki Budruk 17°55'4.5′′ 74 °12'8.6′′ 5.32 SW 8 S8 Project site 17'56 '40.7′′ 74°15'19′′ - -
Table 3.5 Standard Soil Classification
No Soil Tests Classification 1 pH <4.50 extremely acidic 6.5-7.3 neutral * 4.50-5.50 very strongly acidic 7.3-7.8 slightly alkaline * 5.00-5.50 strongly acidic 7.6-8.5 moderately alkaline* 5.50-6.00 moderately acidic 8.5-9.0 strongly alkaline 6.00-6.50 slightly acidic 9.0 very strongly alkaline (* tolerable to crops) 2 Salinity Electrical Upto 1.00 average -- conductivity (mhos/ cm) 1.01-2.00 harmful to germination (1 mhos/ cm = 640 PPM) 2.01-3.00 harmful to crops sensitive to salts 3 Organic Carbon Upto 0.2 very less 0.61-0.8 on an average sufficient 0.21-0.4 less 0.81-1.0 sufficient 0.41-0.5 medium >1.0 more than sufficient 4 Nitrogen (kg/ha) Upto 50 very less 151-300 better 51-100 less above 300 sufficient 101-150 good 5 Phosphorus (kg/ha) Upto 15 very less 51-65 on an average sufficient
57 No Soil Tests Classification 16-30 less 65-80 sufficient 31-50 medium above 80 more than sufficient 6 Potash (kg/ha) 0 very less 240-300 average 120-180 less 301-360 better 181-240 medium above 360 more than sufficient
3.4.4 Comments on Soil Characteristics From interpretation of field data, physical and chemical data it can be concluded as under - As per the physical data soils are fine texture, having low bulk density, imperatively good water holding capacity, and slow permeability. As per physical characters soils are rated as moderate to good for agriculture. As per chemical characters soil reaction (pH) soils are neutral, slightly too moderately alkaline and electrical conductivity (EC) is non saline (normal). Macro nutrient like nitrogen is better to sufficient and phosphorus is low, potassium is low, calcium, magnesium are medium to good and base saturation is moderate to good Sodium is below the limit to make soil saline or sodic or alkali. Micro-nutrients, Mn (very low may cause deficiency), Zn, Fe, Al (nil to low, will cause deficiency), B is low (may cause deficiency) SO4 low to medium and Cl are medium to high. Cation Exchange capacity is high indicating to good fertility. Exchangeable Ca is o good with good base saturation, Ex K is low, and Ex. Na is also low not indicating any alkalinity. Sodium adsorption ratio indicates the soils are normal. As observed during field visit of 10 km buffer area from boundary of proposed plant. The area is located in east Western Ghats, in Krishna river basin from Geomorphologic point of view.
3.4.4.1 Geomorphology & Soils The area forms part of Deccan plateau of Sahayadri hill range. The residual hill ranges and the intermediate valley, all well developed on the table land surface form the main geomorphic element of landscape in the area. The area has the Sahaydrian scarp with its major peaks usually flat topped and intervening saddles. However, physiographically the area can be broadly divided in four major units viz., (i) hills and ghats, (ii) foothills zones, (iii) plateaus and (iv) plains. Entire area falls in the drainage sub basin of Adur ki Odha of major river, Nira, which is part of Krishna basin. Soils in the study area are essentially derived from the underlying basalt and under different climatic conditions show variations in the depth texture and structure. It varies from deep black soil in the river valleys to shallow soil and laterite soil. The soils of the area can be broadly grouped into three types viz. black (Kali) soils, coarse grey (Barad) soils and reddish (Tambadi) soils. As per soil map of Maharashtra at 1:500000 scale by NBSS & LUP, the soil family association observed in the area are: 1. Very shallow, well drained, loamy calcareous soils on gently sloping plain with moderate erosion associated with rock outs. 2 Very shallow, somewhat excessively drained loamy, calcareous soils on very gently sloping plains, with moderate erosion, associated with moderately deep, well drained, fine calcareous soils with moderate erosion. 3. Very shallow excessively drained, loamy soils on gently sloping summits/spurs with severe erosion and strong stoniness, associated with very shallow well drained clayey soils with severe erosion. 4.Very shallow, well drained, loamy soils on gently sloping lands with moderate erosion, associated with very shallow well drained, clayey soils with severe erosion and moderate stoniness. Thus, as per analysis of soils data and field observation the land represented by eight samples can be classified as class II e and III e land i.e. good to moderate soils on plain to gentle slopes subject to water erosion, as per land capability classification (USDA)
58 Table 3.6 Existing Soil Characteristics
No Parameters U.O.M Malavadi Ghadge Tukobachi Taradgaon Aradgaon Anandgaon Adarki Project wadi wadi Budruk Site Physical properties) ---- 1 Texture a Sand % 16 19 29 17 24 28 25 32 b Silt % 17 12 13 22 12 19 20 20 c Clay % 67 69 58 61 64 53 55 48 2 Textural Class Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay 3 Bulk Density g/cc 1.15 1.13 1.25 1.21 1.18 1.31 1.29 1.33 4 Permeability Cm/hr 0.33 0.25 0.46 0.41 0.38 0.53 0.51 0.58 5 Water holding capacity % 70.11 72.59 56.27 59.43 66.87 56.98 57.42 50.23 6 Porosity % 72.57 69.32 55.06 57.11 65.72 54.07 55.64 51.24 Chemical Properties pH (1:5 Aq. Extraction at 7 7.63 7.54 7.81 7.77 7.74 7.88 7.86 7.95 24°C Conductivity 8 µS/cm 1579.6 1735.6 1150.24 1316.2 1452.4 867.61 969.07 798.82 (1:5 Aq. Extraction Cation Exchange meq/ 9 79.17 86.75 65.97 71.16 76.41 59.71 58.96 52.68 Capacity 100gm meq/ 10 Exchangeable Calcium 55.17 58.23 47.35 51.96 54.89 43.68 44.13 40.25 100gm meq/ 11 Exchangeable Magnesium 23.09 27.51 17.93 18.43 20.64 15.47 14.23 11.95 100gm meq/ 12 Exchangeable Potassium 0.56 0.63 0.42 0.47 0.55 0.33 0.35 0.30 100gm meq/ 13 Exchangeable Sodium 0.35 0.38 0.27 0.30 0.33 0.23 0.25 0.18 100gm Sodium Absorption Ratio 14 0.056 0.058 0.047 0.051 0.054 0.042 0.046 0.35 (SAR) 15 Available Nitrogen as N Kg/ha 375.11 398.52 274.50 318.95 343.02 201.86 224.79 198.5 Available Phosphorous as 16 Kg/ha 124.76 145.98 94.23 103.87 115.82 75.12 82.63 62.3 P Available Potassium as 17 Kg/ha 219.96 245.17 163.87 184.22 214.97 129.03 135.68 115.4 K 18 Organic Carbon % 2.48 2.94 1.84 2.14 2.36 1.62 1.77 1.22 19 Organic Matter % 4.27 5.06 3.16 3.68 4.06 2.79 3.04 2.10 Water Soluble 20 mg/kg 149.86 163.57 114.96 126.48 1342.7 95.67 105.68 87.01 Chlorides as Cl Water Soluble 21 mg/kg 84.14 90.25 51.47 65.29 74.38 36.92 44.79 31.98 Sulphates as SO4 22 Aluminium % 1.95 2.06 1.34 1.65 1.87 0.78 1.22 1.95 23 Total Iron % 35.17 42.91 25.6 29.75 32.18 18.55 22.14 12.63 24 Manganese mg/kg 7.41 2.75 1.90 2.14 2.65 1.55 1.74 1.84 25 Boron mg/kg 26.94 28.31 17.64 19.86 22.73 9.88 12.45 5.11 26 Zinc mg/kg 35.69 40.63 22.15 25.67 28.41 9.16 16.34 13.85 27 Total Chromium as Cr mg/kg BDL 0.01 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01 28 Lead as Pb mg/kg BDL BDL BDL BDl BDL BDL BDL BDL 29 Nickel as Ni mg/kg 2.15 2.26 1.65 1.74 2.03 1.33 1.54 2.56 30 Arsenic as As mg/kg BDL BDL BDL BDl BDl BDl BDl BDL 31 Mercury as Hg mg/kg BDL BDL BDL BDl BDl BDl BDl BDL 32 Cadmium as Cd mg/kg BDL 0.02 BDL BDl BDl BDl BDl 0.03 33 Barium as (Ba) mg/kg 0.05 0.46 1.36 1.85 0.61 1.35 0.29 1.68 34 Selenium (Se) mg/kg BDL BDL BDl BDl BDl BDl BDl BDL 35 Copper (Cu) mg/kg 0.12 BDL BDL 0.03 0.17 0.11 BDl 0.34 Method of Testing: As per SSSA/Soil Analysis by M.L.Jackson/USEP.
59 Figure 3.10 Baseline Environmental Details: Soil Environment
60 Figure 3.11 Soil Analysis
No. Parameter Max. Concentration Location 1 Nitrogen (mg/kg) 398.52 S2 2 Available Phosphorous 145.98 S2 (mg/kg) 3 Available Potassium (mg/kg) 245.17 S2 4 Chlorides (mg/kg) 1342.70 S5 5 Sulphate (mg/kg) 90.25 S2 6 Iron (mg/kg) 42.91 S2
Figure 3.11 Soil Analysis
No. Parameter Max. Concentration Location 7 Aluminum (mg/kg) 2.06 S2 8 Manganese (mg/kg) 7.41 S1 9 Boron (mg/kg) 28.31 S2 10 Zinc (mg/kg) 40.63 S2 11 Lead (mg/kg) BDL All Locations 12 Nickel (mg/kg) 2.56 S8 13 Cadmium (mg/kg) 0.03 S8
61 Figure 3.11 Soil Analysis
No. Parameter Max. Concentration Location 14 Sand (%) 32 S8 15 Silt (%) 22 S4 16 Clay (%) 69 S2 17 Porosity (%) 72.57 S1 18 Water Holding Capacity (%) 72.59 S2 19 Organic Carbon (%) 2.94 S2 20 Organic Matter (%) 5.06 S2
Figure 3.11 Soil Analysis
No. Parameter Max. Concentration Location 21 Cation Exchange Capacity 86.75 S2 22 Exchangeable Calcium 58.23 S2 23 Exchangeable Magnesium 27.51 S2 24 Exchangeable Potassium 0.63 S2 25 Exchangeable Sodium 0.38 S2
62 3.4.5 Physical Characters
The physical characters include Bulk density, grain size distribution (textural analysis) a. Grain size distribution: Texture indicates relative proportion of various sizes of primary soil particles such as sand, silt and clay present in the soil. Based on their quantities present in the soil sample and using the textural classification diagram. The textural classes of eight soil samples are clayey (fine) Bulk density values confirm textural class. b. Bulk Density: In case of bulk density total soil space (space occupied by solid and pore spaces combined) are taken in to consideration. Thus Bulk Density is defined as the mass (weight) of a unit volume of a dry soil. This volume would, off course include both solids and pores. Soil texture, soil structure and organic matter content are the factors influencing the bulk density of a soil. Bulk Density, besides being an interesting and significant physical characteristic, is very important as a basis for certain computations. The Bulk density of the eight soil sample under consideration ranges between 1.13 to1.33 gm/cc, and confirms the fine texture of the soils of the area under study. c. Porosity: The pore space of a soil is the space occupied by air and water and is expressed as percent pore space. The amount of this pore space is determined by structural conditions, that is by inter- related influence of texture, compactness and aggregation. Porosity is also related to aeration and retention and movement of water in the soil. The porosity of eight soil sample ranges between 51.24 to69.32% and is moderate to good in accordance to the texture of soil, and considered moderate to good for air and water movement in the soil for crops. d. Permeability: permeability is the entry of fluid from one medium to another. In soil – water relationship, it means entry of water from air in to soil.: permeability rate is defined as maximum rate at which a soil in a given condition can absorb rain or irrigation water as it comes at soil surface, permeability rate is the rate of water entry in to the soil when flow is non-divergent. It is a surface and sub surface character, and is expressed as mm/sec or cm/hr. Permeability of eight samples under study is between 0.25 to 0.58 cm /hour, and classified as very slow to slow for agriculture and conservation, indicating good availability of moisture to cops after rain or irrigation. e. Water Holding Capacity (WHC): Water holding capacity of soil is the maximum amount of moisture, a dry soil is capable of holding, under given standard condition. If the moisture content is increased further percolation result WHC is of great value to practical agriculture, since it provides a simple means to determine moisture content. WHC required for good crop growth is 35 to 70%. The WHC of the eight soil samples is between 50.23 to 72.59% and is good indicating availability of water for crop growth indicating somewhat less frequent water application for growing crops.
63 Figure 3.12 Soil Map
64 3.4.6 Chemical Characters:
Parameters considered for chemical analysis are: Soil reaction (pH), Electrical conductivity (EC), Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC)) Cations, like Calcium, Magnesium, Sodium and Potassium, water soluble sulphates ,and chlorides, sodium Adsorption Ratio (SAR).,, Macro nutrients like Available Nitrogen, total Organic carbon, organic matter Available phosphorus, available potassium Micro nutrients like Iron Zinc, manganese, copper and boron. Heavy metals like, Chromium(Cr),Lead (Pb),Nickel (Ni),Arsenic(As), Mercury (Hg) and Cadmium (Cd). a. Soil reaction (pH): The nutritional importance of pH is illustrated, thus hydrogen ion concentration has influence not only on, solubility of nutrients, but also upon facility with which these nutrients are absorbed by plants, even already in soil solution for e.g. Fe,Mn and Zn become less available as pH rises from 4.5 to 7. At pH 6.5 to7.0 utilization of nitrate and ammonia nitrogen becomes more available. In case of phosphorus, it becomes less available to plant as pH increases above 8.5, due to its fixation in exchange complex of soil. For the eight soil sample under consideration the pH ranges between 7.54 to 7.95 indicating soils are neutral, slightly alkaline to mod. Alkaline, in different samples. Suitable for growing all crops except some crops. b. Electrical conductivity (EC): The salt content of the soils are estimated by EC measurements, and is useful to designate soils as normal or sodic (saline). Electrical conductivity is expressed as µmhos/cm at 25◦C, µsmhos/ cm or mmhos /cm or sm/cm. The EC of eight soil samples is between 798.82 to 1735.63 µs/cm and are below the limits to be called as saline and hence the soils are normal for crop growth. c. Organic Carbon / Organic matter( %)Although accounting for only a small part of the total soil mass in mineral soils, organic matter influences physical, chemical, and biological activities in the soil. Organic matter in the soil is plant and animal residue which serves as a reserve for many essential nutrients, especially nitrogen. Determination of organic matter helps to estimate the nitrogen which will be released by bacterial activity for the next season depending on the conditions, soil aeration, pH, type of organic material, and other factors. The eight soil samples under consideration contain 1.22 to 2.94 organic carbon and 2.10 to 5.06 % organic matter; OM is calculated from organic carbon estimation. As per crop requirements the soils are having sufficient organic matter content in different samples, required for growing crop in next season. d. Available Nitrogen (N) Nitrogen is a part of all living cells and is a necessary part of all proteins, enzymes and metabolic processes involved in the synthesis and transfer of energy. Nitrogen is a part of chlorophyll, the green pigment of the plant that is responsible for photosynthesis. Helps plants with rapid growth, increasing seed and fruit production and improving the quality of leaf and forage crops. The available nitrogen in the eight samples in question, as per analysis ranges between 198.54 to 398.52 kg / ha showing better to sufficient nitrogen content for crop growth. e. Available Phosphorus (P): Like nitrogen, phosphorus (P) is an essential part of the process of photosynthesis. Involved in the formation of all oils, sugars, starches, etc. Helps with the transformation of solar energy into chemical energy; proper plant maturation; withstanding stress. Effects rapid growth, .Encourages blooming and root growth. The phosphorus content of soil of eight samples ranges between 62.34 to 145.98kg/ha and falls under, sufficient to more than sufficient category, in different samples for crop growth.
65 f. Available Potassium (K): Potassium is absorbed by plants in larger amounts than any other mineral element except nitrogen and, in some cases, calcium. Helps in the building of protein, photosynthesis, fruit quality and reduction of diseases. The Potassium content of eight soil samples ranges between 115.42 to 245.17 kg/ha and is less to average for crop growth. g. Cation Exchange capacity (CEC): The total amount of exchangeable cations that a soil can retain is designated as cation exchange capacity (CEC) and usually expressed as me/100gm of soil. Determination of amount of cations present in soil is useful, because CEC influences the availability of adsorbed cations to both higher plants and soil microorganisms. Thus CEC is directly related to fertility of soils. The CEC of the eight samples ranges between 52.68 to86.75 me / 100gm soil. A soil with low CEC indicates low fertility and soils with high CEC indicates high fertility. Eight soil samples are fine textured having high percentage of clay with dominating montmorrilonitic clay mineral, showing high CEC, in turn fertility is also high. h. Exchangeable Calcium (Ca++) Calcium, an essential part of plant cell wall structure, provides for normal transport and retention of other elements as well as strength in the plant. It is also thought to counteract the effect of alkali salts and organic acids within a plant and soil acidity. The exchangeable calcium content of eight soil samples ranges between 40.25 to 58.23 me/100gm soil, and having good base saturation percentage (ranging from 66 to 78%). For normal crop growth a calcium base saturation percent of soils between 50 to 75% 50% is required. i. Exchangeable Magnesium (Mg++): Magnesium is part of the chlorophyll in all green plants and essential for photosynthesis. It also helps activate many plant enzymes needed for growth. The magnesium content of the eight soil samples ranges 11.95 to 27.51 m e /100 gm soil( BS % ranges between (30 to 48.5%), which is further adding to base saturation. Magnesium base saturation percent of 5 to 15 % is normal. j. Exchangeable Sodium (Na+): Though sodium is not an essential plant nutrient, but it has some role in potassium nutrition. Sodium also has a role in affecting the pH of soils; Sodium present above a certain limit makes soil alkaline which affect soil physical condition, and fixing of available phosphorus. Out of the eight samples sodium ranges between 0.18 to 0.38 me/100gm soil, which is below the content(i.e. ESP is below 15%) at which soil show, saline alkali or alkaline properties, hence no adverse effect on soils. k. Exchangeable Potassium (K+): Potassium is absorbed by plants in larger amounts than any other mineral element except nitrogen and, in some cases, potassium Helps in the building of protein, photosynthesis, fruit quality and reduction of diseases. The Potassium content of one soil sample is 0.30 to 0.63. me /100 gm and is low for crop growth. l. Sodium Adsorption ratio (SAR): Sodium adsorption ratio is ratio of Na+ to under root of Ca + +Mg++ by 2. SAR values of soil solution along with EC and pH helps in diagnosing soils as normal, saline, saline-alkali or alkali. Eight soil samples show SAR values between, 0.035 to 0.0.058 and indicate that samples are normal (SAR below 13) m. Iron (Fe): Iron is essential for crop and other plants for chlorophyll formation Iron deficiency likely occurs in soils with high pH, poor aeration, excessive phosphorus, or low organic matter. It may be produced also by an imbalance of Mo, Cu, and Mn. In plants, the deficiency shows up as a pale green leaf color (chlorosis) with sharp distinction between green veins and yellow inter-venial tissues. The iron content of eight
66 samples ranges 12.63 to 42.91 % and is low to medium, may cause problem of iron deficiency in some areas. n. Aluminum (Al) Exchangeable Aluminum (Al) is not present in a plant available form in soils with a pH above 5.5 and therefore tests for extractable aluminum need only be done on distinctly acid soils. In soils with a pH range of 4.5 - 5.5 are those most likely to be affected by aluminum toxicity. In the eight samples the total Aluminum is between 0.78 to 2.06. o. Manganese( Mn): Is an important plant micro nutrient and is required by plants in second greater quantity compared to iron, like any other element, it can have limiting factor on plant growth, if it is deficient or toxic in plant tissue. Manganese is used in plants as major contribution to various biological systems, including photo synthesis, respiration and nitrogen assimilation. Mn content in the eight samples ranges between 1.55 to 7.41 mg/kg and is low and may cause deficiency in plants. p. Zinc (Zn) Zn deficiency most often is present in sandy soils with neutral or alkaline pH, or with low organic matter. Total zinc may be high but the availability depends on other factors. In the present eight samples Zinc content ranges between9.16 to 40.63 mg/kg or ppm and are low, considered deficient for crop growth. q. Boron (B).There is a very narrow range between deficiency and toxicity in boron. Deficiencies are more often when organic matter is low and dry weather slows the decomposition. Uptake of boron is reduced at pH level higher than 7.0 Plant toxicity symptoms manifest as leaf tip and marginal chlorosis. Boron toxicity occurs in dry areas and is generally associated with irrigation water. In the eight samples of the project the boron content is between9.88 to`28.31 mg/kg is low and will cause deficiency to crops. r. Copper (Cu):Copper is an essential element for plant growth. Soils naturally contain copper in some form or other, ranging any where from 2 to 100 parts per million (ppm) and averaging at about 30 ppm. Most plants contain about 8 to 20 ppm. Without adequate copper, plants will fail to grow properly. Therefore, maintaining fair amounts of copper in the soil is important. The eight samples under consideration contains copper between below detectible limit to 0.34 and is deficient for crop growth. s. Water-Soluble Sulphates as SO4: This test measures readily available sulphur in the form of dissolved plus absorbed sulphate. Sulphur testing is important where low sulphur or sulphur-free fertilizers are used, such as high analysis NPK fertilizers. Retention of sulphate sulphur by the soil is related to its phosphate retention, with high leaching losses of sulphate being associated with low phosphate retention soils. This should also be taken into account when considering sulphur fertilizer options. In the eight samples the water soluble sulphate as SO4 ranges between31.98 to 90.25 mg/kg and low to medium. t. Water Soluble Chlorides as Cl The Cl−anion does not form complexes readily, and shows little affinity (or specificity) in its adsorption to soil components. Thus, Cl− movement within the soil is largely determined by water flows. Chlorine is an essential micronutrient for higher plants. It is present mainly as Cl−. Chloride is a major osmotically active solute in the vacuole and is involved in both turgor- and osmo regulation. In the cytoplasm it may regulate the activities of key enzymes. In addition, Cl−also acts as a counter anion and Cl− fluxes are implicated in the stabilization of membrane potential, regulation of intracellular pH gradients and electrical excitability. In
67 the eight samples the water soluble chloride ranges between 87.01 to163.57 mg/kg and is medium to high. u. Heavy Metals: Soils may become contaminated by the accumulation of heavy metals and metalloids through emissions from the rapidly expanding industrial areas, mine tailings, disposal of high metal wastes, leaded gasoline and paints, land application of fertilizers, animal manures, sewage sludge, pesticides, wastewater irrigation, coal combustion residues, spillage of petrochemicals, and atmospheric deposition. Heavy metals constitute an ill-defined group of inorganic chemical hazards, and those most commonly found at contaminated sites are lead (Pb), chromium (Cr), arsenic (As), zinc (Zn), cadmium (Cd),), mercury (Hg), and nickel (Ni) Soils are the major sink for heavy metals released into the environment by aforementioned anthropogenic activities and unlike organic contaminants which are oxidized to carbon (IV) oxide by microbial action, most metals do not undergo microbial or chemical degradation and their total concentration in soils persists for a long time after their introduction Changes in their chemical forms (speciation) and bioavailability are, however, possible. The presence of toxic metals in soil can severely inhibit the biodegradation of organic contaminants [Heavy metal contamination of soil may pose risks and hazards to humans and the ecosystem through: direct ingestion or contact with contaminated soil, the food chain (soil-plant-human or soil-plant-animal- human), drinking of contaminated ground water, reduction in food quality (safety and marketability) via phyto-toxicity, reduction in land usability for agricultural production causing food insecurity, and land tenure problems – v. Chromium (Cr) Chromium mobility depends on sorption characteristics of the soil, including clay content, iron oxide content, and the amount of organic matter present. Chromium can be transported by surface runoff to surface waters in its soluble or precipitated form. Soluble and un-adsorbed chromium complexes can leach from soil into groundwater. The leachability of Cr (VI) increases as soil pH increases. Most of Cr released into natural waters is particle associated, however, and is ultimately deposited into the sediment. In the eight samples the chromium is between below detectible limit to 0.01and almost nil hence no chromium contamination. w. Lead (Pb) Typical mean Pb concentration for surface soils worldwide averages 32 mg kg−1 and ranges from 10 to 67 mg kg−1 The most serious source of exposure to soil lead is through direct ingestion of contaminated soil or dust. In general, plants do not absorb or accumulate lead. However, in soils testing high in lead, it is possible for some lead to be taken up. Studies have shown that lead does not readily accumulate in the fruiting parts of vegetable and fruit crops (e.g., corn, beans, squash, tomatoes, strawberries, and apples). Higher concentrations are more likely to be found in leafy vegetables (e.g., lettuce) and on the surface of root crops (e.g., carrots). Since plants do not take up large quantities of soil lead, the lead levels in soil considered safe for plants will be much higher than soil lead levels where eating of soil is a concern (pica). Generally, it has been considered safe to use garden produce grown in soils with total lead levels less than 300 ppm. Risk of lead poisoning through the food chain increases as the soil lead level rises above this concentration. Even at soil levels above 300 ppm, most of the risk is from lead contaminated soil or dust deposits on the plants rather than from uptake of lead by the plant. In 8 samples the Lead is BDL and within permissible limit. x. Nickel (Ni): Nickel is an element that occurs in the environment only at very low levels and is essential in small doses, but it can be dangerous when the maximum tolerable amounts are exceeded. It usually takes a long time for nickel to be removed from air. Larger part of all Ni compounds that are released to the environment will adsorb to
68 sediment or soil particles and become immobile as a result. In acidic soils, however, Ni becomes more mobile and often leaches down to the adjacent groundwater. In the eight soil samples, the nickel content is between, 1.33 to 2.26 and below limit of contamination. y. Arsenic (As): Arsenate can adsorb or co precipitates with metal sulfides and has a high affinity for other sulfur compounds. Elemental arsenic and arsine, AsH3, may be present under extreme reducing conditions. Biotransformation (via methylation) of arsenic creates methylated derivatives of arsine. As compounds adsorb strongly to soils and are therefore transported only over short distances in groundwater and surface water. In the eight samples the arsenic values are below detectible limit and within permissible limit of contamination. z. Mercury (Hg): Sorption to soils, sediments, and humic materials is an important mechanism for the removal of Hg from solution. Sorption is pH dependent and increases as pH increases. Mercury may also be removed from solution by co-precipitation with sulphides. Under anaerobic conditions, both organic and inorganic forms of Hg may be converted to alkylated forms by microbial activity, such as by sulfur-reducing bacteria. Elemental mercury may also be formed under anaerobic conditions by demethylation of methyl mercury, or by reduction of Hg (II). Acidic conditions (pH < 4) also favor the formation of methyl mercury, whereas higher pH values favor precipitation of HgS(s) .In the eight samples the mercury content is below detectible limit and within permissible limit of contamination. aa. Cadmium (Cd) The application of agricultural inputs such as fertilizers, pesticides, and bio-solids (sewage sludge), the disposal of industrial wastes or the deposition of atmospheric contaminants increases the total concentration of Cd in soils, and the bioavailability of this Cd determines whether plant Cd uptake occurs to a significant degree. Cadmium is very bio -persistent but has few toxicological properties and, once absorbed by an organism, remains resident for many years. The eight samples contain cadmium is nil to0.02 and within permissible limits of contamination.
3.5. DRAINAGE AND GEOMORPHOLOGY
Assignment w.r.t. Hydrology, Ground water & Water conservation and Geology (HG & GEO) has been done by Dr. J. B. Pishte, who is an empanelled expert FAE of EEIPL for Geology. Scope of work methodology involved and allied details are presented in following paragraphs.
A visit to the project site and field work in the surrounding area was carried out on 4thApril 2019, to study Geology &Hydrogeology (HG-Geo) of the area and assess the possible impact of the project on the environment. This EIA Report covers results of studies carried out in the area of influence of project. It is based on primary data collected by observations during field visit and secondary data obtained through dialogue with local people and previous literature from different sources.
3.5.1. Methodology
3.5.1.1. Literature Review
Previous literature related to hydrogeology, geology and seismicity contains general information and data of district or State as a whole. The content relevant to the study area had
69 to be extracted carefully from it. Literature related to effluents and waste waters of the project and their impact on geology and water regime was also referred to (listed in references).
3.5.2. Data Generation
A visit to the project site and field work in the surrounding area was carried out to study Geology and Hydrogeology (HG-Geo) of the area. Impact of a project on groundwater regime is generally limited to a small part of the drainage basin in which the project is established. On this assumption, observations on hydrogeology were taken by well inventory within part of the micro-watershed. Observations on rock types, their textures and structures were made in surface outcrops, dug well sections, road sections, stream sections, and other types of excavations existing in the area.
3.5.3. Data Analysis and Interpretation
Water table contour map was prepared based on well inventory data. Groundwater flow directions in the study area were deduced from this map. This information is further used in interpretation of the direction/s of probable movement of contamination plume, if any, originating from the project activity. Ground water samples were handed over to M/s Equinox Environments Pvt. Ltd., Kolhapur, for analysis. Interpretations regarding water quality parameters were made by referring to prescribed standards; and books and research papers on quality of ground water. Rock types, their textures and structures observed in the area were identified by visual examination in situ and hand specimens broken from outcrops wherever necessary.
3.5.4 Description of the environment
3.5.4.1. Geomorphology
Satara district forms part of Deccan plateau of Sahyadri hill range of Peninsular India. The residual hill ranges and the intervening valleys are well developed on the table land surface form the main geomorphic element of landscape in the district. The Mahadeo Range beings as an off-shoot of the Sahyadri in the north western part. Eastward it runs as a main range and sets several minor ranges south-eastward and southwards. This range forms the water divide between Nira and Krishna river valleys. SAIL Project area is situated on the northward flank of Mahadeva Range. The highest peak in the study area is at 1066 m in the Reserve Forest along southern boundary and the lowest part is at about 560 m along northern boundary. The area around project site has elevation ranging from 615 m to 763 m. It consists of rolling country with low lying isolated hills, barren gentle slopes and moderate soil covered low lands forming farmlands (Figure 3.6). The area falls in ‘rain shadow zone’ of Western Ghats’
3.5.4.2. Drainage
SAIL project area forms part of Nira River Basin along the northern part of Satara District. Two tributary streams of Nira River originate in the hills of reserve forest in the south and flow northwards and north-eastwards by west and east side of the project premises. Both are seasonal streams. Both these streams and their lower order tributaries were dry during our field visit to the area. Area falls in ‘rain shadow zone’ of Western Ghats and it was reported by local farmers that the rains is last monsoon were scanty and the streams did not flow. Two small reservoirs of the bunds of the streams on downstream side of the project site are present near Thakubaichi wadi village (Figure 3.11). Such structures facilitate natural ground water recharge in the downstream areas.
70 Figure 3.13 Drainage Map
71 Figure 3.14 Geo-morphological Map
72 3.6. GEOLOGY, HYDROLOGY & HYDROGEOLOGY
3.6.1. Geology
Satara district is covered by layered sequence of basaltic lava flows of the Deccan traps, which are normally horizontal and spread over wide stretch of land. They range in thickness from 4 to 66 m. The lava flows are of two types, namely, compact jointed or massive basalt and vesicular-amygdaloidal basalt. They are separated from each other by marker bole bed at some places. Flow top breccia is also seen in quarry section in the area (Figure.3.13). The individual lava flows are more or less uniform in physical appearance, but lateral variations in colour, composition and texture or structure are not uncommon.
Area around project site is draught prone with seasonal semi-arid climate which promotes lesser chemical as well as mechanical weathering (Figure.3.13). Therefore, depth of weathering of rocks is generally less, except in low lying areas and along stream courses. Therefore, most of the wells do not have curbing or lining.
Figure 3.15 Dug Well Sections in the area around SAIL Project.
(A) (B) (C)
3.6.2. Hydrogeology
In Deccan Traps the ground water occurs under phreatic, semi –confined and confined conditions. Generally, the shallower zones down to depth of 20 m bgl form phreatic aquifer. The water bearing zones occurring between the depth of 20 m and 40 m are weathered interflow or shear zones and have water under semi-confined condition. Deep confined aquifers occur below the depth of 40m.
Nature and density of vesicles, their distribution, interconnection, depth of weathering and topography of the area are decisive factor for occurrence and movement of ground water in vesicular unit. The massive portion of basaltic lava flows are devoid of water but when it is weathered, fractured, jointed or contain weaker zones, ground water occurs in it (Figure. 3.13 A). The red bole layers occurring between lava flows many times form good water bearing zones (Figure 3.13 B).
73 In the alluvium over the banks of streams, the coarse -rained detrital material like sand and gravel usually occurring as lenses form good aquifer. However, they have limited aerial extent. The ground water occurs in phreatic condition in alluvium deposit near the river banks (Figure 3.13 C).
3.6.2.1. Groundwater Resources
The area around the project site falls in draught prone parts of Satara district. Average rainfall for 10 years from 2001 to 2010 is 846.1 mm/year with minimum 393.6 mm in 2003 and maximum 1435.5 mm in 2005. Owing to uncertainty of rainfall, sloping nature of the terrain and lesser depth of weathering natural recharge to groundwater in the area of lesser extent. Groundwater extraction in this area is done mainly through dug wells that are situated in low lying areas, particularly along sides of stream courses. The depth of standing water level in wells (Water Table) ranges from 6 to 15. This reflects the poor groundwater resources in the area. Table 3.7 below is prepared on the basis of well inventory in the area around the project site.
Table 3.7 Well Inventory Data for Area around SAIL Site
Location Coordinates Static Ground RL of Water Ground No. / Type Water Level Table Water Latitude Longitude of well Level m bgl m amsl m amsl Sample No. 1 / DW 17°55’37.43”N 74°14’34.48”E 11.0 666 655 GW – 1 2 / DW 17°56’6.45”N 74°15’35.72”E 6.6 654 647.4 GW -2 3/ DW 17°56’27.30”N 74°16’0.17”E 9.0 640 631 GW -3 4/ DW 17°56’52.97”N 74°16’41.02”E 9.6 632 622.4 GW -4 5/ DW 17°57’27.53”N 74°16’51.72”E 6.9 618 611.1 GW -5 6/ DW 17°57’37.88”N 74°15’36.76”E 6.2 634 627.8 GW -6 7/ DW 17°57’25.76”N 74°14’58.76”E 14.80 629 614.2 GW -7 8/ DW 17°56’35.78”N 74°14’38.72”E 13.7 644 630.3 GW -8 9/ DW 17°55’50.45”N 74°14’19.52”E 7.8 657 649.2 GW -9 DW: Dug well, m bgl: Meters below ground level, RL: Reduced Level, m amsl: Meters above mean sea level.
3.6.2.2. Groundwater Quality
Quality of groundwater in an area depends upon various natural factors such as climate, nature of rock types, soil and topography. This natural quality is then likely to be affected by anthropogenic factors like industrial effluents, agrochemicals and fertilizers, and domestic waste from habitations.
During field visit to the area the natural quality of groundwater observed in dug wells, and inferred from dialogue with local people including farmers, is potable. The results of analyses of groundwater samples collected in field during the visit are presented in Table 3.12. Groundwater quality parameters having values higher than desired / permissible limit are compiled together in Table 3.8 below.
74 Figure 3.16 Field locations map of the area around SAIL Project Site
Table 3.8: Water Quality Parameter values above desired / permissible limit prescribed in IS10500:2012
Org. Ground IS Loc. Loc. Loc. Loc. Loc. Loc. Loc. Loc. Loc. Sr. Water 10500:2012 No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. Parameter Limits 1/166 2/167 3/168 4/171 5/172 6/173 7/175 8/176 9/177 with Units GW GW GW GW GW GW GW GW GW 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5. TDS - mg/lit 500 /2000 390.86 415.83 371.51 360.37 326.12 236.30 323.18 550.78 485.84 Total Hardness 19. 200 / 600 184.03 136.43 137.59 102.92 188.19 106.61 165.73 200.43 123.16 as CaCO3 25. Fluorides as F- 1.00 / 1.5 BDL 0.51 0.30 0.52 BDL 0.68 0.43 0.26 1.21 Iron as Fe 26. 0.30/0.30 0.45 0.36 0.21 0.47 0.23 0.22 0.21 0.29 0.41 mg/lit Lead as Pb 34. 0.01/0.01 BDL BDL BDL 0.01 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL mg/lit (All other parameters at other locations are within prescribed limits).
It is apparent from the above Table 3.8 that groundwater sample of location no. 8 show values of TDS, Total Hardness and Fluorides marginally above desired limit. As this location is on the other side, beyond the stream on west side of the project layout, these values have to be assigned to some local source of contamination. Values for iron at four locations (Nos. 1, 2, 4, and 8) are above permissible limit. Iron may be acquired in solution by ground water coming into contact with iron objects of the pumping facility. Lead is at par with prescribed limits at location no. 4. Its source has to be of local nature.
75 Figure 3.17 Geo-Hydrological Map
76 3.7. WATER QUALITY
3.7.1. Introduction
Selected water quality parameters, for surface and ground water resources from the study area, have been considered for assessing water environment and to evaluate impact due to the project. Understanding water quality is important in environmental impact assessment and to identify critical issues with a view to suggest appropriate mitigation measures for implementation.
3.7.2. Methodology
3.7.2.1. Methodology of Data Generation
Reconnaissance was undertaken and monitoring locations were finalized based on – (1) Topomaps and drainage map to identify major water bodies, and (2) likely areas which can represent baseline conditions. Sampling and analysis of water samples for physical, chemical and heavy metals were undertaken through NABL & MoEFCC; New Delhi approved laboratory of M/s. Green Enviro Safe Engineers & Consultant Pvt. Ltd., Pune which is NABL accredited& MoEFCC; New Delhi approved organization. Further, same has received certification of OHSAS 18001:2007 from DNV. Eight locations for surface water and Nine locations for ground water samples were selected which are listed in table 3.9 & 3.10.
Table 3.9 Monitoring Locations for Surface Water
Station Name of the Station Distance Direction Code (Km) SW – 1 Nallah near project site 0.30 SW SW – 2 Nallah 2.50 NE SW – 3 River near Neera 8.15 NNW SW – 4 Nallah near Vitthalwadi 2.85 N SW – 5 Nallah Near Ghadgemala 4.87 NNE SW – 6 Nallah & river confluence 12.18 NNW SW – 7 Near river Neera 9.85 NW SW – 8 Nallah near Alijpur 1.95 S
Table 3.10 Monitoring Locations for Ground Water
Station Name of the Station Geographical Location Distanc Direction Code Longitude Latitude e (Km) GW1 Near Phaltan Satara Road 17°56'28.00"N 74°14'54.67"E 1.14 SW GW2 Near Phaltan Satara road SE 17°58'01.88"N 74°17'06.82"E 0.57 SSE GW3 Near Phaltan Satara road SE 18°04'40.44"N 74°15'46.47"E 0.76 E GW4 Near Ghadgewadi 17°59'22.83"N 74°15'11.68"E 1.45 NNE GW5 Near Saswad road 18°00'15.37"N 74°18'33.13"E 1.84 NE GW6 West site of Saswad 18° 07'08.86"N 74° 08'55.21"E 1.16 N GW7 Near Aljapur Road 18° 05'14.35"N 74°20'03.64"E 0.92 N GW8 Near Aljapur Road 17°54'35.56"N 74°15'00.16"E 0.54 NW GW9 Near Aljapur Road 17°56'28.00"N 74°14'54.67"E 1.08 SW
77 3.7.2.2. Sampling Procedure for Primary Data Generation
Ground and surface water sources, covered in an area of 10 Km radius from the proposed site were examined for physico-chemical, heavy metal and bacteriological parameters in order to assess the effect of industrial and other activities on surface and ground water. The samples were collected and analyzed as per procedures specified in ‘Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater’ published by American Public Health Association (APHA).Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples were collected in sterilized glass bottles for bacteriological portability test. Parameters analyzed at the site were pH, temperature, odour, turbidity and dissolved oxygen using portable water analysis kits.
Selected physico-chemical and bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for assessing the existing water quality status in the core area. Results for the parameters analyzed in surface water samples, are compared with Class ‘C’ water as per IS: 10500:2012, Second Revision; “Specifications for Drinking Water”.
3.7.3. Presentation of Results
3.7.3.1. Surface Water
Analysis results for surface water are given in table below. Copies of actual reports are presented at Annexure-II Table 3.11 Surface Water
Location Nallah Near Nallah Nallah near Nallah Near Nala& Near Nallah Limits IS No Parameter Unit near river Vitthalwadi Ghadgemal River river near 10500:20 project site Neera a Confluence Neera Alijpur 12 Hazen 1 Colour 5.70 4.90 1.70 4.70 4.70 1.70 1.70 5.70 5.00 Unit 2 Odour -- Sewery Sewery Agreeable Sewery Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Sewery Agreeable 3 pH -- 8.27 8.07 7.84 7.84 8.12 7.52 7.88 8.04 6.5-8.5 4 Conduct. µS/cm 2211.02 1930.98 519.32 1751.91 1586.87 475.12 558.15 2015.76 NS 5 TDS mg/lit 1481.42 1293.79 347.95 1173.81 1063.23 318.34 373.97 1350.59 < 500.00 6 Turbidity NTU 3.08 3.02 0.56 3.00 2.82 0.46 0.61 3.06 < 1.00 7 TSS mg/lit 70.86 56.49 23.20 67.40 55.07 19.67 25.43 68.74 NS 8 DO 0.40 0.74 2.93 0.83 0.86 3.23 2.63 0.63 NS 9 COD mg/lit 170.76 148.88 49.67 106.98 125.08 47.43 55.42 143.71 NS 10 BOD 3 days 27oC mg/lit 59.85 88.79 21.16 41.40 47.79 20.28 23.44 47.50 NS 11 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/lit 0.23 0.36 0.18 0.61 0.64 0.16 0.32 0.90 < 0.50 12 Nitrate as NO3 mg/lit 80.31 54.44 24.55 76.79 41.68 20.12 26.64 86.45 < 45.00 13 Nitrite as NO2 mg/lit 8.35 5.03 3.17 5.89 3.94 2.09 3.25 7.92 NS 14 Nitrogen as N mg/lit 4.82 3.79 0.78 4.23 1.73 0.92 1.41 4.45 NS 15 Phosphorous as PO4 mg/lit 3.75 1.48 1.14 2.94 1.34 0.60 1.22 4.17 NS 16 Potassium as K mg/lit 86.10 68.07 11.04 38.22 47.90 14.07 9.93 48.42 NS 17 Sodium as Na mg/lit 91.58 82.96 4.22 24.11 50.72 3.94 3.88 45.36 NS 18 Calcium as Ca mg/lit 85.07 73.38 32.33 119.96 67.62 27.07 34.25 129.71 < 75.00 19 Magnesium as Mg mg/lit 48.04 38.72 13.50 38.45 34.58 14.64 15.17 44.81 < 30.00 20 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/lit 410.60 342.98 136.45 458.31 311.52 127.99 148.13 508.89 < 200.00 2- 21 Carbonates as CO3 mg/lit 185.42 194.70 32.70 89.83 151.89 31.32 39.61 82.95 NS 22 Bicarbonates asHCO3 mg/lit 289.13 203.25 127.19 328.83 171.08 72.91 136.77 381.24 NS 23 Chlorides as Cl- mg/lit 349.12 343.30 62.08 268.49 309.41 93.65 68.89 321.36 < 250.00 24 Sulphates as SO4 mg/lit 230.40 210.52 32.53 169.80 149.83 34.34 30.46 187.79 < 200.00 25 Sulphide as H2S mg/lit 2.91 1.25 BDL 0.06 1.13 BDL BDL 0.10 < 0.05 26 Fluorides as F- mg/lit 2.04 2.13 0.63 0.55 1.59 0.82 0.58 0.33 < 1.00 27 Iron as Fe mg/lit 0.47 0.97 0.01 0.34 0.46 0.26 0.06 0.28 < 0.30 28 Aluminum as Al mg/lit 0.01 0.04 BDL 0.01 0.01 BDL BDL 0.00 <0.03 29 Barium as Ba mg/lit 0.36 0.32 0.05 0.74 0.30 0.02 0.09 0.89 <0.70
78 Location Nallah Near Nallah Nallah near Nallah Near Nala& Near Nallah Limits IS No Parameter Unit near river Vitthalwadi Ghadgemal River river near 10500:20 project site Neera a Confluence Neera Alijpur 12 30 Boron as B mg/lit 3.71 1.58 0.07 0.79 1.67 0.05 0.12 0.84 < 0.50 31 Copper as Cu mg/lit BDL 0.02 BDL BDL 0.01 BDL BDL BDL < 0.05 32 Selenium as Se mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01 BDL BDL BDL <0.01 33 Zinc as Zn mg/lit 9.10 6.88 1.28 3.17 5.69 1.36 1.32 2.61 <5.00 34 Cadmium as Cd mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.003 35 Lead as Pb mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.01 36 Mercury as Hg mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.001 37 Nickel as Ni mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01 < 0.02 38 Arsenic as As mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL < 0.01 39 Chromium as Cr mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL < 0.05 No./ Total Coliform 1370.00 1030.00 338.00 796.00 894.00 256.00 418.00 1400.00 Absent 40 100ml No./ Fecal Coliform 904.00 764.00 216.00 474.00 654.00 134.00 296.00 878.00 Absent 41 100ml Note: NS- Not Specified
Water at all sites is found alkaline in nature. It is also seen that, at some locations values of TDS, Turbidity, Nitrate, Hardness, Fluoride, Iron, Barium, Boron & Zinc exceeded the limit. And at all sites, water samples showed presence of total coliforms and fecal coliforms which are above the prescribed permissible limits. Hence, from above observations it could be seen that the water is chemically as well as biologically not potable. Water can be used for domestic purpose after proper water treatment method/technologies.
79 Figure 3.18 Baseline Environmental Details: Surface Water
80 Figure 3.19 Surface Water Analysis
No. Parameter Max. Location Limit Concentration 1 Colour 5.7 SW1 5 Hazen 2 pH 8.27 SW1 8.5 3 Nitrate 86.45 SW8 <45 4 Phosphorous 4.17 SW8 Not Specified 5 Fluorides 2.13 SW2 <1 6 Iron 0.97 SW2 <0.30
Figure 3.19 Surface Water Analysis
No. Parameter Max. Concentration Location Limit 7 TSS 70.86 SW1 Not Specified 8 COD 170.76 SW1 Not Specified 9 BOD 88.79 SW2 Not Specified 10 Potassium 86.10 SW1 Not Specified 11 Sodium 91.58 SW1 Not Specified 12 Calcium 129.71 SW8 <75 13 Magnesium 48.04 SW1 <30 14 Chlorides 349.12 SW1 <250 15 Sulphates 230.40 SW1 <200
81 Figure 3.19 Surface Water Analysis
No. Parameter Max. Concentration Location Limit 16 Conductivity, μg/cm 2211.02 SW1 Not Specified 17 TDS, mg/L 1481.42 SW1 <500 18 Total Hardness, mg/L 508.89 SW8 <200 19 Carbonates, mg/L 194.70 SW2 Not Specified 20 Turbidity, NTU 3.08 SW1 <1 21 Bicarbonates, mg/L 381.24 SW8 Not Specified 22 Fecal Coliform, No./100 ml 904 SW1 No./100 ml 23 Total Coliform, No./100 ml 1400 SW8 No./100 ml
Figure 3.19 Surface Water Analysis
Max. No. Parameter Location Limit Concentration 24 Ammonical Nitrogen, mg/L 0.9 SW8 Not Specified 25 Nitrite, mg/L 8.35 SW1 <500 26 Aluminum, mg/L 0.04 SW2 <200 27 Chromium, mg/L BDL All Locations Not Specified 28 Boron, NTU 3.71 SW1 <1 29 Zinc, mg/L 9.1 SW1 Not Specified
82 3.7.3.2. Ground Water
Nine locations for ground water samples were selected which are listed below. Analysis results for the ground water samples are given in following Table 3.12. Copies of actual reports are presented at Annexure-III. Table 3.12 Ground water
No Parameter Unit Location Limits Near Near Near Near Near West site Near Near Near IS Phaltan Phaltan Phaltan Ghadge- Saswad of Aljapur Aljapur Aljapur 10500: Satara Satara Satara wadi road Saswad Road Road Road 2012 Road road SE road SE Hazen 1 Colour 0.90 0.70 1.00 1.00 1.10 1.10 0.80 0.90 0.80 5.00 Unit 2 Odour -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable 3 pH -- 7.99 7.90 7.53 7.93 7.82 7.63 8.02 7.83 7.61 6.5-8.5 4 Conductivity µS/cm 583.36 620.63 554.48 537.85 486.73 352.68 482.35 822.04 725.12 NS 5 TDS mg/lit 390.86 415.83 371.51 360.37 326.12 236.30 323.18 550.78 485.84 < 500.00 6 Turbidity NTU 0.33 0.34 0.35 0.45 0.41 0.32 0.36 0.37 0.39 < 1.00 7 TSS mg/lit 4.15 4.60 5.10 10.06 8.19 4.10 6.17 6.30 7.93 NS 8 COD mg/lit 38.84 40.55 38.40 30.84 32.67 28.81 32.09 45.25 43.42 NS 9 BOD 3 days at 27oC mg/lit 16.76 16.95 16.38 13.24 14.04 11.11 13.97 17.98 17.67 NS Ammonical 10 mg/lit 0.18 0.13 0.31 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.24 < 0.50 Nitrogen 11 Nitrate as NO3 mg/lit 35.97 37.90 27.15 30.51 25.75 35.09 41.07 34.08 39.37 < 45.00 12 Nitrite as NO2 mg/lit 1.87 1.87 1.89 2.15 1.76 2.09 2.15 1.86 2.10 NS 13 Nitrogen as N mg/lit 1.74 2.04 1.61 1.63 0.73 0.75 3.54 3.10 1.36 NS 14 Phosphorous as PO4 mg/lit 3.39 1.85 1.62 2.43 1.93 1.31 1.97 1.56 2.87 NS 15 Potassium as K mg/lit 44.87 37.06 27.96 28.46 12.41 14.48 29.64 31.60 41.19 NS 16 Sodium as Na mg/lit 5.11 19.74 7.18 33.55 14.64 5.95 31.97 10.24 12.02 NS 17 Calcium as Ca mg/lit 46.65 33.56 35.11 29.40 46.09 24.68 42.51 54.81 23.85 <75.00 18 Magnesium as Mg mg/lit 16.36 12.75 12.09 7.14 17.71 10.90 14.43 15.39 15.42 < 30.00 Total Hardness as 19 mg/lit 184.03 136.43 137.59 102.92 188.19 106.61 165.73 200.43 123.16 < 200.00 CaCO3 2- 20 Carbonates as CO3 mg/lit 8.52 BDL 4.91 BDL 4.41 6.17 BDL BDL 7.63 NS Bicarbonates as 21 mg/lit 101.97 150.26 109.76 60.08 98.51 73.38 48.65 231.65 124.07 NS HCO3 22 Chlorides as Cl- mg/lit 57.01 96.16 113.12 119.61 57.09 43.60 77.09 105.38 141.16 < 250.00 23 Sulphates as SO4 mg/lit 63.07 17.37 24.89 41.15 41.38 11.64 26.39 55.29 70.54 < 200.00 24 Sulphide as H2S mg/lit BDL 0.03 0.01 0.01 BDL BDL BDL 0.02 BDL < 0.05 25 Fluorides as F- mg/lit BDL 0.51 0.30 0.52 BDL 0.68 0.43 0.26 1.21 < 1.00 26 Iron as Fe mg/lit 0.45 0.36 0.21 0.47 0.23 0.22 0.21 0.29 0.41 < 0.30 27 Aluminium as Al mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01 BDL 0.01 BDL BDL <0.03 28 Barium as Ba mg/lit 0.54 0.31 0.43 0.33 0.20 0.21 0.22 0.65 0.22 <0.70 29 Boron as B mg/lit 0.23 0.44 0.62 0.19 0.45 0.36 0.27 0.37 0.27 < 0.50 30 Copper as Cu mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01 < 0.05 31 Selenium as Se mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.01 32 Zinc as Zn mg/lit 2.93 3.49 2.34 2.73 2.82 4.79 2.62 4.23 1.89 <5.00 33 Cadmium as Cd mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.003 34 Lead as Pb mg/lit BDL BDL BDL 0.01 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.01 35 Mercury as Hg mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.001 36 Nickel as Ni mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL < 0.02 37 Arsenic as As mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL < 0.01 38 Chromium as Cr mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01 BDL 0.01 < 0.05 No./ 39 Total Coliform 76 60 46 50 72 70 74 58 38 Absent 100ml No./ 40 Fecal Coliform 100ml 36 28 22 20 46 32 48 32 24 Absent
Note: NS- Not Specified
Water at all sites is found alkaline in nature. All parameters, except TDS & Coliform are within limit. At all sites, water samples showed presence of total coliforms and fecal coliforms which are above the prescribed permissible limits. Hence, from above observations it could be seen that the water is chemically as well as biologically not potable.
83 Figure 3.20 Baseline Environmental Details: Ground Water
84 Figure 3.21 Ground Water Analysis
No Parameter Max. Concentration Location Limit (IS 10500:2012) 1 Conductivity, μg/cm 822.04 GW8 Not Specified 2 Total Hardness 200.43 GW7 200 mg/lit 3 Bicarbonates, mg/L 231.65 GW8 Not Specified 4 TDS, mg/L 550.78 GW8 500 mg/lit 5 Chlorides, mg/L 141.16 GW9 250 mg/lit 6 Sulphates, mg/L 70.54 GW9 200 mg/lit 7 Potassium, mg/L 44.87 GW1 Not Specified 8 Calcium 54.81 GW7 75 mg/lit
Figure 3.21 Ground Water Analysis
No Parameter Max. Concentration Location Limit (IS 10500:2012) 1 Flourides 0.68 GW6 0.10 mg/lit 2 Nitrogen 3.54 GW7 Not Specified 3 Turbidity, NTU 0.45 GW4 100 NTU 4 TSS, mg/L 10.06 GW4 Not Specified 5 Colour, Hazen 1.10 GW5, GW6 5.0 Hazen 6 Zinc, mg/L 4.79 GW6 5 mg/lit
85 Figure 3.21 Ground Water Analysis
No. Parameter Max. Concentration Location Limit 1 Ammonical Nitrogen, mg/L 0.24 GW9 Not Specified 2 Nitrites, mg/L 2.15 GW4, GW7 Not Specified 3 Iron, mg/L 0.47 GW4 0.3 mg/lit 4 Boron, mg/L 0.44 GW2 <0.50 5 Carbonates, mg/L 8.52 GW1 Not Specified 6 Phosphorus, mg/L 3.39 GW1 Not Specified
Figure 3.21 Ground Water Analysis
No. Parameter Max. Concentration Location Limit 1 pH 8.02 GW7 8.5 2 Magnesium 17.71 GW5 30 mg/lit 3 Total Coliforms No./100 ml 76 GW1 4 Fecal Coliforms No./100 ml 48 GW7 Zero/100 ml 5 Nitrates 41.07 GW7 45 mg/lit 6 COD, mg/L 45.25 GW8 Not Specified 7 BOD, mg/L 17.98 GW8 Not Specified 8 Sodium, mg/L 33.55 GW4 Not Specified
86
3.8. METEOROLOGY
3.8.1. Introduction
Micro-meteorological data within the study area during the air quality survey period is an indispensable part of air pollution studies. The meteorological data recorded during the monitoring period is very useful for proper interpretation of the baseline information as well as for input to the predictive models for air quality dispersion. Historical data on meteorological parameters will also play an important role in identifying the general meteorological status of the region. Site specific data can be compared with the historical data in order to identify changes, which may have taken place due to the rapid industrialization in the area.
The micro-meteorological parameters regulate the transport and diffusion of pollutants released into the atmosphere. The principal variables, which affect the micrometeorology, are horizontal connective transport (average wind speed and direction), vertical connective transport (atmospheric stability and inversion conditions) and topography of the area. The climate of the study area and surrounding area is generally dry except in the southwest monsoon season. The year may broadly be divided into four seasons.
Winter season : December to February Pre-monsoon season : March to May Monsoon season : June to September Post monsoon season : October and November
Temperature
Period from the middle of February to the end of May is one of continuous increase in temperatures. Rise in temperatures is more marked in the plains than on the hills. May is the hottest month of the year. Average annual temperature of district is 25.4 °C.
Rainfall
The annual average rainfall in the study area is high i.e.486 mm.
3.8.2. Methodology
Methodology adopted for monitoring surface observations is as per standard norms laid down by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) and the In dian Meteorology Department (IMD). On-site monitoring was undertaken for various meteorological variables in order to generate the data, which is then compared with meteorological data generated by IMD from nearest station Satara.
3.8.2.1. Methodology of Data Generation
Meteorological data has been generated at the site. Meteorological parameters were monitored for one season i.e. from March 2019 – April 2019 – May 2019. Details of parameters monitored, equipments used & frequency of monitoring is given in Table 3.13
Table 3.13 Meteorological Parameters
No. Parameters Instrument Frequency 1 Wind Speed Counter Cup Anemometer Every Hour 2 Wind Direction Wind Vane Every Hour 3 Temperature Thermometer Min./Max. Once in a day 4 Relative Humidity Dry/Wet bulb Thermometer Twice a day
3.8.2.2. Sources of Information
Secondary information on meteorological conditions has been collected from the nearest IMD station at Satara. Also, reference were taken from book climatological Normals (1971- 2000). Wind roses, temperature, relative humidity, rainfall intensity have been compiled from
87 IMD station, Satara. Similarly, data on cloud cover is compiled from climatological tables from the IMD station of Satara. Wind Speed and direction are recorded at site every hour. The predominant wind during the study season is from West (W) direction. Details are tabulated in Annexure-IV.
3.9. AIR QUALITY
3.9.1. Introduction
Ambient air quality with respect to study zone of 10 Km radius around the SAIL site forms the baseline information. Study area represents some urban environment although there is dominance of rural habitation. Various sources of air pollution in the study area are commercial and residential activities from the urban as well as rural areas, transportation and vehicular traffic etc. The impact of said actions and events through various emissions is reflected in the results of ambient air quality monitoring. Major air pollutants released into atmosphere from the different sources are PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx and to small extent CO. However, these again vary with type and nature of the sources.
This section describes selection of sampling locations, includes the methodology of sampling and analytical techniques with frequency of sampling. Presentation of results for the March 2019 – April 2019 – May 2019. Monitoring is followed by observations. All the requisite monitoring assignments, sampling and analysis was conducted through the environmental laboratory of M/s. Green Enviro Safe Engineers & Consultant Pvt. Ltd., Pune is NABL accredited and MOEFCC; New Delhi approved organization. Further, same has received certifications namely ISO 9001– 2015, and OHSAS 18001–2014 from DNV. Mr. Yuvraj Damugade who are FAEs of EEIPL for AQ.
3.9.2. Methodology
3.9.2.1. Selection of Sampling Locations
The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been assessed through an ambient air quality monitoring network. The design of monitoring network, in the air quality surveillance program, is based on considerations namely – (1) Meteorological conditions, (2) Topography of the study area, (3) Representativeness of regional background air quality for obtaining baseline status, and (4) Representativeness of likely industrial impact areas. Ambient air monitoring was conducted in the study area to assess the quality of air for SO2, NOx, CO, PM10 and PM2.5.
AAQM stations were set up at Eight locations with due consideration to above mentioned points, details of which are presented below. Monitoring of air quality was done here over a period of one season. Refer AAQM data for a period of one season enclosed at Annexure - V.
Table 3.14 AAQM Location Details
AAQM Station Name of the Distance from Direction Station Code Location Station the Site (Km) w.r.t. the Site A1 - Industrial Site - - Nearest A2 Kapshi 0.97 SW Habitation A3 Dhangarwada 5.16 NW Upwind A4 Anandgaon 6.81 NW A5 Ghadgewadi 3.07 NNE Downwind A6 Bibi 2.25 S A7 Motechiwadi 1.30 N Crosswind A8 Aljapur 2.88 S
88
3.9.2.2. Parameters, Frequency and Analysis Methods for AAQ Monitoring
Frequency adopted for sampling is two days per week; 24 hourly for all Eight ambient air quality stations. The baseline data of air environment, for all the seven monitoring stations, was generated. Details of same are presented in following table.
Table 3.15 AAQ Parameters, Monitoring Frequency and Analysis Methods
No. Parameters Frequency of Monitoring Analysis Methods 1 PM10 Continuous, 24 Hourly, twice a week Gravimetric Method (IS:5182, Part IV) 2 PM2.5 Continuous, 24 Hourly, twice a week Gravimetric Method (IS:5182, Part IV) 3 SO2 8 Hourly, three samples/day, twice a Modified West and Geake Method (IS: week 5182, Part II; Sodium Tetra chloro- mercurate). 4 NOx 8 Hourly, three samples/day, twice a Jacobs and Hochheiser Method week (IS: 5182, Part VI) 5 CO 1 Hourly, Once in a day, twice a week NDIR Method (IS: 5182, Part X)
3.9.3. Presentation of Results
The summary of results for analysis of ambient air monitoring is presented in Table 3.16. The permissible ambient air quality limits are also presented in Table 3.17
Table 3.16 Summary of the AAQ Monitoring Results for Season [March – April –May 2019]
Location Industr Dhangar Anandg Motech Aljapu Kapsh Ghadg Bibi ial Site wada aon iwadi r i ewadi PM10 Max 68.20 57.50 58.80 62.50 59.80 59.80 59.80 59.80 µg/m3 Min 58.30 50.50 47.80 51.20 51.50 50.10 49.50 52.30 Avg 62.04 53.80 55.14 56.08 56.48 55.38 56.15 56.45 98% 68.02 57.50 58.71 61.17 59.66 59.66 59.66 59.25 PM2.5 Max 24.60 19.80 19.60 19.80 19.80 19.80 19.60 20.50 µg/m 3 Min 15.20 15.40 15.40 14.60 14.30 14.70 14.50 14.40 Avg 18.87 17.30 17.23 17.16 16.57 17.49 16.41 17.55 98% 23.59 19.71 19.55 19.75 19.66 19.80 19.09 20.18
SO2 Max 29.50 20.50 20.50 20.70 20.30 20.80 19.70 20.60 µg/m3 Min 20.20 15.00 15.20 16.40 15.40 15.50 15.50 15.30 Avg 26.87 12.67 17.70 18.95 17.74 18.48 17.82 17.79 98% 29.36 20.45 20.18 20.65 20.07 20.66 19.61 20.23 NOx Max 35.70 25.60 25.60 24.80 26.50 25.80 25.80 25.60 µg/m3 Min 30.50 21.40 20.50 20.50 22.10 21.20 21.20 21.50 Avg 32.99 23.86 23.26 22.97 23.75 23.99 23.78 23.41 98% 35.61 25.55 25.60 24.66 26.22 25.80 25.34 25.55 CO Max 0.900 0.090 0.090 0.080 0.090 0.090 0.090 0.090 µg/m3 Min 0.400 0.020 0.040 0.020 0.020 0.010 0.020 0.020 Avg 0.675 0.068 0.068 0.058 0.059 0.049 0.054 0.050 98% 0.900 0.085 0.090 0.080 0.090 0.085 0.090 0.085 Notes:PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx are computed based on 24 hourly values. , CO is computed based on 8 hourly values.
Table 3.17 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) by CPCB (Notification No. S.O.B-29016/20/90/PCI-L by MOEFCC; New Delhi dated 18.11.2009)
PM g/M3 PM g/M3 SO g/M3 NOx g/M3 CO mg/M3 Zone Station 10 2.5 2 24 Hr A.A. 24 Hr A.A 24 Hr A.A. 24 Hr A.A. 8 Hr 1 Hr Industrial, Rural & 100 60 60 40 80 50 80 40 4 4 Residential Area Eco-sensitive Area 100 60 60 40 80 20 80 30 4 4 Notified by Govt. Note: A.A. represents “Annual Average
89 3.9.4. Observations
Observations in respect of results presented in Table 3.16 are given below.
Particulate Matter (PM10) PM10 values at all the eight locations are attributed to windblown dust. 98 percentile values at eight stations are observed between 57.50g/ M3 to 68.02 g/ M3 which is below the permissible value of 100 g/ M3 for residential zones.
Particulate Matter (PM2.5) All the observed values are within the permissible limits for residential and rural conditions. 98 percentile values range between 19.09 g/M3 to 23.59 g/M3
Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) All the observations are well below the permissible limits of 80 g/M3. 98 percentile values range between 19.61 g/M3 to 29.36 g/M3
Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) All the observed values are within the permissible limits for residential and rural conditions (i.e. 80 g/M3). 98 percentile values range between 24.66g/M3 to 35.61 g/M3
Carbon Monoxide (CO) The 98 percentile values range between 0.080mg/M3 to 0.9mg/M3
Figure 3.22 AAQM Parameters - March 2019
No. Parameter Max. Conc. Location Limit 1 PM 3 3 10 68.14 ug/M Industrial Site 100 ug/M 2 PM 3 3 2.5 20.40 ug/M Bibi 60 ug/M 3 SO 3 3 2 28.60 ug/M Industrial Site 80 ug/M 4 NO 3 3 x 34.50 ug/M Industrial Site 80 ug/M
90 Figure 3.23 Baseline Environmental Details: AAQM Environment
91 Figure 3.24 AAQM Parameters - April 2019
No. Parameter Max. Conc. Location Limit 1 PM 3 Industrial Site 3 10 63.50 ug/M 100 ug/M 2 PM 3 Industrial Site 3 2.5 22.00 ug/M 60 ug/M 3 SO 3 Industrial Site 3 2 29.50 ug/M 80 ug/M 4 NO 3 Industrial Site 3 x 35.50 ug/M 80 ug/M
Figure 3.25 AAQM Parameters - May 2019
No. Parameter Max. Conc. Location Limit 1 PM 3 Motechiwadi 3 10 62.00 ug/M 100 ug/M 2 PM 3 Industrial Site 3 2.5 24.30 ug/M 60 ug/M 3 SO 3 Industrial Site 3 2 29.10 ug/M 80 ug/M 4 NO 3 Industrial Site 3 x 35.40 ug/M 80 ug/M
92
Figure 3.26 AQI
70
60
50
40 March 30 April 20 May
10
Good Minimal Impact Poor Breathing discomfort to people on (0–50) (201–300) prolonged exposure Satisfactory Minor breathing discomfort to Very Poor Respiratory illness to the people (51–100) sensitive people (301–400) on prolonged exposure Moderate Breathing discomfort to the people Severe Respiratory effects even on (101–200) with lung, (>401) healthy people heart disease, children and older adults
3.10. NOISE LEVEL SURVEY
3.10.1 Introduction
Physical description of sound concerns its loudness as a function of frequency. Noise in general is that sound which is composed of many frequency components of various loudness distributed over the audible frequency range. Various noise scales have been introduced to describe, in a single number, the response of an average human to a complex sound made up of various frequencies at different loudness levels. The most common and universally accepted scale is the ‘A’ weighted scale which is measured as dB (A). This is more suitable for audible range of 20 to 20,000 HZ. The scale has been designed to weigh various components of noise according to the response of a human ear. The impact of noise sources on surrounding community depends on:
Characteristics of noise sources (instantaneous, intermittent or continuous in nature). It can be observed that steady noise is not as annoying as the one, which is of continuously varying loudness. The time of day at which noise occurs, for example high noise levels at night in residential areas are not acceptable because of sleep disturbance. The location of the noise source, with respect to noise sensitive land use, which determines the loudness and period of exposure.
Environmental Impact of noise can have several effects varying from noise Induced hearing loss to annoyance depending on loudness of noise levels. The environmental impact assessment of noise from the industrial activity, vehicular traffic can be undertaken by taking into consideration various factors like potential damage to hearing, physiological responses and annoyance and general community responses.
93 Study area of 10 Km radius with reference to industrial site was covered for noise environment. Four zones viz. residential, commercial, industrial and silent zones have been considered for noise monitoring. Some of the major arterial roads were covered to assess the noise due to traffic. Noise monitoring was undertaken for 24 hours at each location. The purpose of noise pollution impact assessment in the study area is to assess impact of total noise generated by industries and vehicular traffic on the human settlements within 10 Km radius. The main objectives of the studies conducted were -
Assessment of background noise levels Identification and monitoring the major noise sources of the existing activity Impact of noise on the workers as well as on general population.
The assignment of noise was done by Functional Area Expert of EEIPL for NV - Mr. Vinay Kumar Kurakula in the month of March 2019.
3.10.2 Identification of Sampling Locations
A preliminary reconnaissance survey was undertaken to identify the major noise generating sources in the area. Noise generating sources have been identified with respect to the activities, viz. industrial noise and ambient noise due to industries and traffic, which have impact on sensitive areas. The noise sampling locations have been indicated below.
3.10.3 Ambient Noise Monitoring Stations
Noise survey involved determination of noise levels, in decibels, at following 8locations in the study area. Noise levels were recorded once in a month for24-hour period at each village. Refer Annexure-VI for copies of actual reports.
Table 3.18 Noise Sampling Locations
Code Location Distance from Site, Direction from Site Km N1 Project Site - - N2 Takobachiwadi 2.06 NW N3 Hingangaon 3.75 NNW N4 Adarki Budruk 4.37 SW N5 Kapashi 0.97 SW N6 Alajapur 2.88 S N7 Bedi 2.25 S N8 Ghadgewadi 3.07 NNE
A noise rating developed by EPA for specification of community noise from all the sources is the day-night sound level, (Ldn). It is similar to a 24-hour equivalent sound level except that during the night-time period, which extends from 10 PM to 6 AM, a 10 dB (A) weighing penalty is added to the instantaneous sound level before computing 24 hour average. This night time penalty is added to account for the fact that noise during night, when people usually sleep, is judged more annoying than the same noise during the daytime. For noise levels measured over a given period of time interval, it is possible to describe important features of noise using statistical quantities. This is calculated using the percent of the certain noise levels exceeding during the time interval. The notation for the statistical quantities of noise levels is described below: L10 is the noise level exceeded 10 percent of the time L50 is the noise level exceeded 50 percent of the time, and L90 is the noise level exceeded 90 percent of the time Lday is equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during day (6 AM to 10 PM). Lnight is equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during night (10 PM to 6 AM).
94 Equivalent Sound Pressure Level (Leq): The Leq is the equivalent continuous sound level that is equivalent to the same sound energy as the actual fluctuating sound measured in the same period. This is necessary because sound from noise source often fluctuates widely during a given period of time.This is calculated from the following equation
2 (L10-L90) Leq=L50+ ------60 Ldn: The noise rating developed for community noise from all sources is all Day-Nights Sound Level (Ldn). It is similar to a 24 hr equivalent sound level except during night time period (10 PM to 6 AM) where a 10 dB (A) weighing penalty is added to the instantaneous sound level before computing the 24 hr average. The Ldn for a given location in a community may be calculated from the hourly Leq’s, by the equation.
Ldn=10 log {1/24[15(10 Ld/10) +9 (10(Ln+10)/10)]}
Where Ld is the equivalent sound level during the daytime (6 AM to 10 PM) and Ln is the equivalent sound level during the night-time (10 PM to 6 AM).
3.10.4 Method of Monitoring
A detailed noise level survey was undertaken to study the levels of noise, as the high noise levels may cause adverse effect on human beings and the associated environment. The noise level monitoring was carried out through MoEFCC; New Delhi approved laboratory-M/s. Green Enviro Safe Engineers 7 Consultant Pvt. Ltd., Pune - that has also received NABL as well as ISO 9001: 2008, ISO 14001:2004 and OHSAS 18001: 2007 accreditations.
3.10.5 Standards for Noise Levels
As can be seen from the table below, the maximum daytime Leq as well as night time Leqvalues were found to be 62dB(A) and 57 dB(A). The maximum values may be attributed towards the nearby commercial activities and traffic movements. The minimum values for day & night time were found to be 44dB(A) and 41dB(A) respectively.
Table 3.19 Ambient Noise Level Standards
Area Limits in dB(A) Leq Category Code Day Time (6 AM to 10 PM) Night Time (10 PM to 6 AM) A Industrial Area 75 70 B Commercial Area 65 55 C Residential Area 55 45 D Silence Zone 50 40
3.10.5.1 Standards for Occupational Noise (U.S.A)
Industrialized countries have specified limits for occupational noise exposure. The permissible noise exposure limit for industrial workers is primarily concerned with the harmful aspect of noise and its objective is to protect the hearing of majority of working people. The American Conference Government of Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH), USA has prescribed the following permissible noise exposure limits for industrial workers.
Table 3.20 Standards for Occupational Exposure
Exposure Time in Hour/day 8 4 2 1 ½ ¼ 1/8 1/16 1/32 Limit in dB(A) 090 093 096 099 102 105 108 111 114
Exposure to continuous or intermittent noise louder than 115 dB (A) should not be permitted. Exposure to pulse or impact noise should not exceed 140 dB (A)
95 3.10.5.2 OSHA Standards
The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) have also prescribed the following allowable limits to noise exposure for industrial workers.
Table 3.21 OSHA Standards for Occupational Exposure
Duration per day (in hours) 8 6 4 3 2 1.5 1 0.5 0.25 Sound level in dB(A) 85 87 90 92 95 97 100 105 110
Figure 3.27 Noise Monitoring Locations
3.10.6 Presentation of Results
The ambient noise levels measured are presented in Table 3.22. The table indicates equivalent noise levels viz. L10, L50, L90, Lday, Lnight and Ldn at different places located within the study area. Similarly, these values viz. Leq, Lday, Lnight and Ldn are compared with the limits.
Table 3.22 Ambient Noise Levels
Average Noise Level in dB(A) Sr. No. Location L10 L50 L90 Leq(day) Leq(night) Ldn 1 N1 54.7 59.0 62.7 67.8 52.3 66.5 2 N2 45.7 47.1 48.5 52.9 41.7 52.4 3 N3 44.6 47.3 48.9 52.9 42.3 52.7 4 N4 44.8 46.5 48.5 52.0 41.5 51.8 5 N5 45.4 46.9 48.6 51.7 42.4 51.9 6 N6 45.0 46.8 48.4 51.4 42.6 51.9 7 N7 45.5 47.1 48.5 52.8 41.6 52.4 8 N8 45.8 47.2 48.4 52.6 42.0 52.4
96
Figure 3.28 Noise Analysis
Area Category Limits in dB(A) Leq Code Day Time Night Time A Industrial Area 75 70 B Commercial Area 65 55 C Residential Area 55 45 D Silence Zone 50 40
3.10.6.1 Noise Modelling
Noise modeling was carried out use the standard noise modeling software called Sound Plan. The main application of this software are prediction, assessment and mapping of environmental noise. This software models are also used for design of noise barriers.
The input data for Sound Plan software are layout out plant, source data, type of equipment, topography of area and working hours of equipment. The noise map developed for this project is given in figure 3.29.
The noise modeling was carried out for Boiler, crusher mill, ETP pumps and Power house. As per the noise map shown above, the maximum noise is generate at crusher unit with about 90 dBA at source. The map also shows that, during plant operation, there is continuous noise of about 55 to 60dBA in the plant area.
3.10.6.2 Observations
Noise levels in the study area are within the permissible limits. Equivalent noise levels during day time in residential area as well as rural area are observed to be within the permissible limits. The equivalent value observed during night time is well below the permissible standards.
97
Figure 3.29 Noise Monitoring Map
3.11 SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE
3.11.1 Introduction
Socio-economic status of any population is an indicator for development of the region. Any developmental project will have bearing on the living conditions and on the economic base of population in particular and the region as a whole. Similarly, the proposed expansion of industry will have its share of socio-economic influence in the study area. The section delineates the overall appraisal of socially relevant attributes.
This report is a part of EIA study to be carried out as per the MoEF Notification No. 1533(E) Dated 14th September, 2006. As per the TOR dated 18.06.2019, survey of selected villages within the 10 Km radius of the study area was carried out with the help of an interview schedule. The following data was collected on 22nd & 23rd May, 2019 by Dr. A. J. Samant (FAE-SE) and Mr. Chetan Jagdale (SE-Associate).
3.11.2 Objective
To conduct socio-economic assessment study in the Project Area. To know the current socio-economic status in the region to understand the subsectors of education, health, sanitation and water of the study area. To suggest ways and means for better living standards. To provide employment opportunities.
98 To develop Mitigation plan / CER plan to mitigate the likely impacts of the projects for the benefit of the local community
3.11.3 Methodology
According to Census 2011, the survey of the 14 villages, selected within the 10 Km radius of SAIL, was carried out with the help of a structured close ended interview schedule, comprising of 32 questions in Marathi. The schedule was administered by using Simple Random Disproportionate Sampling Technique. Microsoft office excel software was used for data analysis. A total of 48 locals were interviewed during the study. Names of the study villages and the number of respondents from each of them are given in Table 3.23 Photo documentation was done during the survey (figure 3.19).
Table 3.30 Name of village and Sample Size of respondents in them
Sr. No. Name of village Population Sample Size 0 to 5 Km radius 1 Kapashi 1499 4 2 Ghadgewadi 1493 3 3 Bibi 2246 4 4 Aljapur 1621 3 5 Hingangaon 4341 3 6 Korhale 633 3 7 Adarki Bk. 2704 5 8 Motewadi -- 4 9 Sawatanagar -- 4 5 to 10 Km radius 1 Saswad 3523 3 2 Mulikwadi 821 3 3 Vadgaon 695 3 4 Waghoshi 698 3 5 Nandal 2854 3 Total 22416 48
3.11.4 Findings of Questionnaire survey
The male: female ratio among the respondents was 63:37 respectively. The discussion was mainly focused on the present status of existing amenities in the respective villages, as well as basic needs of the area. Discussion was carried out with the village representatives, farmers, high school teacher, and grampanchayat members (figure 3.19 A). Age group distribution composition of the respondents is given in Table 3.24.
Table 3.31 Age Distribution within Sample size
Sr. No. Age Group Percentage 1 21 to 30 12 % 2 31 to 40 48 % 3 41 to 50 32 % 4 51 to 60 8 % Among the respondents most (93 %) were literate and only (7%) respondents were illiterate. Among the literates 22% had education up to primary level followed by secondary (38%), higher secondary (22%) and 11% were post graduate.
99 3.11.4.1 Agriculture
Out of the total land within study area 25% land is crop land. Major crops grown in the area are sugarcane, Jowar and Ginger. Well water and canal water used for agriculture.
3.11.4.2 Employment
The surveyed respondents were involved in various livelihood activities namely agriculture, service, agriculture labour and other occupations. About 80% of the respondents had agriculture as their main occupation. 29% of people depended on daily wages, 9% respondents have jobs like school teacher & government job. 6% had their own business like general stores/ grocery shop, retail stores, chicken shop and other 3% were self employed like carpenter, plumber. Total 526 skilled and unskilled workers working under the existing sugar & co-generation unit.
3.11.4.3 Economy
Most households are dependent on the profits that earn from farming. Some people work in the fields owned by other villagers. Around 15% households had their annual income between Rs. 1,00,000 to 1,25,000, 50 % households had their annual income between Rs. 1,25,000 to 1,50,00, and 35% had above Rs. 1, 50,000. This shows that most households belonged to the upper middle class category (IT Department - 2018).
3.11.4.4 Water Supply
All the population of villages within the study area depended on groundwater sources like wells and tube wells for drinking purpose. Water from well and tube well is collected and stored in the water tanks of villages and then it is supplied to the houses by pipeline. Water is not filtered in any of the villages. In Some villages people use the canal water (6%) for agriculture purpose. According to over 77% respondents the shortage of water in the area is due to low rainfall in last year. According to 90% respondents the water quality is good in their area; however 10 % respondents are just satisfied with water quality.
3.11.4.5 Education
In the study area, high-school level education facilities are available. In village Bibi higher secondary facility is available. For further studies students need to go nearest cities like Phaltan, Karad, Satara.
3.11.4.6 Community Health
According to few (31%) respondents there is Public Health Centre (PHC) in their village functioning properly with availability of doctors in the village (figure 3.19 C) however the remaining villages have no govt. Health facilities. Outstation private doctors visit the villages weekly. Some people are dependent on the PHC available in the nearby villages as private doctor’s fees are not affordable.
3.11.4.7 Transportation & Communication
Transportation facilities in the study area are good. All respondents reported that Govt. bus facility (figure 3.19 D) and private vehicles are available in their villages for local transportation which are used by many. There is a railway station in village Adaraki bk.
3.11.5 Social Environment
The table below gives a detail picture of the basic facilities prevalent in the study area. Regarding the self help groups there are many such which gather monthly contribution and give personal loans to needy members.
100
Figure 3.30 Current status of basic facilities in study area
120 X - axis: Facilities 100 Y - axis: Percentage 100 85 85 80 65 60 38 Percentage 40 31
20 0 0 Sport Reading Cultural Mandapam PHC Toilet Bus Ground Room Centre near Temple
3.11.5.1 Opinion of locals on Industry Expansion
When asked about their opinion on this, mixed opinions were expressed. About 7% perceived that there shall be no change in the existing social or economic conditions, 8% respondents are worried about increase in pollution, while 91% were hopeful about increase in employment. However, they were concerned about getting new job opportunities as the Industry prefers only technical/ skilled manpower with specific qualification, which is rarely available in study area. The ignorance of the locals regarding the project expansion may be due to their indifferent approach as well as non-communication by the industry, concerned agencies and local self governing bodies like Gram Panchayat as is the situation with many industries. The factory has done some development work like water supply, built new classrooms in school, provided funds to temple and common programmes in villages Kapashi, Saswad, Adarki bk. and Bibi under the CSR/CER activity.
3.11.6 Impacts of Industry Expansion
Positive – Direct- Permanent or temporary job in factory as a worker/ officer, Indirect – Hotel/Canteen for workers and outside visitors of industry, transportation which befits to private vehicle drivers. Sugar cane will be taken early, thus the rate will also be high as the sugar-cane will weigh higher. This will enable the farmer for earlier next plantation.
Negative – Traffic problems due to sugarcane transportation, the condition of roads will worsen and accidents can also take place. There will be change in traditional crop pattern, environmental pollution like Air, water, soil and noise are also likely to occur population may also experience pollution effects on land, water bodies, agriculture, human health and animal health.
3.11.7 Observations
1 It was observed that most of the villages are having basic facilities like drinking water, preliminary educational infrastructure, toilets and electricity. However, most of the villages lacked availability good roads & gutters, drainage system, solid waste management system and sanitation practices. Unfiltered water is used for drinking purpose. Domestic wastewater from all villages is directly released into the water bodies.
101 2 The respondents from all villages are dependent on agriculture and allied activities for their livelihood. Major crops grown in the area Sugarcane, Jowar and Ginger. A majority of the population within the sample size had considerable income which is mostly due to farming.
3.11.8 Demands of Respondents from SAIL in CER activities
The main expectations of the respondents from SAIL following concerns: Training in eco-friendly agricultural practices, especially in reducing soil salinity and increasing crop yield. Distribution of manure, fertilizers at subsidised rate was a demand. Most stressed on need of safe drinking water. Provision of roads, gutters and street lights in their respective villages. Sewage waste and solid waste management. Job opportunities and basic facilities. Mobile Medical Van, Health facilities. Play Ground. Health Facilities. Plantation of trees and its rearing.
3.11.9 Conclusion
Most respondents from all villages are dependent on agriculture and daily wages for their livelihood. Major crops grown in the area are Sugarcane, Jowar & Ginger. A majority of the population within the sample size had a good income which is mostly due to sugarcane cultivation. Improper, inadequate and not within close vicinity health facilities and lack of good roads are the major problems faced by locals. Good transportation & satisfactory educational facilities are present.
3.11.10 Suggestions
The industry should contribute towards providing health facility under CER for locals at least through a mobile health van. Employment should be given to the people from nearby villages considering the SAIL’s environmental impacts on their traditional livelihood and agricultural land. Good rate for sugarcane. ZP / Gram panchayat should make provision for infrastructure like roads, toilets in public places with the help of the factory. To provide radium strips/ flags to sugarcane transportation vehicles by industry to reduce accidents on road.
102
Figure 3.31 Findings of Socio Economic Survey
103 3.11.11 Environment Management Plan (EMP)
Activities like distribution of bio-fertilizer, saplings, at a subsidise rate as well as training programme for bio-farming should be conducted for the villages in the area. Block plantations in villages i.e. schools, temples, roads etc. needs to be undertaken by the industry under CER with local people’s participation. And later to maintain by local schools/ gram panchayat / youth mandals etc. institution, these will act as absorbers of polluted air. Proper management of waste water from industry, Hazardous waste from industry and Air pollution. Drip irrigation should be encouraged from a long term point of view.
3.12 ECOLOGY
This Ecology Biodiversity report for Expansion of the Distillery unit 60 KLPD to 120 KLPD at SAIL. at Post Kapshi, Tal.: Phaltan, Dist.: Satara is prepared by Dr. Jay S. Samant (FAE) and Mr. Anup Gargate as associate.
3.12.1 Study Area
The terrain of the study area in 10km radius around project site is gradually undulating on south side and comparatively plane on north with micro drainages formed by east to west hill ranges in the south side. The climate of the region is predominantly sub tropical and moderate throughout the year. The annual average temperature is 25.4oC with average minimum temperature 14oC, where average maximum temperature of 37oC. The annual average rainfall in the study area is around 486 mm.
Though there is no wildlife protected area in the region, the study area is dominated by terrestrial habitats and mainly composed of Reserve forest (10.49%), scrub (8.63%), barren land (39.89%), and fallow land (12.18%) which together forms the 71.19% of natural terrestrial wilderness habitats. Area is dotted with many (#18) small seasonal water bodies comprising aquatic habitats in 1.24% of the area along with 24.52% cropland habitats and 3.05% built up area. (LULC map Figure 3.7). Study area (10 Km radius) from project site at Kapshi village, falls in Faltan, Vaduj, Koregaon and Khatav Tehsil of Satara district, and has total 48 villages out of which 12 villages fall in 5 km radius and 36 villages fall between 5 to 10 km radius.
3.12.2 Methodology
Out of the 48 villages within 10 km radius from the site, 14 villages were selected for the EB and questionnaire study, i.e. 9 villages within 5 km radius and 5 villages between 5 to 10 km radius. Table 3.25 Names of the Villages Studied for EB and Questionnaire Survey, their ESA Status &Distance from the Project Site
In radius 0 to 5 Km In radius 5 to 10 Km Sr. Names of Study EB Q. Sr. Names of Study EB Q. No. villages Study Survey No. villages Study Survey 1 Aadaki * * 10 Savtanagar * * 2 Kapshi * * 11 Vadgaon * * 3 Aaljapur * * 12 Vaghoshi * * 4 Motechiwadi * * 13 Mulikwadi * * 5 Bibi * * 14 Nandal * * 6 Korane * * 7 Ghadagewadi * * 8 Sasvad * *
104 In radius 0 to 5 Km In radius 5 to 10 Km Sr. Names of Study EB Q. Sr. Names of Study EB Q. No. villages Study Survey No. villages Study Survey 9 Hingangaon * *
For EB field study Topo sheet (47J4, 47J8, 47K1, 47K5), IRS Resource Sat-2A LISS-IV satellite imagery (17/11/2017) and LULC maps based on them are used. Similarly relevant data from district Census (2011), Satara District Gazetteer, district forest report and relevant literature were referred. In ecology study ground truthing was done by confirming the LULC maps to learn major macro and micro habitats in the study area. The major terrestrial habitats included hills, forest, grassland, scrub and in wetland habitats streams, rivers and tanks those were identified in the vicinity of the study villages for habitat and biodiversity study.
Field surveys were conducted from early morning till late evening on two days (i.e. 23.05.2019 and 24.05.2019). In biodiversity study random sampling method for flora, and opportunistic sighting method for fauna (Larsen and Viana, 2016) were followed. In general visual observation and estimation method was used for qualitative study of the biota. Avifauna and fish were focused being good indicators of local environmental change similarly in flora, mainly major tree species were recorded for their identification and species dominance. Binoculars of Minolta (7X50-7O) and Olympus (8-16X40-5.2O) make were used for bird observations by referring guides by Salim Ali (1996) and Grimmet et al. (2005). Extensive photo documentation was done for habitats and biodiversity records using Canon camera (Power-shot SX30IS (hd-35x). Line transects method (Sale and Berkmuller, 1988), and standard point count method (Altmann, 1974) was followed in bird survey and data thus generated is used to estimate diversity and status of bird species.
In questionnaire survey SIA methodology was used by administering a structured close ended interview schedule, comprising of 21ecology-biodiversity related multiple option questions in Marathi in local population. By design, in the stratified random sampling, about 70% of the respondents were above 50 years of age in the total sample size of 40 respondents interviewed from the 14 villages. This method was adopted in order to get perception of the local elders about the past and present environmental scenarios, and changes in local ecology and biodiversity, particularly near the industry. During field study direct and indirect environmental impacts of developmental activities on local ecology and biodiversity are photo documented. Due to time constraint, the field study reflects only summer season data limited to day time observations at selected study sites only.
3.12.3 Ecology
3.12.3.1 Field Observations
The northern half of the study area in 10 km buffer is gently sloping while east- west hill ranges on southern side is mostly undulating. The study area is a mosaic of natural terrestrial ecosystems such as woodland, grassland, fallow land, scrub, barren land and manmade ecosystems i.e. agriculture, horticulture and wetlands such as percolation tanks, streams and marshy areas. There are patches of barren land scattered all over the study area covering one third of the portion. The undulating areas in west side represent open scrub and natural grassland habitats with patches of natural and social forestry forest cover. The reserved forest land is on south and south west and few small fragmented patches on east in 10 km radius while fallow land is more in the west side in 5 and 10 km radius. Due to the characteristic mosaic of micro natural and manmade terrestrial habitats the area represents moderate terrestrial biodiversity.
Though the study area falls in semi-arid region, the undulating land forms numerous micro catchments network of seasonal streams and on some of them small village tanks are
105 constructed. Major natural water source is Adurki Stream which flows from south to north in the study area. While another stream parallel to it flows close to the factory site on west side. Other major streams originating in 5 km buffer area and flowing to north are namely Karanja, Bhovar, Chaudi, Lendi andSarhad. There are several small bunds and tanks on these streams including 7 such village tanks in 5 km buffer while 11 tanks in 5 to 10 km buffer area (Drainage map). The aquatic habitats studied include water tanks, marshy areas and streams near villages namely Bibi, Korale, Vadgaon and Mulikwadi. Due to pre monsoon season some of the water bodies were partially dry, though are known to provide habitats for diverse aquatic biota and avifauna including migratory birds, and support dependent terrestrial biodiversity throughout the year.
3.12.3.2 Questionnaire Survey
It is revealed from the perception of the respondents, particularly elderly local, that though there is some (5%) increase in the tree cover in the area due to plantation program by the forest department, the original good natural vegetation, especially scrub and grassland is now grossly degraded (97%). Conversely, the Social Forestry program in the area, had made major plantations of exotic species such as Gliricidia (Gliricidiasepium), and Australian acacia (Vachellianilotica) which is worthless for local ecology and biodiversity, this is reflected in local natural habitat fragmentation and decline in the dependent biodiversity.
Over 63% of the respondents feel that the areas under agriculture in village vicinity are increasing day by day. However there is no correlation between increase in agriculture area and increase in production. Being drought prone area part of the agriculture land (18%) is mostly fallow during summer. About one fourth of the respondents (25%) reported that the wetlands in the study area are degrading in water quality and their expanse. This is especially in case of the stream habitats (43%) flowing near human settlements carries domestic waste to respective village tanks (27%). Respondents attributed increasing water pollution due to agricultural pollution and expansion (88%), urbanization (73%), tree cutting in catchments (55%) as the major reasons for degradation of environmental status in the natural habitats. This is followed by negative impacts of industrialization (35%), industrial effluents (30%) and village sewage (18%). In general as per the respondents response the existing land-use is dominated by increasing impacts of agriculture expansion, urbanization, roads, and industries having individual and cumulative adverse impacts on the environment in the study area.
3.12.4 Biodiversity
3.12.4.1 Field Observations
The biodiversity studies was mainly focused on avifauna as birds being good indicators of local habitat health, and are also appropriate to observe. A total of 21 bird species belonging to 9 orders, 15 families and 21 genera were recorded during the brief field survey (table 3.26 & 3.27). Out of these 16 species were common resident, 3 species were not common resident, 1 species was not common winter visitor and one species was common winter visitor. Moreover, sighting of Painted stork (Mycterialeucocephala) was encouraging as according to The World Conservation Union (IUCN) (2017), status of this bird species is becoming ‘Near Threatened’ globally. Furthermore three species are listed in schedule I, one species is listed in schedule V while all the remaining birds are listed in schedule IV of The Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972. In case of Feeding Guilds 4 species are dependent on multiple sources for feeding while remaining 17 species are dependent on single source. Out of these 17 single source species 2 species were Insectivorous, 6 species were Piscivorous, 4 species were Omnivorous, 4 were Granivorous and 1 was Carnivorous. Considering relatively small study area, brief duration of study and opportunistic observations, this is an indicator of good
106 environmental quality, which is mainly due to the mosaic of natural and manmade habitats. The list of bird species observed during the field study is given in Table 3.26 & 3.27.
3.12.4.2 Questionnaire Survey
The common wild native tree species as reported by the locals are Acacia, Neem, Banyan, Peepal, and Umbar, and planted tree species are Tamarind, Drumstick, Mango, and Jamun. The exotic trees species such as Gliricidia, Australian acacia; Eucalyptus and Teak are mainly planted by government as social forestry department plantations. All the above tree species were also confirmed during field observations. In manmade habitats in domesticated biodiversity in flora the major crops are sugarcane, ginger, jowar, wheat and maize, along with vegetables, chilli, groundnut, and pigeon pea (tur). In horticulture major species are mango, banana, grapes, custard apple, coconut, sapodilla, guava and papaya as reflected in cultivated biodiversity.
Major wildlife in the area, according to local respondents, is Indian Fox, Common Langur, Bonnet Macaque, Common Mongoose (all in WPA Schedule II), Indian Hare, Three-striped Palm Squirrel, Indian Fruit Bat, Indian Porcupine, Indian striped Hyena and Wild Boar (all in WPA Schedule IV). A large majority of respondents confirmed occurrence of common birds like Indian peafowl and Black kite, (WPA Schedule I), Common Myna, House Sparrow, House Crow, Egrets, Pigeons, Spotted Owlet, Rose ringed Parakeet, Common Quail, Francolin and some species of unidentified raptors. According to local seniors lately the vulture species (white backed and Egyptian), which were once common in the region, have disappeared. In reptiles, presence of Spectacled Cobra, Russel’s viper (both in WPA Schedule II), Indian Rat Snake, Common Indian Krait, Saw Scaled Viper, Garden lizard, house gecko, soft shell turtle and Indian monitor lizard (WPA Schedule I), are found in the region. In aquatic fauna the information gathered from local fishermen on fish diversity revealed presence of few native and introduced fish species from local wetlands (in Marathi) as Kharpya, Panga, and namely the introduced Indian major carps i.e. Catla and Rohu, and Cyprinus and Tilapia. According to IUCN, (2015) status of species Cyprinus (Cyprinus carpio) is Vulnerable. As expected there was hardly any information with locals about specific invertebrate diversity. Many respondents however mentioned presence of diverse types of spiders, butterflies, scorpions and crabs in their locality; however they could not name the species. Conversely, a majority of the locals reported common occurrence of wildlife in their cropland such as Indian Fox, Wild Boar, Langur, Bonnet Macaque, Indian Hare, Field Rat, Peacock and Sparrows and complained about crop damage done by them. The list of flora and fauna reported by the respondents from the study area is given in Table 3.26.
All of the respondents and especially the seniors, reported noticeable biodiversity decline in the area in the recent past i.e. 3-4 decades. This change was attributed directly to agriculture expansion, urbanizations and Industrialization, in addition to the prolonged drought like conditions in the area. Many reported farmers burning sugarcane residue in their fields for reasons such as to increase soil fertility, farm clearing and easy trash removal and weed control. Most respondents also believed that trash if retained in the field would increase rat population which would attract snakes in the field. However, they did not refer to huge air pollution caused by trash burning, and damage inflicted to trees and vegetation on bunds and accidental damage to overhead electric wires. Only some farmers make manure from the residue and consider it’s burning as an outdated practice, harmful to environment. However, this practice still continues with most local sugarcane farmers.
107 3.12.4.3 Environmental Impact of Proposed Project on Ecology and Biodiversity in Region
The adverse impacts were considered for worst case scenario as direct discharge of untreated wastewater into nearby streams and air pollution in the surrounding area. There is small water tank at West side of the factory, and a natural stream flowing near the factory site and probably it may carry leachate, industrial effluents through the agriculture belt and human settlements during crushing season. If not controlled the proposed project when fully operational may initiate additional pollution in the area. In case of discharge of untreated wastewater from the industry in surrounding area can cause adverse environmental impact on the aquatic habitats and its biodiversity. In case of air pollution, the aggravated SPM load will have potential negative impact particularly on avifauna, surrounding crops and local population. Therefore, pollution control measures as per the CPCB rules should strictly be implemented. It needs to be ensured that hazardous effluents and wastes does not escape into neighbouring habitats such as agriculture fields, horticulture, woodlands, and grasslands in the area through the streams, even if some may be seasonal, and more importantly in the ground water.
3.12.5 Green Belt
3.12.5.1 Observations and Recommendations:
As per the TOR dt. 18.10.2019, clause 5(g) A.7.ix the required Green Belt (GB) should be on 33% of total land area of the factory, with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. The total plot area of the industry is 3,07,500 Sq. M. as per the information provided by the proponent (Figure 3.22 & 3.23). Thus the 33% GB area comes to 1,01,475 Sq. M. with around 15,150 large woody trees in it. According to the above TOR action plan for the GB development giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. should be included. The GB shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.
During field visit it is observed that out of the existing trees many are not along the periphery (Figure 3.22 - Plate III) as per the TOR and CPCB norms. Similarly some patches of existing vegetation on the plot cannot be considered in GB development. At major part of the periphery of the industrial plot there is scope to develop proper GB. The road side and ornamental plantations within the factory premises are well irrigated by drip system. While the large orchards and road side plantations are drip irrigated outside the factory land and some on government lease lands beyond factory premises and thus not considered as part of the factory GB. Considering the existing tree plantation in GB, it is mainly on internal roads and inside the industrial premises. Much of this vegetation shown as GB comprises shrubs, bushes, flowering plants and some trees that are ornamental and for beautification purpose, or fruit bearing trees. Considering this fact a realistic number of large growing woody trees of local species need to be planted for effective GB development at the earliest, preferably during monsoon of 2019, along the entire periphery of the total plot to tally with the required 12,993 trees as per the TOR and CPCB GB (2000) guidelines.
As per the industrial GB norms of CPCB (2000), MoEF&CC, in GB of industrial projects, trees of the selected local species, should be planted all along the periphery of the entire industrial plot for environmental protection and pollution mitigation purpose. These trees @ not less than 1500 per ha in rows, are to be grown to restrict types of pollutions. Plantation of ornamental plants, lawns, bushes and shrubs if planted, should be in addition to the minimum required number of trees in the GB. Plantation of fruit bearing trees is not advisable and expected in the factory premises due to the hazard of bio-accumulation, bio-magnification and bio-transformation of hazardous chemicals from the industry to human health and biodiversity.
108
1. Mass block plantation of local tree species, 2. Removal of weeds and exotics, 3. Solid waste and sewage management at domestic and community level 4. Water conservation through rain water harvesting, ground water table recharge and 5. Environment awareness campaigns along with demonstrations on successful use of solar power, organic farming, biogas, vermin-composting etc. by involving locals, particularly youth and women self-help groups.
3.12.6 CER Activity
3.12.6.1 Observations and Recommendations
Activities such as protection and conservation of the fragmented local natural habitats, with joint participation of locals and industry, are to be undertaken on priority. The three villages in the study area namely 1) Korale, 2) Waghoshi and 3) Mulikwadi are recommended under CER activity for conservation of the existing ecology and biodiversity in the village environs, as it is still in better state. Depending on local specific conditions, the industry should involve its work force and locals in the villages in the EB related environment activities under CER. This should also encourage, demonstrate and promote suitable eco-friendly alternatives and green technologies in villages under influence of industry in vicinity. CER activities should include
3.12.7 EMP
EMP activities recommended for the protection and conservation of ecological habitats and dependent biodiversity in the study area. Irrigation tank near Mulikwadi Village is the important habitat for both the aquatic and terrestrial biodiversity i.e. local and migratory birds, fishes, mammals and many more. Many villages in the area are dependent on this tank for water supply. As this area is semi aired with limited water this tank plays important role in local ecology. Therefore the factory should take initiative to maintain the water level in the tank by water and soil conservation measures in its catchment. Further steps should be taken for appropriate plantations around periphery of the tank and in littoral areas of the stream meeting merging in the tank, construction of TCMs in the catchment to reduce surface soil erosion and siltation in tank. Also some part of CER activity fund should go for protection and conservation of protected areas like grassland and open scrub habitats and biodiversity therein in 5 km vicinity of the factory with the forest department and local people’s participation.
109
Table 3.26 List of fauna observed during field survey
Common Feeding IUCN WPA No. Order Family Scientific Name Status Name guild Status Schedule 1 Accipitriformes Accipitridae Haliasturindus Brahminy Kite CR C LC Schedule-I Black-winged 2 Accipitriformes Accipitridae Elanus caeruleus NR C/I LC Schedule-I Kite 3 Accipitriformes Accipitridae Milvus migrans Black Kite CR O LC Schedule-I Spot-Billed 4 Anseriformes Anatidae Anus poecilorhyncha NR P LC Schedule-IV Duck Red wattled 5 Charadriiformes Charadriidae Vanellus indicus CR I LC Schedule-IV lapwing Mesophoyx Intermediate 6 Ciconiiformes Ardeidae CR P LC Schedule-IV intermedia Egret Indian pond- 7 Ciconiiformes Ardeidae Ardeolagrayii CR P LC Schedule-IV heron 8 Ciconiiformes Ciconiidae Mycterialeucocephala Painted Stork NW P NT Schedule-IV 9 Ciconiiformes Ardeidae Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret CR P LC Schedule-IV Blue rock 10 Columbiformes Columbidae Columba livia CR G LC Schedule-IV pigeon Streptopelia Laughing 11 Columbiformes Columbidae CR G LC Schedule-IV senegalensis dove Green Bee- 12 Coraciiformes Meropidae Meropsorientalis CR I LC Schedule-IV Eater White 13 Coraciiformes Alcedinidae Halcyon smyrensis breasted CR I/P LC Schedule-IV kingfisher Commmon 14 Gruiformes Rallidae Fulicaatra NR O LC Schedule-IV Coot Ashy-crowned 15 Passeriformes Alaudidae Erwmopterix griseus CR G/I LC Schedule-IV Sparrow Lark Yellow 16 Passeriformes Passerinae Motacilla flava CW G LC Schedule-IV Wagtail Red Vented 17 Passeriformes Pycnonotidae Pycnonotuscafer CR O LC Schedule-IV Bulbul 18 Passeriformes Corvidae Corvussplendens House crow CR O LC Schedule-V House 19 Passeriformes Passerinae Passer domesticus CR G LC Schedule-IV sparrow Common 20 Passeriformes Sturnidae Acridotheristristis CR I/G LC Schedule-IV myna Little 21 Pelecaniformes Phalacrocoracdiae Phalacrocoraxniger CR P LC Schedule-IV Cormorant Feeding Guild: C-Carnivore; F-Frugivore; G-Granivore; I-Insectivore; N-Nectarivore; O-Omnivore; P-Piscivore Status: R-Resident; RM-Resident Migrant; M- Migrant IUCN Category: LC-Least Concern, NR-Near Threatened, V-Vulnerable
110
Table 3.27 List of fauna commonly reported by the locals during survey
Scientific Name Common Name IUCN WPA 1972 No. Status Schedule list Mammals 1. Lepus nigricollis Indian hare LC Sch IV 2. Sus Scrofacristatus Wild boar LC Sch III Funambulus palmarum Three striped palm LC - 3. squirrel 4. Macaca radiate Bonnet macaque LC Sch II 5. Presbytis entellus Common langur LC Sch II 6. Pteropusgiganteus Indian flying fox LC Sch V 7. Herpestesedwardsi Common mongoose LC Sch II 8. Vulpes bengalensis Indian Fox LC Sch II 9. Hystrixindica Indian porcupine LC Sch II 10. Canis lupus pallipes Indian Wolf LC Sch I 11. Hyaena hyaena Indian striped hyena NT Sch III Reptiles 12. Najanaja Spectacled cobra NL Sch II 13. Ptyas mucosa Indian rat snake NL Sch IV 14. Bungarus caeruleus Common Indian krait NL Sch IV 15. Daboia russelii Russel’s viper NL Sch II 16. Echiscarinatus Saw scaled Viper LC Sch IV 17. Varanus bengalensis Indian monitor lizard LC Sch I 18. Calotes versicolor Garden lizard NL - 19. Hemidactylus frenatus Common house gecko NL - Amphibians 20. Hoplobatracustigerinus Indian Bull Frog LC Sch IV Fish 21. Catlacatla Catla LC - 22. Labeorohita Rohu LC - Oreochromis NL - 23. mossambica Tilap 24. Glossogobiusgiuris Kharpya LC - 25. Cyprinus carpio Cyprinus VU - 26. Wallago attu Panga NT - Birds 27. Pavocristatus Indian peafowl LC Sch I 28. Acridotherestristis Common myna LC Sch IV 29. Passer domesticus House sparrow LC Sch IV 30. Corvusspendens House crow LC Sch IV 31. Milvus migrans Black kite LC Sch IV 32. Psittaculakrameri Rose-ringed parakeet LC Sch IV 33. Athene brama Spotted owlet LC Sch IV 34. Coturnix coturnix Common quail LC Sch IV 35. Francolinussps. Francolin LC Sch IV Note: LC: Least Concern, NT: Near Threatened, VU: Vulnerable, EN: Endangered, NL: Not listed.
111 Figure 3.32 Habitat in Study Area
112 Figure 3.33 Biodiversity in Study Area
113
Figure 3.34 Photographs of Green Belt
114
Figure 3.35 Site Visit Photos & Google Image of SAIL
115
116 Chapter 4 Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures
4.1 INTRODUCTION
Evaluation of impacts on the environmental attributes, due to expansion of SAIL distillery, is an important aspect to be studied. This chapter incorporates both, qualitative and quantitative descriptions of various environmental impacts due to proposed expansion of distillery by SAIL. Various scientific techniques are available to predict and evaluate the impact of developmental activities on the physical, ecological and socio - economic environments. Predictions are superimposed over base line status (pre- project) of environmental quality to obtain final (post- project) environmental conditions.
‘Environmental Impact’ can be defined as any alteration of environmental conditions or creation of a new set of environmental conditions, adverse or beneficial, caused or induced by the action or set of actions under consideration. Generally, the environmental impacts can be categorized as either Primary or Secondary. Primary Impacts are those which are attributed directly to the project. On the other hand, Secondary Impacts are those which are indirectly induced and typically include the associated investments and changed patterns of social and economic activities by the proposed action. Proposed expansion project may influence environments of area in two phases:
Construction Phase: During the construction period, the impact may be temporary.
Operational Phase: Operational phase impact may have long term effects.
4.2 CONSTRUCTION PHASE
Construction phase impacts on the environment can be considered short term. Activities during erection of the plant and civil structures may affect environment of area surrounding the site. Impacts as well as mitigation measures for the same are described below-
Table 4.1 Impact Identification and Mitigation Measures due to Construction Phase
No Env. Aspect Parameter Causes Impacts Types Mitigation measures / Remarks 1 Air Dust (SPM) Vehicular Respiratory Minor SO2 and NOX at single movement, problems - (Negative location will not increase drilling, coughing and Impact) as vehicular movement excavation and difficult or painful and machines will be land leveling breathing; irritation mobile. SO2 Vehicular in eyes. Control of dust NOX movement High SO2 and NOx emissions by sprinkling - lung disorders water on open spaces, such as wheezing kuccha roads, heaps of and shortness of earthen filling material breath. etc. until paved roads get Obstruction in constructed. activities like Provision of PPEs photosynthesis and (Goggles and Masks) to evapo-transpiration staff and workers due to deposition of Augmentation of dust on surface of existing green belt shall leaves thereby be done immediately reducing crop yield. after commencement of expansion.
117
No Env. Aspect Parameter Causes Impacts Types Mitigation measures / Remarks 2 Water Deterioration Water Industrial premises Minor Proper and adequate of Water requirement for at SAIL has already (Negative segregation of quantity, construction been well Impact) construction area and quality and and domestic developed Hence, appropriate drainages, to aesthetics of activities. construction to be minimize runoff water body. Surface runoff taken up under Cutting and filling work & seepage expansion project will be avoided during Domestic shall have no rainy season. effluent significant impact Stone pitching on the Spill from fuel, on water slopes and construction oil & other environment. of concrete drains for chemicals Some minor storm water to minimize Leachate from impacts are as soil erosion. temporary follow- Development of green waste dumps Contamination of belt on site. nearby water body Strengthening the Silting of water existing green belt bodies Soil binding and fast Water borne growing vegetation to disease arrest soil erosion. 3 Noise Noise Nuisance Construction During construction Minor Expansion of distillery and Disturbance equipment like it is not a (Negative project will be dozers, continuous source Impact) established in existing scrapers, and hence do not premises of SAIL. There concrete pose a health risk or will be minimum mixers, cranes, damage peoples' construction work. pumps, sense of hearing. Provision of proper compressors, Adversely affects acoustic enclosure for pneumatic the quality of life of noise generating and tools, saws, occupants and vibrating machinery. vibrators etc. nearby residents. Protective equipments Continuous and Disturbance in such as ear plugs, intermediate nearby residents. earmuffs etc for workers source Constant exposure will be provided. to high noise levels Onsite workers must not can result in be exposed, for more damage of ear than 8 hours, to high drums & loss of noise generating sources. hearing. Increased blood pressure levels, cardio-vascular disease and stress related heart problems. 4 Soil and Soil Quality Spill from fuel, Affects the soil, Minor Proper maintenance of Land use and oil and other micro as well as (Negative vehicles as well as Topography chemicals. macro flora. Impact) machinery used during Substratum Thereby, disturbing construction to avoid oil, excavated the nutritive fuel leakages. during composition of soil. Disposal of waste to construction of Positive benefits in authorised recyclers and foundations. the form of land resellers. Improper leveling and tree storage of solid plantation in the waste plant vicinity and other premises.
118
No Env. Aspect Parameter Causes Impacts Types Mitigation measures / Remarks Bad aesthetics due to littering. 5 Biodiversity Terrestrial as Dust emissions No any major Minor Noise generating and and Habitat well as aquatic Noise negative impacts (Negative vibrating machinery Flora, Fauna generation envisaged but some Impact) would be provided with and Avifauna Influx of onsite minor impacts may proper acoustic workers be observed. enclosure Flood lights, Retarded growth Water sprinkling high masts etc. and productivity of arrangement shall be the plants. provided to curb dust emissions during construction activities. Workers staying onsite shall be supplied with fuel source such as LPG, Kerosene etc. for cooking. Moreover, proper care shall be taken so that the surrounding ecological area is duly conserved. 6 Risk, Hazard Accidental Lifting of Physical problems Minor Use of advanced and risk and heavy tools & viz. Carpal tunnel (Negative technology and Occupational Hazard tackles, syndrome, Impact) sophisticated machinery health & construction tendonitis, back during construction Safety equipment pain, muscle Maximum Employment Repetitive soreness and nerve of young and adequately motion, damage reduction trained persons (above awkward in hearing 18 years) postures and efficiency of Providing PPEs like vibrations workers masks, safety glasses, High noise Shortness of breath helmets, gum boots, ear generating following physical plugs & ear muffs etc. to machinery exertion, severe workers. Continuous cough and chest Proper earthing for exposure to pains electrical supply, dust Fatigue and loss of Separation of deep Welding of appetite excavations and marking metal parts Eye irritation and of dangerous areas with Cabling of eye sight problems barricading etc. electrical work. Electrical shock 24 X 7 medical aid with Unhygienic Spread of various trained doctors and conditions diseases ambulance facility resulting from Training to the workers day-to-day from view points of activities of safety, health and workers living hygiene. in the industrial area 7 Socio- Social and Expansion of Primary and Major There will be positive Economic Economic distillery secondary (Positive impact to the residents status employment Impact) nearby industrial unit in generation the form of new job opportunities and increase in good employment generation potential.
119
Table 4.2 Disposal of Waste Generation during Construction Phase
No. Type of Waste Mitigation Measures 1 Metal scrap Sold to scrap dealers for reprocessing 2 Wooden scrap Utilized by local labours 3 Broken bricks, stones and cement Used as filler material in plinth, low lying areas etc. concrete wastes 4 Paint cans, brushes and other plastic Sold to re-cyclers, authorized re-processers waste materials
4.3 OPERATION PHASE
Operational phase activities may have impacts - minor or major, positive or negative on environmental disciplines such as soils, surface and ground water hydrology, micro meteorology, land use, water use, water and air quality, ecology, socio economics and noise environment. Description of various attributes and effects on same has been presented in following paragraphs.
Table 4.3 Identification of Impacts on Environment due to Operation Phase
No Env. Operations Activities Impact Mitigation Type of Aspects Identification impact 1 Air Fermentation, Fermentation: Overall Boiler is provided with Minor Stack CO2 gas release increase in ESP as APC followed by (Quantifiable) emissions Stack emissions: AAQ 65 M height stack. from Particulate parameters like An impact due to air incineration release. PM10, PM2.5, emissions on ambient conc. boiler, Fuel Fuel & Ash CO2 gas will during non-operation of storage yard, Storage: Fugitive contribute to APC is described below at Ash Storage dust. greenhouse Section 4.3.1 of this effect Chapter. 2 Water Molasses If spillage of Addition of Impacts due to operation Major polluti storage tank, Molasses, high organic activities are significant. (Quantifiable) on Spentwash Spentwash & pollution load Quantification of storage tank accidently in nearby water accidental discharge into discharged into body i.e. Nallah nearby nallah is given water body, it may below at Section 4.3.3 of cause impact on this Chapter. water quality. CPU Discharge of Parameters of -- Minor untreated / partially untreated (Non- treated effluent effluent of CPU Significant) will not add much organic load to receiving body if accidentally discharged. 3 Noise Steam Steam vent off, Temporary Steam vent off is not a Minor generation in increase in regular practice it is once (Non Boiler (Steam During workzone noise in six month during shut quantifiable) vent off), distillation of and ambient down of boiler. Distillation fermented wash noise levels. Workers working in column distillation section will be provided with ear plugs. 4 Solid Ash storage Handling of ash It may lead to Ash will be stored in silos Minor & Haz. during disposal. minor increase with sprinker arrangement & (Non- Waste in air quality will be transported through quantifiable) (SHW) parameters. covered vehicles.
120
No Env. Operations Activities Impact Mitigation Type of Aspects Identification impact CPU Handling of sludge Non-scientific CPU sludge disposed off during disposal. disposal of immediately sludge, its littering and odour nuisance 5 Soil Stack Settling of stack There may be APC would be provided to Minor emissions, emissions alteration of soil boiler and operated around (Non- spentwash Accidental characteristics clock. Spentwash handling quantifiable) handling, discharge of which may lead will be done through closed sludge spentwash land area to decreased HDPE pipes to avoid spillages handling, productivity. or leakages. 6 Risk & Storage of Release of alcohol Due to fire it Fire frightning lines are Major Hazard alcohol vapors or fire in may affect the provided in existing area. storage area humans and Also for expansion it will property be done.
Figure 4.1 Flow Chart of Impact Identification
Sugar Factory Air SHW Noise
Weighment & Cane Preparation Co-generation Plant Air Noise Water SHW Noise Air SHW Noise Noise SHW To Grid
Bagasse Steam Power Boiler Turbines Cane Milling/ Crushing
Water SHW Air To Factory
Juice Extraction & Press Clarification Distillery Air
Juice Sulphitation Incineration Air SHW Noise Air RH Syrup Boiling MEE RH Air Water Soil SHW Air Molasses Raw Spent Wash Alcohol Centrifuging Fermentation Distillation Storage
Water Soil EB Storage of Sugar
Legends: SHW –Solid Hazardous Waste, EB- Ecological Biodiversity, RH- Risk & Hazards,
121
4.3.1 Impact on Air Quality
A. Emissions from Fuel Burning
Major sources of air pollution will be boilers as well as vehicles used for transportation. Presently, a bagasse fired boiler of 160 TPH capacity is installed under existing sugar factory and co-gen plant. Under existing distillery incineration boiler of capacity 25 TPH is installed on site. To same, ESP is provided as APC equipment followed by stack of 86 M and 65 M height respectively. Stack emissions from existing boiler shall be SPM, SO2, NOX, CO. In addition, the vehicular exhaust may also contribute to air pollution through release of SO2, CO, NOX. Table 2.23 of Chapter 2 may be referred for details of boilers and stacks under existing set up of SAIL.
4.3.1.1 GLC Evaluation through Air Dispersion Modeling
In order to study movement of particulate matter and gaseous pollutants’ release into atmosphere from the source, Air Dispersion Model - AERMOD developed by US Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) is used. Software helps in knowing details of particulate dispersed in down wind direction and finally reaching the ground at farther distance from the source. Ground Level Concentrations (GLC) mainly depend upon the strength of emission source & micrometeorology of the study area. No new boiler will be installed under expansion of distillery by SAIL. AERMOD software is used for understanding the increase in baseline concentrations for additional fuel burnt in existing 25 TPH incineration boiler. Site specific meteorological and AAQM data were collected for one season - March - April - May 2019. Predominant wind direction is given in tables 4.4.
Table 4.4 Predominant Wind Directions
No. Season Time (Hrs.) Wind Direction Nearest Habitation Downwind Pre- 08:30 NW Bibi 1 monsoon 17:30 NW Bibi 2 08:30 W Ghadgewadi Monsoon 17:30 W Ghadgewadi 3 Post- 08:30 NW Bibi monsoon 17:30 E Kapashi 4 08:30 NW Bibi Winter 17:30 SE Motechiwadi
Baseline Ambient Air Concentrations
th 24 hourly 98 percentile concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx in ambient air, recorded during field study conducted for season March – April – May 2019 are considered as baseline values. They represent impact due to operations of existing activities on this region. 98th percentile concentrations of above mentioned parameters, at this location, are considered to be the ‘Baseline Concentrations’ to determine impact of proposed industrial operation on AAQ. Existing baseline concentrations are summarized in table 4.5:
Table 4.5 Baseline Concentrations
Parameter PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX CO 98 Percentile 68.02g/m3 23.59g/m3 29.36g/m3 35.61g/m3 0.9 mg/m3 NAAQS 100 g/m3 60 g/m3 80 g/m3 80 g/m3 4 mg/m3
122
Figure 4.2 Windrose for the Month March – April – May 2019
123
I. Predictions for Stack Emissions (Scenario- during Operation of APC for Boiler)
3 Figure 4.3 Isopleths of PM10(24 Hrs Max. Conc. in μg/m )
3 Maximum concentration of PM10 is 1.17μg/m towards South East direction at 9.4 Km from site.
Table 4.6 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM10 values
Sr. Location Directi Distan 98 Increment Total % Incremental Remark Impact No on ce Percentile al PM10 PM10 (Km) baseline (g/m3) Predictive PM10 Conc. GLC (g/m3) (g/m3) A B C D E F=D+E G=(E/D)x100 1. Industrial Site -- -- 68.02 0.03 68.05 0.04 Total PM10 Insignificant 2. Dhangarwada NW 5.16 57.50 0.06 57.56 0.10 Predictive 3. Anandgaon NW 6.81 58.71 0.06 58.77 0.10 GLC is lower 4. Motechiwadi N 1.30 61.17 0.1 61.27 0.16 than 5. Aljapur S 2.88 59.66 0.08 59.74 0.13 prescribed 6. Kapshi SW 0.97 59.66 0.10 59.76 0.17 standard 7. Ghadgewadi NNE 3.07 59.66 0.08 59.74 0.13 100 g/m3 8. Bibi S 2.25 59.25 0.10 59.35 0.17
124
3 Figure 4.4 Isopleths of PM2.5(24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/m )
3 Maximum concentration of PM 2.5 is 0.306μg/m towards South - East direction at 8.3 Km from site.
Table 4.7 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5 values
Sr. Location Directi Dista 98 Increment Total % Remark Impact No. on nce Percentile al PM2.5 Incremental (Km) baseline PM2.5(g/ Predictive PM2.5 m3) GLC Conc. (g/m3) (g/m3) A B C D E F=D+E G=(E/D)x100 1. Industrial Site -- -- 23.59 0.008 23.598 0.03 2. Dhangarwada NW 5.16 19.71 0.010 19.72 0.05 Total PM2.5 3. Anandgaon NW 6.81 19.55 0.010 19.56 0.05 Predictive GLC is 4. Motechiwadi N 1.30 19.75 0.020 19.77 0.10 Insignifica lower than nt 5. Aljapur S 2.88 19.66 0.020 19.68 0.10 prescribed 6. Kapshi SW 0.97 19.80 0.030 19.83 0.15 standard 60 7. Ghadgewadi NNE 3.07 19.09 0.020 19.11 0.10 g/m3 8. Bibi S 2.25 20.18 0.020 20.2 0.10
125
3 Figure 4.5 Isopleths of SO2 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/m ):
3 Maximum concentration of SO2 is 6.25 μg/m towards South East direction at 9.17 Km from site
Table 4.8 GLC with Incremental Increase in SO2Values
Sr. Location Directi Distance 98 Increment Total SO2 % Remark Impact No. on (Km) Percentile al SO2 Predictive Incremental baseline SO2 GLC GLC Conc. (g/m3) (g/m3) (g/m3) A B C D E F=D+E G=(E/D)x100 1. Industrial Site -- -- 29.36 0.16 29.52 0.54 2. Dhangarwada NW 5.16 20.45 0.16 20.61 0.78 Total SO2 Predictive 3. Anandgaon NW 6.81 20.18 0.16 20.34 0.79 GLC 4. Motechiwadi N 1.30 20.65 0.16 20.81 0.77 Insignific is lower than 5. Aljapur S 2.88 20.07 0.16 20.23 0.80 ant prescribed 6. Kapshi SW 0.97 20.66 0.80 21.46 3.87 standard 7. Ghadgewadi NNE 3.07 19.61 0.16 19.77 0.82 80 g/m3 8. Bibi S 2.25 20.23 0.50 20.73 2.47
126
3 Figure 4.6 Isopleths of NOx (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/m )
3 Maximum concentration of NOx is 0.922μg/m towards South East direction at 8.22 Km from site
Table 4.9 GLC with Incremental Increase in NOx Values
Sr. Location Directi Distance 98 Increment Total % Remark Impact No. on (Km) Percentile al NOx NOx Incremental baseline GLC Predictive NOx Conc. (g/m3) GLC (g/m3) (g/m3) A B C D E F=D+E G=(E/D)x100 1. Industrial Site -- -- 35.61 0.023 35.633 0.06 2. Dhangarwada NW 5.16 25.55 0.060 25.61 0.23 Total NOx 3. Anandgaon NW 6.81 25.60 0.050 25.65 0.20 Predictive GLC 4. Motechiwadi N 1.30 24.66 0.060 24.72 0.24 Insignific is lower than ant 5. Aljapur S 2.88 26.22 0.060 26.28 0.23 prescribed 6. Kapshi SW 0.97 25.80 0.1 25.9 0.39 standard 7. Ghadgewadi NNE 3.07 25.34 0.060 25.4 0.24 80 g/m3 8. Bibi S 2.25 25.55 0.080 25.63 0.31
From Table 4.7, 4.8, 4.9 (operation of APC equipment), it is seen that–
1. Incremental increase in PM10concentrations at the 8 AAQM locations is in the range of 0.04% to 0.17 % with the lowest concentration of 57.56 g/m3 at Dhangarwada, the highest concentration of 68.02g/m3 at Industrial site; which are lesser than NAAQ standard of 100g/m3.
127
2. Incremental increase in PM2.5 concentrations at the 8 AAQM locations is in the range of 0.03% to 0.15 % with the lowest concentration of 19.11g/m3 at Ghadgewadi, the highest concentration of 23.59g/m3 at Industrial Site; which are lesser than NAAQ standard of 60 g/m3. 3. Incremental increase in SO2concentrations at the 8 AAQM locations is in the range of 0.54% to 3.87% with the lowest concentration of 19.77g/m3 at Ghadgewadi, the highest concentration of 29.52g/m3 at Industrial site; which are lesser than NAAQ standard of 80 g/m3. 4. Incremental increase in NOx concentrations at the 8 AAQM locations is in the range of 0.06% to 0.39% with the lowest concentration of 24.72 g/m3 at Motechiwadi, the highest concentration of 35.63g/m3 at Industrial site; which are lesser than NAAQ standard of 80 g/m3
From the above observations, it could be concluded that the impact on air quality at the 8 monitoring locations due to the boilers (stack emissions) with air pollution control equipment in operation is non-significant.
Impacts under Accidental Scenarios
II. Predictions for Emissions from Stack in Worse Case (Scenario- During Non-Operation of APC)
3 Figure 4.7 Isopleths of PM10 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/m )
3 Maximum concentration of PM10 is 14.2μg/m towards South East direction at 9.14Km from site
128
Table 4.10 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM10valuesfor Non-Operation of APC
Sr. Location Direct Distan 98 Incremen Total % Remark Impact No. ion ce Percentile tal PM10 PM10 Incremental (Km) baseline GLC Predictive PM10 Conc. (g/m3) GLC (g/m3) (g/m3) A B C D E F=D+E G=(E/D)x100 1. Industrial Site -- -- 68.02 0.4 68.42 0.59 Total PM10 Insignific 2. Dhangarwada NW 5.16 57.50 0.9 58.4 1.57 Predictive ant 3. Anandgaon NW 6.81 58.71 0.7 59.41 1.19 GLC 4. Motechiwadi N 1.30 61.17 0.9 62.07 1.47 is lower 5. Aljapur S 2.88 59.66 1 60.66 1.68 than 6. Kapshi SW 0.97 59.66 2 61.66 3.35 prescribed 7. Ghadgewadi NNE 3.07 59.66 1 60.66 1.68 standard 8. Bibi S 2.25 59.25 1 60.25 1.69 100 g/m3
3 Figure 4.8 Isopleths of PM2.5 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/m )
3 Maximum concentration of PM2.5 is 3.56 μg/m towards north direction at 8.3 Km from site
129
Table 4.11 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5 values for Non-Operation of APC
Sr. Location Directi Distan 98 Increment Total PM2.5 % Incremental Remark Impact No. on ce Percentile al PM2.5 Predictive (Km) baseline PM2.5 GLC GLC Conc. (g/m3) (g/m3) (g/m3) A B C D E F=D+E G=(E/D)x100 1. Industrial Site -- -- 23.59 0.09 23.68 0.38 Total PM2.5 Insigni 2. Dhangarwada NW 5.16 19.71 0.2 19.91 1.01 Predictive ficant 3. Anandgaon NW 6.81 19.55 0.2 19.75 1.02 GLC 4. Motechiwadi N 1.30 19.75 0.2 19.95 1.01 is lower 5. Aljapur S 2.88 19.66 0.2 19.86 1.02 than 6. Kapshi SW 0.97 19.80 0.5 20.3 2.53 prescribed 7. Ghadgewadi NNE 3.07 19.09 0.2 19.29 1.05 standard 60 8. Bibi S 2.25 20.18 0.2 20.38 0.99 g/m3
From Table 4.10 and Table 4.11 (non-operational conditions of APC equipment), it is seen that – 1. Incremental increase in PM10 concentrations at the 8 AAQM locations is in the range of 0.59 % to 3.35% with the lowest concentration of 58.4g/m3 at Dhangarwada, the highest concentration of 68.42 g/m3 at Industrial Site; which are lesser than NAAQ standard of 100g/m3. 2. Incremental increase in PM2.5 concentrations at the 8 AAQM locations is in the range of 0.38 % to 2.53 % with the lowest concentration of 19.29 g/m3at Ghadgewadi, the highest concentration of 23.68 g/m3 at Industrial Site; which are lesser than NAAQ standard of 60 g/m3. From the above observations, it could be concluded that the impact on air quality at the 8 monitoring locations due to the boilers (stack emissions) with air pollution control equipment not in operation is insignificant.
Analysis & Interpretation of GLC :
Figure 4.9 Graphs for Isopleths of PM10 with & without APC
Incremental PM₁₀ 120 100(g/m3 ) 100 80 60 40 20
Concentration (g/m3 ) (g/m3 Concentration 0
Locations
Baseline Concentration SAIL Predictive with APC SAIL Predictive without APC
130
3 Baseline Conc. of PM10 is observed as Min. 57.50 g/m (Dhangarwada) to Max. 68.02 g/m3 (Site). Among all AAQM stations, the PM10 baseline conc. is slight max. at site i.e 68.02 g/m3. Baseline conc. at other AAQM stations are also in the range of Min. 57.50g/m3 to Max. 61.17g/m3 .This may be because of poorly surfaced roads and vehicular transportation. Max. incremental value for PM10 with APC is observed as 0.1g/m3at Motechiwadi, Kapshi, Bibi and without APC is observed as 2g/m3at Kapshi.
Figure 4.10 Graphs for Isopleths of PM2.5 with & without APC
Incremental PM₂.₅
70 60 ug//m3 ) 3 60 50 40 30 20 10
Concentration (ug/m Concentration 0
Locations
Baseline Concentration SAIL Predivtive with APC SAIL Predictive without APC
3 3 Baseline Conc. of PM2.5 is observed as Min. 19.09 g/m (Ghadgewadi) to Max. 23.59 g/m (Industrial Site). Somewhat higher Conc. observed at Industrial site (23.59g/m3), Bibi (20.18 g/m3; 2.25 km) and Kapshi (19.80g/m3;0.97Km) are attributed to poorly surfaced roads and vehicular transportation. Max. incremental value for PM2.5with APC is observed as 0.030g/m3at Kapshi and without APC is observed as 0.5g/m3 at Kapshi.
Figure 4.11 Graphs for Isopleths of SO2
Incremental SO₂
100 80 ug//m3 80 60 40 20 0 Concentration (µg/Mᶟ) Concentration
Locations
Baseline Concentration SAIL Predictive
131
3 3 Baseline Conc. of SO2 is observed as Min. 19.61 g/m (Ghadgewadi) to Max. 29.36 g/m (Industrial Site). Reason for more SO2 Conc. is due to fuel burning in boilers and 3 transportation. Max. incremental value for SO2 is observed as 0.8g/m at Kapshi.
Figure 4.12 Graphs for Isopleths of NOx
Incremental NOx
) 100 3 3 80 g/m 80 60 40 20 0 Concentartion (µg/m Concentartion
Locations
Baseline Concentration SAIL Predictive
Baseline Conc. of NOx Conc. is observed between Min. 24.66g/m3 (Motechiwadi) to Max. 35.61g/m3(Industrial Site). Max. incremental value for NOx is observed as 0.1g/m3at Kapshi.
B. Fugitive Emissions
Fugitive emission under existing and expansion activities of SAIL will be mainly the dust emissions. These will impact the working environment of the workers and will also settle on plants in the industrial premises. Consequence of this shall be respiratory disorders, aggravated coughing and difficult or painful breathing among the workers and reduced photosynthesis activity which shall impact the plant life. Also, inappropriate and non- scientific storage as well as longer holding periods of raw as well as concentrated spentwash in the respective tanks and yeast sludge from fermenters shall lead to formation of aerobic- anaerobic conditions in the tank body thereby resulting in to uncontrolled release of gases comprising prominently of methane, hydrogen sulphide, SO2 and CO2. Hydrogen sulphide imparts foul odour in the premises whereas SO2 lead to corrosive atmosphere. Moreover, inflammation of eyes, throat and respiratory track irritation are prominent effects observed in case of human being residing nearby spentwash tank premises. Efficient and quick utilization of spentwash from tanks and its subsequent incineration in boiler shall avoid holding up of same for longer periods and prevent formation of above-mentioned gaseous emissions.
C. Process Emissions
CO2 is generated from fermenters under distillery project. Generation of CO2 takes place in considerable quantum which when let out in the atmosphere could have undesirable effects in the surrounding ambience. Since CO2 has been labelled as one of the major gases responsible for the green-house effect, its release in the atmosphere has to be curbed as far as possible
D. Odour Pollution
Odour can result from number of sources and operations in distillery. They same may include molasses handling and storage, Fermentors, effluent storage; treatment & disposal, effluent carrying drains, sludge storage areas etc. Under expansion in SAIL, every care shall be taken to avoid odour generation from above sources and actions so that eventual nuisance from
132 same shall be abated. Especially, distillery fermentation section, distillation section for spentwash generation, spentwash handling; storage shall be provided prompt and proper attention. Aerobic pathways of degradation resulting due to excessively longer storage of spentwash, yeast sludge and similar putrescible materials shall give rise to foul smells as a result of generation of gases like hydrogen sulphide, sulphur di-oxide etc. These gases have very irritating effect on human beings and animals that come in their contact resulting in to coughing, sneezing, inflammation of upper respiratory track, irritation of eyes, sensation of nausea and vomiting. Unsanitary conditions responsible for odour trouble could give rise to other nuisance like fly and insect infestation.
4.3.1.2 Mitigation Measures
A) Emissions from Fuel Burning
1. Installation of APC Equipment in the form of ESPs to boilers. Regular self-monitoring of the AAQ and work zone air quality to be done by the industry through approved labs to check and control dust levels / concentrations at certain places so that same could be kept always below the stipulated norms. 2. Efficiencies of dust control equipment in the industry such as ESP, wet scrubbers shall be monitored regularly (at least once a month) under performance evaluation. 3. APC equipment is interlocked with process as per guidelines of CPCB. 4. Installation of OCMS (Online Continuous Monitoring System) for monitoring of SPM, Temp., SO2, CO, CO2 etc. in stack emissions. Data from same is collected and uploaded to MPCB & CPCB server. After expansion of distillery same practices will be followed. 5. IP cameras installed, maintained and data collected shall be formulated to CPCB server. After expansion of distillery same practices will be followed. 6. D.G. Set installed in SAIL complex would be operated only during power failures.
B) Fugitive Emissions
1. Installation of appropriate, adequate and efficient exhaust and ventilation system to remove and control dust from work zone areas. Provision of appropriate APC equipment to collect and remove dust from work zone including their monitoring routinely. 2. Dust, ash etc. collected from the APC equipment, e.g. fly ash from boilers, will be properly handled and disposed of periodically by supply to farmers for use as manure. Thus, uncontrolled storage of ash on site shall be avoided which could lead to littering and suspension in air due to wind. 3. Installation of dedicated and mechanical ash handling system with adequate capacity silos, conveyors, closed conduits, water sprinkling arrangements etc. shall be installed. 4. PPE such as masks, aprons, gloves, goggles etc. shall be provided to the workers. 5. Augmentation of green belt of adequate density and with appropriate types of plants shall be made to control and attenuate dust transfer in the premises. Also, well planned and shelter belt and mass plantation shall be provided along bagasse and ash storage yards to curb littering of the materials due to wind. This will avoid suspension of bagasse and ash particles in the air which leads to SPM. 6. Construction and proper maintenance of tar roads to be provided in premises of SAIL shall be done. Moreover, all internal roads, yards and open storage areas will be provided with well-compacted and constructed surface layering. At certain locations linings of tar or RCC shall also be provided. 7. To control the fugitive emissions from all vulnerable sources water sprinkling system is being provided to curb the emissions during movement of vehicles. 8. Covered / encased conveyors to be installed to carry bagasse from milling section to storage yards, coal/ bagasse from storage yards to boiler section. This would be done to
133
avoid littering and free falling of loose bagasse/coal from the belt which leads to suspension of same in air and subsequent spreading the ambient air due to wind currents. 9. A care shall be taken w.r.t. handling and storage of spent wash in raw as well as concentrated forms. In no case prolonged storage of same shall be done in tanks provided on site. This will hold good for the yeast sludge storage also. Both spent wash and yeast sludge comprises of very high organic contents which being highly putrescible lead to development of anaerobic conditions due to non-scientific and prolonged storage. Quick lifting and disposal of these materials will avoid such troubles.
C) Process Emissions
To marginally minimize the effects of CO2 which shall be generated from fermenters; a care shall be taken through implementation of the green belt. Adequate density plantation under same can play an important role as 'the sink' by taking up CO2 thus curbing its release to atmosphere from the premises. However, to exercise total control on CO2, there is a future planning to collect the gas properly, compress it adequately and bottle subsequently. CO2 cylinders shall then be supplied to manufacturers of beverages or other secondary purposes. This approach shall totally curb the release of CO2fromdistillery premises.
D) Odour Pollution
To abate the odour nuisance, SAIL has a concrete planning which includes following steps and actions
1. Collection of yeast sludge from fermentation section in closed silo system, its dewatering (mechanical) and immediate disposal through incineration in boiler. 2. Reduced volume of effluents (spent wash, spent lees) by adopting strategic approaches such as continuous fermentation, vacuum distillation, utilization of condensate from MEE for dilution and other process operations as well as in cooling tower make up. 3. Closed and dedicated close circuit conveyance system for spent wash to treatment units like MEE which shall minimize fugitive emissions during the operations. 4. Adoption of GMPs (good management practices). 5. Arranging awareness and training camps for workers. 6. Use of PPE to persons working near odour potential prone areas. 7. India has very few trained and skilled manpower as per the requirement of international practices for the odour monitoring and control. Therefore, the human resource shall be developed and continuous efforts will be made for upgrading the knowledge base and skill in this area. Requisite trainings could be arranged through representatives from academic and national research institutions, state and central regulatory agencies etc.
4.3.2 Impact on Climate
Impacts on climatic conditions, due to the expansion of distillery are not envisaged especially as emissions of flue gases with very high temperatures, to the atmosphere, are not expected.
4.3.3 Impact on Water Resources
4.3.3.1 Surface Water (Quality & Quantity)
Total water requirement for distillery after expansion would be 1283 M3/D. Out of total water requirement 305 M3/D of water will be meeting from fresh water from Neera Right Bank Canal Division, Phaltan, 963M3/D will be treated water from distillery CPU and 15 M3/D will be STP treated water. Water required for existing sugar factory and co-gen plant is 2784 M3/D. Out of the total water requirement 480 M3/D is fresh water, 2344 M3/D is sugarcane condensate and 30 M3/D is STP treated water. From, figures presented above it could be seen that maximum quantity of condensate water and recycled water is used thereby reducing the
134 fresh water demand of SAIL complex. Detailed information on water consumption is presented at Chapter- 2, section 2.7.1.
Raw Spentwash from distillery will be concentrated in MEE and conc. spentwash will be incinerated in existing incineration boiler. Other effluents from distillery will be treated in CPU & recycled back in the process. Treated effluent from existing sugar factory & co-gen plant is treated in existing ETP. Treated water from ETP is used for gardening. Domestic effluent from existing project is treated in septic tank followed by sock pit. After expansion of distillery total domestic effluent will be treated in proposed STP and treated water will be recycled. For more details about effluent generation, treatment and disposal; Chapter 2 Section 2.7.1.2 may be referred.
SAIL is having an existing Spentwash storage tank of 5 days capacity, if the same gets break or fails down; before any control measures are taken then approximately 115 M3/D of concentrated spentwash will get discharged on land and will flow towards south east direction. Further, Soil texture of project site is very shallow, somewhat excessively drained, loamy, calcareous in nature is on site. Because of this nature of soil; about approx. 75 M3/D spentwash will get absorb and remaining 40 M3/D is expected to reach water body.
Moreover, there is one percolation tank located towards SE of the plot having approximately capacity of 20 Lakh Liters. During monitoring period of March – April – May 2019 the percolation tank was dry. Hence, impact on soil is only considered. Refer section 4.3.4 for impact of discharge of spentwash on soil. However when water remain in the percolation tank for six months, Spent wash with characteristics such as – pH – 4 to 5, BOD – 3,40,000 mg/l to 3,80,000 mg/l, COD – 6,25,000 to 6,50,000 mg/l, TDS – 4,25,000 mg/l to 4,65,000 mg/l if mixed into percolation tank it may result into decrease in the pH values as well as depletion in BOD. As the water body is seasonal in nature seasonal flora may get affected. Further, when the water remains in percolation tank then spentwash will get diluted resulting in to percolation in to ground water and hence affecting the ground water quality.
4.3.3.3 Ground Water (Quality & Quantity)
The assessment of possible impact on hydrogeology of the area has two aspects namely, the availability and quality of groundwater. Such an assessment requires consideration of water requirement of the project and proposed plans of disposal of effluents in the light of existing hydro-geological set-up of the area.
1. Impact on Hydrogeology
Assessment of possible impact on hydrogeology of the area has two aspects namely, the availability and quality of groundwater. Such an assessment requires consideration of water requirement of the project and proposed plans of disposal of effluents in the light of existing hydro-geological set-up of the area. a. Impact on groundwater resources:
Water requirement for expansion of distillery shall be met with fresh water from Neera Right Bank Canal Division, Phaltan, supplemented by treated water from CPU and STP. Harvested rainwater will be used during startup of factory. There is no proposal for use of ground water for the project. Therefore, no adverse impact on groundwater resources of the area is foreseen
b. Impact on quality of groundwater
Industrial effluents, solid wastes and hazardous wastes can have adverse impact on quality of groundwater in the area around the project site. Total industrial effluent generated from existing sugar factory & co-gen plant are treating in existing ETP. Treated water from ETP is used for irrigation on own land as well as in nearby farmlands.
135
Continued use of such water for irrigation can have adverse impact on fertility of soil and quality of crops. Dialogue with local farmers during field visit it was learnt that the quality of groundwater in wells is potable at most places and stagnated due to non-pumping at remaining ones. General direction of groundwater flow deduced from Water Table Contour Map is from S of the Project Site towards N and NE (Figure.4.13). This suggests that if any contaminants from the project effluents enter groundwater by chance, they will spread towards location numbers 4 and 5. However, results of water analysis indicate no such particular contamination at present in the wells in this direction (Table 3.8 and Table 3.12). Black arrows in the Figure 4.13 indicate groundwater flow directions.
2. Impacts on geology of the Area
Geologically, the project site and its area of influence is situated in basaltic terrain of Deccan Volcanic Province. Basalt is a hard, crystalline rock that serves as a good foundation stone as well as building stone for civil structures. The project work does not involve any major excavations, blasting, loading and unloading of rock materials that can affect stability of natural landforms or geological set-up of the area. Geological monuments or features of local, regional or national importance are not present in the area of influence of the project. Therefore, impact on geology of the area is not foreseen in relation to this project. However, the project infrastructure and the staff on duty in the premises can be adversely affected by probable seismic activity in the light of recent earthquakes in adjacent areas of Maharashtra.
Figure 4.13 Water Table contour map of the area around SAIL, Kapashi
136
4.3.3.4 Mitigation Measures
A) Surface Water
1. Stopping / arresting untreated effluent / spentwash entry to nallah by diverting flow through leaking pipe. Lifting the stored volume upstream the KT weir by portable pumps & sending it back to tank or discharging same on nearby farm land for irrigation. 2. Pumping of contaminated discharge from nallah from first weir to tank & action of flushing & dilution to subsequent weirs. 3. Faster communication to people residing along the nallah & river about ingress of effluents in the streams followed by an appeal for not consuming the waters for domestic purposes and animal consumption. 4. Online effluent monitoring system will be installed at inlet and outlet of effluent treatment facility for measurement of parameters like flow, pH, BOD, COD, TDS etc. 5. Separate flow meter for spent wash as well as separate energy meter would be provided to CPU and log shall be maintained for same. 6. Harvested rainwater will be partly used for gardening (green belt) and partly for domestic purposes like toilet flushing, washing etc. thereby reducing the fresh water demand towards said activities. 7. Concepts of advanced mechanization and automation would be introduced in ETP so as to optimize power and chemical consumption as well as to minimize chances of reduced efficiencies due to human errors and non-efficient operation and maintenance practices. 8. Industry will not discharge any untreated / treated industrial as well as domestic effluent in to any nearby surface water body.
B) Ground Water a. Mitigation measures on Hydrogeology
Leakages of leachate from molasses storage tanks, spent wash lagoons and composting yard and infiltration into soil should be altogether prevented to avoid contamination of groundwater. Hazardous waste from sugar factory like spent oil, periodic waste water from cleaning and that from the distillery should be properly disposed of to protect the water and soil environment in the area. Use of ETP discharged water for irrigation in long term should be made with caution because to avoid adverse impact on soil and crops. Farmers using waste water for irrigation should be made adequately aware of the harmful effects of continued use of such water. Water quality in wells in the area around the Project Site should be monitored periodically to check for contamination if any. b. Mitigation Measures on Geology
Adverse impacts due to this project on geology of the area are not foreseen. The area falls in Earthquake Seismic Zone III indicating moderate risk of earthquake. Therefore, appropriate care should be taken to make the infrastructure earthquake-proof and safeguard the staff on duty in the premises. Information on seismicity in the area should be updated regularly.
4.3.4 Impact on Soil and Agriculture
If due to accident or negligence or purposely the untreated discharge is done in the near by agriculture area there is a chance of soil contamination of agriculture area (soils) in about 5 km from the project site. Over a period of time and may affect physical, Chemical and micro biological properties of soil. If so, constant monitoring by way of soil analysis is suggested. 137
Cumulative impact: There are no industries within 10Km in various directions from the proposed unit. There is no cumulative impact on soils within buffer zone. which also is evident from soil analysis of soil samples from within 10 km buffer.
Spentwash if discharged on land without any treatment may hamper the existing soil characteristics or if the digested spentwash were to be utilized for irrigation, it would have been necessary to dilute same with fresh water (25 to 30 times) and then the resultant mix could be applied at the rate of 20 M3/Acre for which a land area of 300 Acres becoming necessary. Due to liquid nature, the spentwash could be applied through pumping and gravity flow mechanisms. Being repeated application on same land in the vicinity of distillery, despite adoption of cyclic irrigation system, the inorganic salt built up in land leading to salinity problem would be quite evident. Accidental discharge of effluent or solid waste on land may change soil fertility slowly; making it saline and non-suitable for agricultural or and any other vegetation to survive. Moreover, the microbes in soil like fungi and bacteria which can have intense effects on its microbiology and biochemistry may also receive adverse impacts due to pollutants and contaminates through effects like toxicity. There could be certain alterations in soils' nature which may result in to physical and structural changes like variation in bonding properties of soils, cohesiveness, permeability, porosity, plasticity etc. This can result in to undesirable effects like excessive erosion, seepages, infiltration. Further, death of many useful organisms in the soil (e.g. earthworms) concrete troubles w.r.t. soils' fertility and productivity. As already stated in earlier section, if raw effluent is discharged on land, acidic or alkaline pH, high TDS concentrations and organic matter contents could have detrimental effects like loss of nitrogen, increase in conductivity and salinity, reduced porosity etc.
Thus, with regards to waste water discharge and solid as well as hazardous waste, the contaminates from effluents through uncontrolled and consistent application have greater impacts - (i) on soil morphology such as soil colour, soil texture, soil structure, soil construction, soil porosity, (ii) on soil colloids, on ion exchange, on soil water, on soil reaction on soil microorganisms, on soil air, and soil temperature, and (iii) on agriculture, horticultural and other vegetation. The surrounding land use may get affected due to solid waste, if it is not disposed properly. The soil and the ground water can get polluted.
4.3.4.1 Mitigation Measures
Ash will be handled and collected through dedicated and automatic mechanical system followed by storage in separate silos. Ash shall be sprayed with water to avoid its suspension during all above processes. Finally, it shall be given to brick manufacturers for final disposal. ZLD of spentwash from distillery will be achieved through concentration in MEE followed by incineration in boiler. Hence, effect of this wastewater discharges, on soil and agricultural will be nil. Sprinkling of water during unloading of coal in storage yard. Construction of concrete or tar roads to avoid fugitive dust emissions. All belt conveyors, transfer points, hoods sealing with belt curtains & metal sheets. Dust collectors for hopper venting.
4.3.5 Impact of Solid and Hazardous Wastes
Solid waste to be generated from the SAIL project complex (boiler ash & sludge) if stored in haphazard and uncontrolled manner on site shall lead to littering and suspension of the particles in air due to strong wind currents causing problems of air pollution and aesthetics.
138
Improper utilization / disposal of ash would harm soil quality and fertility of the agriculture fields. If the boiler ash storage and concentrated spentwash tank areas are not scientifically maintained (as per CPCB guidelines) then runoff, overflows, leakages and seepages from same may lead to soil, surface water & ground water contamination. Yeast sludge from fermenters on inappropriate handling and storage conditions shall lead to formation of aerobic-anaerobic conditions in the tank thereby resulting in to uncontrolled release of gases comprising prominently of methane, hydrogen sulphide, sulphur dioxide and carbon di-oxide. Hydrogen sulphide imparts foul odour in the premises whereas SO2 lead to corrosive atmosphere. Moreover, inflammation of eyes, throat and respiratory track irritation are prominent effects observed in case of human being residing nearby the sludge storage / tank premises. ETP & CPU sludge shall contain settled biological flocks from secondary treatment units (aeration tanks / reactors). As such they can undergo anaerobic decomposition resulting in to odour problem if not handled, stored and disposed off properly. Characteristics of bagasse ash from co-gen boiler and that of the spentwash ash from distillery boiler shall be considerably different. Bagasse ash being from biomass could be used as manure while observing certain care towards rate as well as method of application or would be sold to brick manufactures. Spentwash ash on the other hand due to certain inorganic and heavy metal contents shall only be utilized as filler material in bricks' manufacturing. Hazardous waste- Under used oil/ spent oils especially the ones aimed for lubricating, after draining from engines; gearboxes; hydraulic systems; turbines and air compressors shall not be suitable for use as – (1) the oil may be contaminated with wear debris, (2) the lubricating base oil gets deteriorated and degraded to acids, (3) the additives may decompose into other chemical species, (4) the oils may get mixed with process fluids, degreasers and solvents thereby changing nature and properties completely. Used oil contains wear metals such as iron, tin and copper as well as lead and zinc. Many organic molecules arise from the breakdown of additives and base oils. The molecule potentially the most harmful is the polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon (PAH). The spent oil on spillage tends to accumulate in the environment, causing soil and water pollution. Oil decomposes very slowly. It reduces the oxygen supply to the micro-organisms that break the oil down into non-hazardous compounds. Toxic gases and harmful metallic dust particles are produced by the ordinary combustion of used oil. The high concentration of metal ions, lead, zinc, chromium and copper in used oil can be toxic to ecological systems and to human health if they are emitted from the exhaust stack of uncontrolled burners and furnaces. Some of the additives (zincdialkyl – dithio - phosphates, molybdenum disulphide, other organo - metallic compounds etc.) used in lubricants can contaminate the environment severely. Certain compounds in used oils like PAH can be very dangerous to human and animal health being carcinogenic and mutagenic. Lubricating oil is transformed by the high temperatures and stress of an engine's operation. This results in oxidation, nitration, cracking of polymers and decomposition of organ- metallic compounds. Other contaminants also accumulate in oil during use - fuel, antifreeze / coolant, water, wear metals, metal oxides and combustion products.
4.3.5.1 Mitigation Measures
Bagasse ash (Co-gen boiler) and spentwash incineration boiler ash shall be collected and stored separately. The ash quantities that will be handled and collected through dedicated and automatic mechanical systems followed by storage in silos. Ash will be sprinkled / sprayed with water to avoid its suspension during all the above processes.
139
Bagasse ash will be supplied to farmers as manure whereas the spent wash incineration boiler ash will be given to brick manufacturers / cement industry. Collection of yeast sludge from fermentation section in closed silo system, its dewatering (mechanical) and immediate disposal through burning in spentwash in incineration boiler. ETP sludge is used as manure and CPU Sludge will be burnt in incineration boiler. Used oil will be burnt in incineration boiler.
Table 4.12 Waste Minimization Techniques
Pollutan Preventive Measure Waste Management No. Station Cost ts Nature Type Options 1 Cane Solid Cane trash & Collect as early as Used as fuel to boiler Low Yard dung possible 2 Bagasse Solid Bagasse Collect at the end of the Used as fuel to boiler Low Yard season 3 Coal Solid Coal Collect at the end of the Used as fuel to boiler Low Yard season 4 Milling Liquid Oil & grease Collect in trays which Can be sold as low grade Low Section can be easily lifted & lubricants or burnt in stored in drum boilers after mixing with Bagasse Liquid Floor Adopt dry cleaning, give ------Low Washings proper slope to floors, improve collection system etc. Liquid Leakages & Use mechanical seals for Collect leakages & Low Spillovers all pump glands & alarms spillages in a pit and for overflow recycle into process Liquid Cooling waters Collect de super heater Recycle Low &mill bearing cooling water 5 Cane Solid Bagasse Use closed transfer Cover drains so that Bagasse High Carrier system do not enter into drains 6 Lime Semi -solid Lime solution Provide proper slope to Allow it to mix with Low Station drain effluent 7 Clarificatio Liquid Leakages from Install overflow alarms & Recycle the cooling Low n pumps, glands provide mechanical seals Waters &Vacuum & pipes Filters overflow Boiler Liquid Boiler blow Maintain boiler condition Use it for irrigation along Low 8 House Down & also feed water quality with other effluents Gaseous Stack emissions Adjust air fuel ratio for Fly ash can be used as soil High efficient combustion. conditioner/ brick Check the air pollution manufacturing control equipment performance 9 Crystalliz Liquid Leakages from Provide Mechanical seals Recycle the cooling Low er & Pan pumps, wherever it is appropriate Waters Boiling Spillovers Recycle all cooling Water. Avoid overloading the Equipment Collect spillages & recycle in process 10 Evaporat Liquid Sugar Provide additional Recycle the water if there High
140
Pollutan Preventive Measure Waste Management No. Station Cost ts Nature Type Options or entrainment external catchers for the is no entrainment and in & Juice last body evaporators & case there is entrainment Heating all vacuum pans. Pump use it for irrigation gland shall be provided with mechanical seals to prevent leakages 11 Cleaning Liquid High BOD & Provide standby units to Controlled loading in ETP High of Vessels, COD, chemicals have continuous from a storage Tank Boilers as Sulphamic operations. Segregate laboratory etc.,& Lab Acid, lead Store the effluent in a effluents and join to Washings holding tank to avoid storage tank shock loads on ETP 12 Pressmud Solid Soil conditioner Immediate disposal Sold to outside parties. Low 13 Molasses Semi – By-product Use only steel tanks Provide mixing & cooling High solid arrangements 14 Fermente Semi - Yeast sludge No longer storage; Incinerated in proposed Low r solid immediately disposed off distillery boiler 15 Distillatio Liquid Spentwash Immediate disposal Concentration-Incineration High n Column (High organic Effluent) Spent Appropriate Treatment Forwarded to CPU to be lees, MEE installed under proposed Condensate & distillery other effluents. 16 *Fugitive Gaseous Sugar Dust SO2 Dust collectors Scrubbers Recycle High Emission 17 Vibrating Noise Sound Use silencer pads & Provide earplugs & Low & Heavy closed rooms earmuffs to workers & Machiner also change the work y environment frequently 18 ETP, Sludge Primary & H.W. as per notification To be incinerated in Medi CPUs secondary sludge of 2010 distillery spentwash um incineration boiler. 19 Bagasse Solid Dust & Fire Provide proper Store it far away from the Low Ventilation for storage industry and also stand posts in case of fire 20 Odour Gaseous ETP, Molasses Proper House Keeping, Sludge management in Low tank, Stale cane, biological ETP units, bad mill Better cane management Steaming of major pipe sanitation, to avoid staling of sugar lines, Regular use of Bacterial growth Bleaching powder in the in interconnecting drains, Efficient handling, pipes & prompt &proper disposal unattended drains of Pressmud *The fugitive emissions are mainly sugar dust emanating from sugar graders. The SO2 emissions are from Sulphur Burner. The chimney height should be above the roof level. If there are leakages, the SO2 gas may cause air pollution and hence, the provision for scrubbing of the SO2 shall be made.
4.3.6 Impact on Noise Levels
Criteria on which noise impacts are analyzed depend upon people who are being affected. Broadly, there are two types viz. people who are working near source and people who stay near industry. People working near source need risk criteria for hearing damage while people
141 who stay near industry need annoyance and psychological damage as criteria for noise level impact analysis. It is quite obvious that the acceptable noise level for latter case is less than the former case. So, the noise impact analysis can be of two types namely (1) Noise impact analysis on working environment; and (2) Noise impact analysis on community.
A) Noise Impact Analysis on Working Environment
For Noise Levels in the industrial unit, the potential noise generating sources are categorized under three major heads - noise from machinery, noise from sirens / work areas, noise from transportation. The total noise generated by operations of all equipment in the premises of all units in an Industrial Plant (from experience of existing unit) would be between 70 to 85dB(A). Constant exposure to such level can result in damage to ear drums and loss of hearing, blood pressure levels, cardio-vascular disease and stress related heart problems among the workers. It may also disturb psychological condition of the workers. The actual resultant noise levels outside the factory will be much lesser in the ambient air after considering attenuation. Therefore, the impact of sugar factory, distillery and co-gen plant w.r.t. noise would be non-significant.
Noise levels in work environment are compared with the standards prescribed by Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA-USA), which in turn were enforced by Government of India through model rules framed under Factories’ Act. These standards were established with the emphasis on reducing hearing loss.
Table 4.13 Permissible Exposure in Case of Continuous Noise
Total Time of Exposure Sound No. (continuous or a number of short Pressure Remarks term exposures) per Day, in hours dB (A) 1 8.00 90 No exposures in excess of dB(A) are permitted. 2 6.00 92 For any period of exposure falling in between any figure and next higher or lower figure as indicated in column 2, permissible sound pressure level is to be determined by extrapolation on a proportionate scale. 3 4.00 95 4 3.00 97 5 2.00 100 6 1.50 102 7 1.00 105 8 0.75 107 9 0.50 110 10 0.25 115
B) Noise Impact Analysis on Community
Noise pattern from the source is computed with the help of following formula.
Noise Level at distance r2 = (Noise level at distance r1) - 20 log (r2/r1)
Noise levels get reduced considerably in the range of 20-30 % because of natural obstructions. Permissible noise levels, for different categories of area, as prescribed by MoEFCC are given in Table 4.14. Resultant noise levels at receptor in different areas/zones are envisaged to be within permissible limits. If noise levels exceed the limit, people who stay near the industry get disturbed due to reasons like annoyance and psychological reasons.
142
Present ambient noise monitored at all villages in study area is within reasonable limits. Noise generated from an industry gets attenuated considerably because of natural barriers like walls, vegetation, houses etc. or gets deflected along the wind direction. Thus, it can be stated that noise impact due to the proposed expansion activities in SAIL complex could be significant on working environment without control measures, while the noise impact on community would be negligible.
Table 4.14 Standards In Respect of Ambient Noise Levels
Limits in dB (A), Leq No. Category of Area Day time(6 AM to 10 PM) Night time(10 PM to 6 AM) 1 Industrial area 75 70 2 Commercial area 65 55 3 Residential area 55 45 4 Silence zone(Hospitals, 50 40 Educational Institutes & Courts)
4.3.6.1 Mitigation Measures
1. Noise monitoring shall be done regularly in noise prone areas and within the industry where workers will get exposed. 2. Heavy duty muffler systems shall be employed for high noise generating equipment. 3. Proper oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out for machineries and equipment to reduce the noise generation. 4. PPE devices such as ear muffs, ear plugs, masks will be strictly enforced for the workers engaged in high noise prone zones. 5. For control of noise at source, steps will be taken like - enclosing machine, reducing vibrations in components by replacing metal parts with sound absorbing materials, isolating the work place containing noisy equipments, reducing height of fall bins, reinforcing sheet metal constructions by packets, reduce speed of conveyor belts, covering walls/ ceilings with sound absorbing materials, using sound absorbing screens, building sound proof control areas/ rest rooms etc. In short; insulation, isolation, separation techniques shall be implemented. 6. Green belt will be augmented which will play a vital role in noise attenuation thereby reducing noise intensity from the industry to surroundings. 7. During each shift of 8 hours duration, maximum permissible limits of 115 dB (A) will never be exceeded, in the work zone, even for a short duration.
Industry shall administer a 'Hearing Conservation Program' for workers exposed to high noise sources which shall include monitoring, notification, protection, training and record keeping for all employees in danger of exposure. Protocol shall comprise of following -
1. Monitoring will include developing a sampling strategy to identify employees to be include in the hearing conservation program. Each employee being monitored shall be notified of the results. Employment may observe the monitoring by the industry. Industry shall establish and maintain an audiometric testing program that shall be performed by a qualified person at no cost to the employees. 2. Testing will include baseline audiograms thereafter. Annual audiogram will be evaluated for a standard threshold shift of 10 dB or more at 2000, 3000, or 4000 hertz (Hz) in either ear. Hearing protectors shall be provided by the Industry as part of the hearing conservation program. 3. Training will comprise of observing a training program in the use and care of hearing protectors for all employees who are exposed to an 8-h time weighted average (TWA) ≥
143
85 dB(A). The hearing protectors must attenuate 8 - h TWA to at least 90 dB(A) and for employees with a standard threshold shift down to at least 85 dB(A). 4. Record keeping will include maintaining audiometric test records by industry for duration of affected employment.
4.3.7 Impact of Vibration
Vibration is not expected during industrial operation of SAIL. Hence no any vibration impact.
4.3.8 Impact on Land Use
Vegetation and drainage of any region are related to each other and reflect inter-locking or inter - connectivity between the same. Healthy vegetation shows well developed drainage pattern. Under SAIL project, Crop land that cover about 36% within study area.
Impact of Land Use: Expansion of distillery will be undertaken within the premises of existing distiller, the impact on land use will be negligible. Impact on water bodies: Major source of water in region is Krishna river as well as small streams & tanks. Water of river/ stream can get polluted if effluent from industry is discharged without treatment. Impact due to emission: There could be impact on the nearby crop land and habitation due to the emission from the expansion project. Impact could be due to falling of dust and particulate matter from stack. Impact on Eco-sensitive areas, wildlife and bird sanctuary: No any wild life/ bird sanctuary is present within 10 Km study area. However, there could be impact on nearby forest where there can be threat to the animals/ birds living in forest.
Mitigation Measures
1. There should be no discharge of treated or untreated effluent into nearby streams or on land. 2. Care should be taken by plant manager, to reduce the emissions and discharge of effluent. Zero discharge technology should be adopted by unit.
4.3.9 Impact on Ecology and Bio-diversity
The adverse impacts were considered for worst case scenario as direct discharge of untreated wastewater into nearby streams and air pollution in the surrounding area. There is small water tank at West side of the factory, and a natural stream flowing near the factory site and probably it may carry leachate, industrial effluents through the agriculture belt and human settlements during crushing season. If not controlled the proposed project when fully operational may initiate additional pollution in the area. In case of discharge of untreated wastewater from the industry in surrounding area can cause adverse environmental impact on the aquatic habitats and its biodiversity. In case of air pollution, the aggravated SPM load will have potential negative impact particularly on avifauna, surrounding crops and local population.
4.3.9.1 Mitigation Measures
Therefore, pollution control measures as per the CPCB rules should strictly be implemented. It needs to be ensured that hazardous effluents and wastes does not escape into neighboring habitats such as agriculture fields, horticulture, woodlands, and grasslands in the area through the streams, even if some may be seasonal, and more importantly in the ground water.
144
4.3.10 Impact on Socio Economic Status of Study Area
Positive – Direct- Permanent or temporary job in factory as a worker/ officer, Indirect – Hotel/Canteen for workers and outside visitors of industry, transportation which befits to private vehicle drivers. Sugar cane will be taken early, thus the rate will also be high as the sugar-cane will weigh higher. This will enable the farmer for earlier next plantation.
Negative – Traffic problems due to sugarcane transportation, the condition of roads will worsen and accidents can also take place. There will be change in traditional crop pattern, environmental pollution like Air, water, soil and noise are also likely to occur population may also experience pollution effects on land, water bodies, agriculture, human health and animal health.
4.3.10.1 Mitigation Measures
Proper management of waste water from industry, Hazardous waste from industry and Air pollution. The industry should contribute towards providing health facility under CER for locals at least through a mobile health van. Employment should be given to the people from nearby villages considering the SAIL’s environmental impacts on their traditional livelihood and agricultural land. To provide radium strips/ flags to sugarcane transportation vehicles by industry to reduce accidents on road.
4.3.11 Occupational Health and Safety
Occupational health and safety is an important consideration under any industrial or developmental project. In SAIL complex there are number of places like alcohol storage tanks, molasses storage tanks and operations where careful attention is required to be provided towards health and safety aspects. Further, certain ergonomic problems and lifting with wrong postures etc. may cause back-pain, spinal and joint pains. Also, handling of steam at very high pressure and temperature (72 bar and 5000C) from co-gen boiler shall be another point of concern. Also, alcohol storage tanks in shall be major area of concern from risk and hazard involved is bulk storage of ethanol. For more information on this topic, Chapter 7 on Hazard and Risk may be referred.
4.3.11.1 Mitigation Measures
Flame arrestors for ethanol storage tanks will be provided. Foam added fire extinguishers would be provided in case of spill & fire. High pressure boilers to be installed shall be maintained and tested as per IBR standards. Plant would be fully automated and sufficient alarms and interlocks shall be provided to take care of any abnormal condition or variations. Adequate portable fire-extinguishers shall be provided on site. Proper earthing arrangements shall be provided at Alcohol loading-unloading places. Workers shall be provided with PPEs like goggles, safety shoes, ear muffs etc. There is first aid & health centre with trained medical assistant available 24 hrs a day. Periodic medical examination of workers is carried out and the record is maintained. Emergency vehicle is available at the factory site for all 24 hrs.
4.3.12 Impact on Historical Places
There are no historical places in the study area. Hence, the impact is nil.
145
4.4 Evaluation of Impact
Evaluation of impacts on the environmental parameters due to existing &expansion of project is an important aspect to be studied. For evaluation of same, Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) is implemented. Description of BEES is as follows -
Level I : Categories, Level II : Components, Level III: Parameters, and Level IV: Measurements.
Each category (Level I) is divided into several components, each component (Level II) into several parameters, and each parameter (Level III) into one or more measurements. The Environmental Evaluation System (EES) implied here identifies a total of four (4) categories, twenty (20) components and eighty eight(88) parameters.
BEES assessment for environmental impacts of activities under proposed activities by SAILis based on commensurate Environmental Impact Units (EIU). Two EIU scores are produced, one 'with' and another 'without' the proposed project. Difference between two scores is a measure of the environmental impact. Scores are based on magnitude and importance of specific impacts.
In addition to EIU scores, the EES labels major adverse environmental impacts with a "red flag." These flags point to fragile elements of the environment for which more detailed studies are warranted.
Table 4.15 shows a complete list of categories, components, and parameters of the Battelle EES. Column 1 shows the four (4) categories, Column 2 shows the twenty (20) components, and Column 3 shows the eighty eight (88) parameters.
BEES methodology is based on assigning importance unit to each of parameters. Collectively, these "importance units" are referred to as "parameter importance units" or PIU's. Parameters have been assigned important weights by an interdisciplinary team of experts based on the ranked-pair wise comparison techniques. A total of 1000 PIU's are distributed among the 88 parameters based on value judgments. Individual PIU's are shown in Column 4 of Table 4.25, the summation component PIU's are shown in Column 5, and the summation categoryPIU's are shown in Column 6. Effectively, for each parameter i, its (PIU)i represents a weight wi
Each PIUi or wi requires a specific quantitative measurement. Methodology converts different measurements into common units by means of a scalar or "value function." A scalar has specific measurement on x-axis and a common environmental quality scale or "value" on the y-axis. Latter varies in the range 0 ≤ Vi ≤ 1. A value of Vi = 0 indicates very poor quality, while Vi = 1 indicates very good quality.
Values of Vi = Vi, 0 are obtained for conditions 'without' the project, and Vi = Vi, 1 for conditions 'with' the project. Condition 'without' project represents current condition, while that 'with' the project represents the predicted future condition.
Environmental impact EI is evaluated as follows:
EI = ∑ [ Vi,1wi ] - ∑ [ Vi,0wi ] for i = 1 to n, where n = number of parameters (88).
For EI> 0, the situation 'with' the project is better than 'without' the project, indicating that project has positive environmental benefits. Conversely, for EI< 0, the situation 'with' the project is worse than 'without' the project, indicating that the project has negative
146 environmental benefits, i.e. certain negative impacts. A large negative value of EI indicates the existence of substantial negative impacts.
Assigned weights or PIU's represent the relative importance of each parameter within the overall system. Once established, they should be kept constant; otherwise, the environmental impact assessment would be difficult to replicate.
Potential problem areas are represented by those parameters for which the Vi value changes significantly in the adverse direction, as measured by the following relation (in percent)-
ΔVi (%) = 100 (Vi,0 - Vi,1) / Vi, 0
These parameters are tagged with 'red flags' to indicate potential problems which may warrant more detailed attention. For parameters in the ecology category, a minor red flag applies when 5% <ΔVi< 10%; a major red flag when ΔVi> 10 %. In all other categories, a minor red flag applies when ΔVi< 30% whereas a major red flag when ΔVi ≥ 30%. EES can be applied for the evaluation of project impacts, to select specific alternatives, or during the planning process to minimize potential adverse impacts of proposed projects. In latter case, a feedback loop is used to continually modify the proposed project through successive iterations. Projects developed with the help of EES are expected not only to minimize environmental impacts, but also help improve selected portions of the environment.
4.5 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT EVALUATION FOR SAIL
Environmental quality assessment for expansion project has been undertaken by evaluating relevant environmental parameters. These parameters represent the various components of environment namely-
1. Biological Environment 2. Environmental Pollution Water Air Soil Noise 3. Aesthetics 4. Human Interest.
Functional relationship (value functions) has been developed for each of the selected parameter, resulting in parameter measurement with environmental quality.
Allocation of PIUs, among selected environmental parameters, represents a consequence of opinion of members of an interdisciplinary team of experts. Accordingly, major environmental categories i.e. biological environment, environmental pollution, aesthetics and human interests are allocated 240, 402, 158and 200PIUs respectively, out of total of 1,000 units. Exhaustive list of parameters and associated PIUs used for impact assessment of Distillery of SAIL is presented. Though BEES is considered to be best available environmental evaluation technique, conflicting conclusions, among decision makers, could arise in the interpretation of evaluated results. Primary factors giving rise to such difference in opinion are at uncertainty and subjectivity in allocation of PIUs to different environmental parameters and uncertainty caused by the aggregation of individual parameter scores to yield final project score under different project impact scenarios. It is, therefore, necessary to take into account such variability and uncertainty while inferring the impact of a development project on surrounding environment.
147
Table 4.15 Existing Environmental Status in Study Area
No. Category Component Parameter Description 1 Terrestrial Natural The common wild native tree species as reported by Environment Vegetation the locals are Acacia, Neem, Banyan, Peepal, and Umbar, and planted tree species are Tamarind, Drumstick, Mango, and Jamun. The exotic trees species such as Gliricidia, Australian acacia; Eucalyptus and Teak are mainly planted by government as social forestry department plantations. For more details refer Chapter 3, Section 3.12. Crops Major crops are sugarcane, ginger, jowar, wheat and maize, along with vegetables, chilli, groundnut, and pigeon pea (tur). Species total of 21 bird species belonging to 9 orders, 15 Diversity families and 21 genera were recorded during the brief field survey. Out of these 16 species were common resident, 3 species were not common resident, 1 species was not common winter visitor and one species was common winter visitor. Food Web A diverse kind of habitats and dependent
Index biodiversity is present in the area resulting in high
Biological food web index. Environment Rare & i) Plant Species: During field visits some Endangered dominant local wild trees, exotic trees were Species observed. ii) Animal Species: No endangered & rare species were observed during field survey. Pest Species No major pest or parasitic species were observed in study area. Aquatic Natural It includes no. of phytoplankton’s, zooplanktons Environment Vegetation &aquatic plant species are present in the water bodies of study area. Species Major fishes are named as (in Marathi) Catla, Rohu, Diversity Tilap, Kharpya, cyprinus, Panga
Food Web Major aquatic habitats in the region are water tanks, Index marshy areas and streams near villages namely Bibi, Korale, Vadgaon and Mulikwadi.
2 Water Major parameters, which represent the water environment; are BOD, TDS, COD and pH. Eight surface water bodies were monitored from the study area. Refer Chapter 3; Section 3.7.3. Village domestic wastewater was found to be entering in to the water bodies. Soil Land Use Total land use under study area is mainly divided Pattern into 7 classes. The details of classification are given
Pollution in Chapter 3 (section 3.3.1)
Environmental Soil Soil chemistry is moderate to good for agriculture. Chemistry As NPK values of soils are inadequate at most of the places in study area, good crops cannot be grown without use of fertilizers. Soil Erosion Very severe erosion and strong stoniness, associated
148
No. Category Component Parameter Description with rock out crops due to very shallow, well drained & loamy soils on moderately Eastern slopes. Air Overall quality of the ambient air is good with less impact of factors such as transportation, industrialization etc. in the study area. More details are presented in Chapter 3, Section 3.9. Noise Noise levels in the study area are within the permissible limits. Equivalent noise levels during day time in residential area as well as rural area are observed to be within the permissible limits. Vibration No vibration and allied impact creating activities (mining, heavy construction, infrastructure creation etc.) were noted in the study area. 3 Topograpical Landscape Topography and landscape of the area is slightly Character undulating. Green Cover In the study area, overall good vegetation cover is observed with diverse plant species. Visual Study area is in a remote region which is mostly Quality of undisturbed due to less anthropogenic activities. Air Quality of air in visual perspective was found good with clear visibility of about 1 Km or so in the afternoon during monitoring season of Mar.-Apr.-
Aesthetics May 2019. Visual Quality Overall water quality in surface water bodies was of Water found good. Sound No sound and allied impact creating activities were noted in the study area. Overall sound was found to be satisfactory with noise levels within the NAAQS
norms. 4 Community In study area it was observed that; there is good Health community health. For more details refer Chapter 3, Section 3.11. Employment Within the study area the respondents were involved in various livelihood activities namely agriculture, service, agriculture labour, other occupations and sundry occupations. About 80 % of the respondents had agriculture as their main occupation. 29% of people depended on daily wages, 9% respondents have jobs like school teacher & government job. 6% had their own business like general stores/ grocery shop, retail
Human stores, chicken shop and other 3% were self Interest employed like carpenter, plumber. Economy In the study area, most respondents belonged to the upper middle class category (IT department, 2018). Transportation In the study area, there is ST bus stand and private & Communi- vehicles for the use of local transportation. cation Education In the study area, high-school and higher secondary facilities are available. Water All the population of villages within the study area
Supply depended on groundwater sources like wells and
149
No. Category Component Parameter Description tube wells for drinking purpose. Water from well and tube well is collected and stored in the water tanks of villages and then it is supplied to the houses by pipeline. For more details refer Chapter 3, Section 3.11. Occupational According to respondents there are Public Health Health Centers (PHC) in the villages functioning properly with availability of doctors in the village.
Table 4.16 Application of Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES)
Cate Parameter Importance Units (PIUs) V i,0 V i,1 W gorie Components Parameters Parameter Component Category Without With ΔVi iΔVi s PI\Wi PIUs PIUs Project Project 1 2 3 4 5 = Sum of 4 6=Sum of 5 7 8 9=8-7 10=9X4 Species & 1. Terrestrial 14 240 0.5 0.5 0 0 Populations browsers & (Terrestrial grazers Flora, 2. Terrestrial crops 14 0.7 0.8 0.1 1.4 Terrestrial (Farm Land) Fauna, 3. Terrestrial 14 0.6 0.8 0.2 2.8 Aquatic natural Biota) vegetation. (Grass, Flowers, Trees & Shrubs.) 4. Terrestrial pest 14 0.6 0.6 0 0 species 5. Terrestrial 14 1.0 1.0 0 0 upland birds 6. Aquatic 14 0.7 0.7 0 0 commercial fisheries 7. Aquatic natural 14 0.5 0.5 0 0 vegetation 8. Aquatic pest 14 0.6 0.6 0 0 species
9. Fish 14 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -1.4 10. Water fowl 14 140 0.7 0.7 0 0 Habitats & 11. Terrestrial food 08 0.8 0.8 0 0 Communities web index 12. Land use 15 0.6 0.6 0 0 13. Terrestrial rare & 08 0.3 0.3 0 0
Biological Environment (Ecology) (Ecology) Environment Biological endangered species 14. Terrestrial 08 0.8 0.8 0 0 species diversity 15. Aquatic food 10 0.7 0.6 -0.1 -1.0 web index 16. Aquatic rare and 08 0.5 0.5 0 0 endangered species 17. River 15 0.5 0.4 -0.1 -1.5 characteristics 18. Aquatic species 12 0.6 0.6 0 0 diversity 19. Habitat 08 0.7 0.7 0 0 Removal, Contamination of
150
Cate Parameter Importance Units (PIUs) V i,0 V i,1 W gorie Components Parameters Parameter Component Category Without With ΔVi iΔVi s PI\Wi PIUs PIUs Project Project 1 2 3 4 5 = Sum of 4 6=Sum of 5 7 8 9=8-7 10=9X4 Habitat (Aquatic Biota) 20. Terrestrial Fauna 08 100 0.6 0.6 0 0 -Fragmentation of Terrestrial Habitat,
Water 21. Basin hydrologic 25 402 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -2.5 loss(alteration of hydraulic regime, alteration of surface runoff, alteration of aquifers) 22. BOD(Water 28 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -2.8 Quality-WQ) 23. Dissolved 31 0.8 0.7 -0.1 -3.1 Oxygen (WQ) 24. Fecal Coli-forms 10 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -1.0 (WQ) 25. Inorganic 22 0.6 0.6 0 0 carbon(WQ) 26. Inorganic 25 0.6 0.6 0 0 nitrogen (WQ) 27. Inorganic 28 0.6 0.6 0 0 phosphate (WQ) 28. Pesticides (WQ) 10 0.3 0.3 0 0 29. pH (WQ) 22 1.0 1.0 0 0 30. Stream flow 28 0.8 0.8 0 0 variation
(alteration of river, nalla, channel) 31. Temperature 28 1.0 1.0 0 0
Environmental Pollution Pollution Environmental 32. TDS(WQ) 28 0.8 0.8 0 0 33. Toxic substances 7 0.7 0.7 0 0 (WQ) 34. Turbidity (WQ) 20 312 0.6 0.6 0 0 Air 35. Carbon dioxide 10 0.8 0.7 -0.1 -1.0 Air Quality (AQ) 36. Hydro-carbons 5 0.8 0.8 0 0 (AQ) 37. Nitrogen oxides 7 0.8 0.8 0 0 (AQ) 38. Particulate 14 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -1.4 matter (AQ) 39. Photochemical 3 1.0 1.0 0 0 oxidants (AQ) 40. Sulfur dioxide 10 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -1.0 (AQ) 41. Other (Climate) 3 52 1.0 1.0 0 0 Land 42. Land use 8 0.6 0.9 0.3 2.4 (Soil) 43. Soil erosion 4 0.6 0.7 0.2 0.8
151
Cate Parameter Importance Units (PIUs) V i,0 V i,1 W gorie Components Parameters Parameter Component Category Without With ΔVi iΔVi s PI\Wi PIUs PIUs Project Project 1 2 3 4 5 = Sum of 4 6=Sum of 5 7 8 9=8-7 10=9X4 44. Soil 8 0.8 0.8 0 0 Contamination 45. Soil Quality 8 28 0.7 0.8 0.2 1.6 Noise 46. Noise 10 10 0.8 0.8 0 0 Land 47. Surface material 6 158 0.8 0.8 0 0 48. Relief & 16 1.0 1.0 0 0 topographic character 49. Width & 10 32 0.8 0.8 0 0 alignment Air 50. Odor & visual 3 0.7 0.6 -0.1 -0.3 51. Sounds 2 5 0.8 0.8 0 0 Water 52. Appearance 16 1.0 1.0 0 0 53. Land and water 16 1.0 1.0 0 0 interface 54. Odor & floating 10 0.8 0.8 0 0 materials 55. Water surface 10 1.0 1.0 0 0 area 56. Wooded & 10 62 0.8 0.8 0 0 Cultural
Aesthetics Aesthetics geologic shoreline Biota 57. Animals- 5 1.0 1.0 0 0 domestic 58. Animals – wild 5 0.6 0.6 0 0 59. Diversity of 12 0.6 0.7 0.1 1.2 vegetation types 60. Variety within 8 30 0.7 0.8 0.1 0.8 vegetation types Manmade 61. Manmade 9 9 0.8 0.8 0 0 Objects objects Composition 62. Composite effect 10 0.7 0.7 0 0 63. Unique 10 20 1.0 1.0 0 0 composition Educational / 64. Archaeological 6 200 1.0 1.0 0 0 Scientific 65. Training in new 7 0.5 0.6 0.1 0.7 Packages technologies & skill development 66. Ecological 12 0.7 0.8 0.1 1.2 Effects on crops, Reduction of farm land
l) 67. Geological 11 1.0 1.0 0 0 68. Hydrological 12 48 0.6 0.7 0.1 1.2
(Social, Historical 69. Architecture and 5 1.0 1.0 0 0 Cultura Packages styles Human Interest Interest Human (Infrastructure 70. Conflicts with 10 0.9 0.9 0 0 and services) projects of urban, commercial or industrial development 71. Events 10 1.0 1.0 0 0 Recreation
152
Cate Parameter Importance Units (PIUs) V i,0 V i,1 W gorie Components Parameters Parameter Component Category Without With ΔVi iΔVi s PI\Wi PIUs PIUs Project Project 1 2 3 4 5 = Sum of 4 6=Sum of 5 7 8 9=8-7 10=9X4 72. Persons 12 1.0 1.0 0 0 73. Religions & 10 1.0 1.0 0 0 Cultures 74. Western frontier 8 55 1.0 1.0 0 0 Cultures 75. Indians 13 1.0 1.0 0 0 76. Other ethnic 5 1.0 1.0 0 0 groups 77. Religious groups 5 23 1.0 1.0 0 0 Mood/ 78. Awe-Inspiration 8 1.0 1.0 0 0 Atmosphere 79. Isolation / 8 1.0 1.0 0 0 solitude 80. Mystery 4 1.0 1.0 0 0 81. Oneness with 8 28 1.0 1.0 0 0 nature Security and 82. Increase in crime 5 0.5 0.5 0 0 Safety and accidents caused Health 83. Temporary acute 5 0.7 0.7 0 0 and chronic Life Patterns 84. Employment 13 0.7 0.9 0.2 2.6 (Economy) opportunities (Creation of new economic activities. Generation of Temporary & Permanent Jobs) 85. Income for state 8 0.5 0.8 0.3 2.4 & private sector. 86. Saving for 5 0.5 0.6 0.1 0.5 consumers & private consumers Savings in foreign currency for the state. 87. Housing. 5 0.5 0.6 0.1 0.5 (Commercial value of properties, Electricity tariff) 88. Social 5 46 0.6 0.6 0 0 interactions (Conflict due to negotiations & / or compensation payments, Political conflicts, Demonstration and Social Conflicts.) The Battelle EES Environmental Impact Analysis Cumulative Index Ei + 4.1
153
Table 4.17 Identification of RED Flags to the Potential Problem Areas in BEES
V i,0 V i,1 PIUs Red Parameters Without With ΔVi ΔVi, r # W i Flag Project Project 1 2 3 4 5 =4-3 6=5/3 X 100 7 9.Fish 14 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -17 Minor 17.River characteristics 15 0.5 0.4 -0.1 -20 Minor 21.Basin hydrologic loss 25 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -17 Minor 22.BOD 28 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -17 Minor 23.Dissolved Oxygen (DO) 31 0.8 0.7 -0.1 -13 Minor
35.Carbon dioxide (CO2) 10 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -17 Minor 38.Particulate matter 14 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -17 Minor
40.Sulfur dioxide (SO2) 10 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -17 Minor 50.Odor & visual 3 0.7 0.6 -0.1 -14 Minor # - In the Battelle EES, the potential problem areas are represented by those parameters for which the Vi value changes significantly in the adverse direction, as measured by the following relation (negative values, in percent) - ΔVi, r = 100 [V i,1 - V i,0] / V i,0. These parameters are tagged with 'red flags' to indicate potential problems which may warrant more detailed attention. For parameters in the ecology category, a minor red flag applies when 5% <ΔVi,r ≤ 10%, and a major red flag when ΔVi,r> 10 %. In all other categories, a minor red flag applies when ΔVi,r ≤ 30% or ΔVi ≤ 0.1, and a major red flag when ΔVi,r> 30% or ΔVi> 0.1.
Table 4.18 The Mitigation Measures
No. Parameters Mitigation Measures 1 River Characteristics, Mitigation Measures are described in section 4.3.3. Further, details Fish population of MEE, ETP & CPU are given in chapter 2. Section. 2.7.1.4 2 Basin Hydrologic Loss Mitigation Measures w.r.t water quality are described in section 4.3.3. Also, water budget & water adequacy details are provided in chapter 2, section.2.7 3 B.O.D. & DO Mitigation Measures are described in section 4.3.3. Refer water monitoring reports in chapter 3 section 3.7 for exiting condition of water in study area 4 CO2 Mitigation Measures are described in section 4.3.1. Refer ambient air monitoring reports in chapter 3 section 3.9 for exiting condition of air in study area. 5 Particulate Matter Mitigation Measures are described in section 4.3.1. Refer ambient air monitoring reports in chapter 3 section 3.9 for exiting condition of air in study area 6 SO2 Mitigation Measures are described in section 4.3.1. Refer ambient air monitoring reports in chapter 3 section 3.9. for exiting condition of air in study area 7 Odour and Visual Mitigation Measures are described in section 4.3.1.
4.6 IMPACTS DUE TO DECOMMISSIONING ACTIVITY
4.6.1 Decommissioning Phase
"Decommissioning" is a procedure to make an equipment or manufacturing setup unfit for its reuse for its designed function. This could be done by cutting project components into small pieces, demolition of buildings, disconnecting circuits and removing of all infrastructures set up thereby making it unusable.
154
Table 4.19 Identification of Impacts due to Decommissioning of SAIL
No Env. Aspect Activities /Operation Impact Identification Measures 1 Land Use Dismantling and Land will be barren and -- decommissioning of vacant after industrial set up. decommissioning Existing project being agro-based, post decommissioning use would be residential or agriculture. 2 Air Cutting, demolition and Release of fumes of Water sprinkling to suppress dismantling operations. acid/ alkali during dust during demolition Transportation. washing work. Fugitive dust during demolition of building & transportation. 3 Water Washing of manufacturing Washing discharges Washing discharges to equipment, pipelines, getting access into CPU; treatment & disposal fermenters, distillation nearby nallah under through same outside infrastructure, tanks etc. uncontrolled operational industrial premises after during detoxification conditions. achieving specified standards. Demolition of CPU, STP will be last activity. 4 Solid Waste & Cutting wastes, scrap, Littering of wastes Solid wastes generated Hazardous demolition wastes etc. Bad aesthetics would be sold to authorized Waste Oils and lubricants re-processor. Demolition removed from equipment waste to land fill. 5 Noise Cutting and drilling Increase in noise levels PPEs to manpower involved activities during during decommissioning. in decommissioning and decommissioning safety measures to will be Dismantling of heavy followed. machinery & equipment, fermenters, distillation column, boilers etc. 6 Risk & Dismantling & Accidents, spillage of Use of PPEs, expert and Hazard decommissioning of molasses, alcohols, experienced supervision, equipments & buildings. spentwash etc., storage due follow up of safety tanks detoxification, norms & procedures storage tanks dismantling.
155
Chapter 5 Analysis of Alternatives
5.1 INTRODUCTION
While preparation of EIA report it is necessary that one should consider project alternatives and their relative potential impact on the environment. Selection of alternative is thus more critical in an industrial development where time, money, environment and natural resources are at stake. Hence, selection of alternative must be both - practical and rational, taking into consideration the constraint of the proposed project.
5.2 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITES
Expansion of distillery from 60 KLPD to 120 KLPD, will be implemented within existing SAIL complex. Industry has sufficient space for expansion and hence no any alternative site was considered for proposed expansion.
5.3 ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGIES
5.3.1 Fermentation Process
Molasses containing 40% to 50% of total sugar would be weighed and diluted with clean as well as fresh water to the desired concentration. This would be achieved in a continuous diluter. Molasses-water mixture would have a specific gravity to the tune of 1.060 for pre- fermentation and specific gravity of to the tune of 1.096 to 1.100 for the main fermentation process. Molasses with sp. gr. of 1.060 would be taken in to pre-fermenters and to it, ready compressed yeast would be added for further activation. As soon as the yeast becomes active in solution, the molasses-yeast slurry would be transferred to main fermenters for the process of conversion of sugars into alcohol. It takes about 24 to 30 hours to complete the fermentation reaction. Sugar in the molasses gets converted into ethyl alcohol and carbon dioxide through metabolic activities of the yeast. Fermentation efficiency observed, in above process, is generally to the tune of 85% and ethyl alcohol concentration to the tune of 6% to 8% of volume in the fermented wash is obtained. This depends on the quality of molasses & its total sugar content.
5.3.2 Distillation Process
Fermented wash is distilled through a number of distillation columns and the alcohol present in it is separated. The distillation is carried out under vacuum and at different pressures. As such the process is named 'Multi - pressure Vacuum Distillation'. Due to this, steam and power consumption in the process have considerably reduced. Following are the advantages of Multi-pressure Vacuum Distillation - Analyzer column operates under vacuum due to which formation of by-products such as acetal gets minimized thereby improving quality of finished product i.e. alcohol. Analyzer column with Hyper – state trays ensure high turbulence on tray, this minimizes chances of scaling. Also, this special construction of trays and access to each tray helps in easier maintenance of column internals. Pre-Rectification column ensures proper removal of Sulphur compounds / mercaptans for ensuring a good odour to alcohol. This column also reduces the load of lower boiling volatile compounds passing on to rectifier cum exhaust column. Vacuum distillation system requires low steam consumption i.e. 1.8 kg/lit. of total alcohol of EQRS quality as against 2.0-2.2 kg/lit of total alcohol of normal quality in atmospheric distillation. System designed for maximum heat integration for optimum utilization of energy.
156
Minimum no of condensers. Forced circulation multi - pass condensers with optimum tube side velocities. Use of Term siphon re-boilers in Analyzer column helps in maintaining uniform temperature profile across the column. Also avoid excess spent wash volume generation. Energy saving by recovery of Steam condensate from Thermo siphon re-boiler of analyzer column Effective separation of fuel oils from decanter
Hence SAIL has selected continuous fermentation technology with closed multipressure vacuum distillation process for production of alcohol.
5.3.3 Technology for Abating Pollution
Following table shows the technology used /to be used for abating pollution
Table 5.1 Technology for Abating Pollution
No. Particulars Traditional Technologies Technology used in SAIL Complex 1 Waste Spentwash generated from distillery Spentwash generated shall be Conc. in Water is generally bio-methanated and then MEE followed by incineration in existing used for bio-composting. incineration boiler. Other effluents viz spent lees; boiler Other effluents from distillery shall be and cooling blow lab & washing are forwarded to CPU and 100% recycled treated in sugar ETP and used for after treatment. irrigation/gardening. 2 Air Steam required for the distillery Steam required for distillery operations operations is taken from the boilers would be taken from the incineration of sugar factory/ co-gen plant. boiler itself. Thus, self-sustaining manufacturing process possible. 3 Solid Solid waste in the form of yeast Solid waste generated from the distillery Wastes sludge is generated. The same is will be in the form of Yeast sludge, CPU utilized in spentwash bio- sludge. Same will be burnt in incineration composting operation along with boiler. pressmud and disposed off. Spentwash ash from incineration boiler will be given to Brick / Cement Industry for secondary use.
157
Chapter 6 Environmental Monitoring Program
6.1 INTRODUCTION
With the knowledge of baseline conditions, and impacts predicted in Chapter - 4 the monitoring programme will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental conditions due to operation of the project. This will enable in taking up suitable steps, in time, to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is an important tool for control of pollution since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring.
In SAIL project, monitoring of various environmental parameters is being carried out on a regular basis for existing unit. After expansion same would be continued to ascertain the following:
State of pollution within the plant and in its vicinity; Examine the efficiency of pollution control systems installed in the plant; Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution; To assess environmental impacts To identify the trends with time in the levels of parameters. To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact assessment study, do not become critical through the commissioning of proposed expansion project.
Details of monitoring program during construction, post construction and operational phase are as follows-
6.2 MONITORING PROGRAM DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE
As discussed in Chapter - 4, impact during construction phase shall not be permanent and certain minor impacts are predicted on air, water, soil and human health due to dust emission and noise during transportation and construction activity. Hence, need to conduct monitoring during construction phase was ruled out. However, necessary mitigation for impacts during this phase is suggested under Chapter-4.
6.3 MONITORING DURING POST CONSTRUCTION / OPERATIONAL PHASE
During operational stage, air emissions in the form of Stack, Process, Fugitive, etc are expected. They shall be from boilers, wastewater disposal, non-hazardous waste such as ash, chemicals used in processing, used oily wastes. Attributes which require regular monitoring based on environmental setting and natures of project activities are listed below:
Source emissions and ambient air quality; Groundwater Levels and ground water quality; Water and wastewater quality (water, effluent & sewage); Solid and hazardous waste characterization (fly ash, bottom ash, oily wastes, ETP, CPU yeast sludge, used and waste oil); Soil quality; Noise levels (equipment and machinery noise levels, occupational exposures and ambient noise levels) Ecological preservation and afforestation.
158
6.3.1 Air Pollution Management
Apart from ambient air and source monitoring during operation stage following recommendations are also suggested -
APC equipment to be interlocked with process, so that in case of its failure, production process connected to it shall be stopped. If stack emissions exceed the standards, corresponding units of plant which are contributing to excessive pollutant load are stopped till quantity of pollutant discharged from those units are brought down to the required level. In case of power failure, alternate electric source would be provided which would be sufficient to operate APC equipment continuously Under no circumstances, emissions shall exceed limits mentioned in EC/ consent order. Online monitoring system is installed under existing project. Same will be operated after expansion also. IP cameras shall be installed, maintained and data collected shall be formulated to CPCB server.
6.3.2 Water Management
Water requirement for SAIL project complex after expansion of distillery will be 1467 M3/D. For detail water requirement of SAIL project complex is presented at Chapter - 2, Section 2.7.1 and for effluent generated refer Section 2.7.1.2 Proper treatment is given to effluent as per CREP guidelines.
Industry shall observe that effluent collection, disposal and treatment facilities always remain in a good shape so as to achieve desired efficiencies. Flow meters will be installed at inlet and outlet of MEE and CPU. Online monitoring system will be provided to inlet and outlet of CPU. Cameras would be installed as per the guidelines of CPCB. Spentwash storage lagoon shall be lined to avoid percolation of leachate. No untreated industrial effluent will be disposed off on land or in surface water body. Pipeline and storage tanks meant for effluent conveyance shall be checked periodically for leakages. Leakage, if any, will harm surrounding soil and water environment significantly. HDPE & stainless steel could be used as pipeline and valves material respectively. Compliance towards CREP norms shall be strictly followed under SAIL complex. Pumps in CPU shall be supplied with alternate electric supply source in case of power failure.
6.3.3 Noise Level Management
Mitigation measures for noise levels are mentioned in Chapter 2. Moreover, people working in close vicinity of the high noise generating equipments would be provided with PPE such as ear plugs, ear muffs etc.
Industry would take care while procuring major noise generating machines/ equipments to ensure that manufacturers have taken adequate measures to minimize generation of noise. Distance between source and receiver would be increased and relative orientation of source and receiver would be altered. Thick bushy trees would be planted in and around the industrial area to intercept noise transmission to nearby villages.
159
Workers are provided with PPE like earmuffs & earplugs, noise helmets etc. under existing Distillery. Same shall be followed under expansion activities. Allocation of work would be managed so that no worker would be exposed to noise more than 90 dB (A) for more than 8 hours. Overall noise levels in and around plant area would be kept well within standards by providing noise control measures including acoustic hoods, silencers, enclosures etc. on all sources of noise generation. Monitoring shall include developing a sampling strategy to identify employees to be included in the hearing conservation program. Each employee being monitored shall be notified of results. Employees may observe monitoring by industry. Industry shall establish and maintain an audiometric testing program that shall be performed by a qualified person at no cost to employees. Record keeping will include maintaining audiometric test records by industry for the duration of the affected employment.
Table 6.1 Trees with Good Canopy for Noise Attenuation
No. Scientific Name Common Name Habit Ht (M) Evergreen Crown Shape 1 Azadirachta indica Neem Tree 20 Evergreen Spreading 2 Alstonia scholaris Devil Tree Tree 15 Evergreen Round 3 Derris indica Karanj Tree 10 Evergreen Round 4 Anthocephalus indicus Kadamb Tree 15 Evergreen Round 5 Polyalthia longifolia Ashok Tree 15 Evergreen Conical/ ounded 6 Butea monosperma Palas Tree 10 Deciduous Oblong / Ovoid 7 Ficus religiosa Pipal Tree 10-15 Evergreen Round
6.3.4 Land Management
There are no chances of change in the soil characteristics due air pollutants and suspended particulates from the expansion activities. There would be no any discharge of untreated domestic or industrial effluent from SAIL. Presently, SHW is being stored in dedicated area provided on site. Same practice shall be followed after expansion project. Provision of shrubs and thick trees at storage and disposal places of the solid waste would be made. Trees under existing unit are planted along the roads. Moreover, after expansion of distillery; augmentation of green belt would be done in phase wise manner Water requirement for green belt would be met from reuse of treated domestic effluent / industrial effluent. Water sprinklers are provided to suppress the windblown dust on the ash storage yard. Collection and transportation of waste would be done in closed container system. No solid waste shall be allowed to litter around and degrade the land.
6.3.5 Odour Management
There are different odour sources in a distillery, which include molasses handling and storage, fermentation and distillation, secondary effluent treatment, and storage of effluents etc. To abate the odour nuisance, industry has a concrete planning which includes following steps and actions-
It is proposed to provide covered fermentation and tapping of CO2 gas. Collection of waste yeast sludge from fermentation section in a closed system and its immediate and proper disposal. Reduced volume of effluents (spentwash, spent leese) by adopting strategic approaches such as use of the effluents back in process under Reduce-Reuse-Recycle planning.
160
Closed drains carrying spentwash to the treatment units, minimization of fugitive emissions from treatment units. Proper collection & handling of excess sludge generated from the aerobic treatment units. Minimum retention of raw / concentrated spentwash in the storage lagoons. Adoption of GMPs (Good management practices). Use of mill sanitation biocides to minimize growth of aerobic/ anaerobic microorganisms. Regular use of bleaching powder in the drains Arranging awareness and training camps for workers. Steaming of major pipe lines, Use of PPE like masks by everybody associated with odour potential prone areas.
6.3.6 Operation Control & Equipment Maintenance
All equipments and machinery used shall be maintained properly and should be kept clean. For expansion of existing distillery, acid dosing equipments used in fermentation processes would be checked regularly to prevent any leakages. Fermenters should be maintained properly and should be kept clean to avoid any contamination that would affect the quality of alcohol.
Quality of stack emission depends very much on operating parameters of plant. Improper combustion of fuel in boilers increases unburnt carbon particles in exhaust flue gases therefore proper maintenance is an important factor.
Lubricants used for various equipment and fuel-handling areas would contribute to pollution aspect. It would be taken care of, at source, by looking after possible spillage, drippings, leakage etc. in plant.
6.3.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY MEASURES
Following measures are been taken up by existing unit - As per requirement of Factory Act, there is provision of Occupational Health Centre. There under, a qualified visiting doctor has been appointed. Regular medical checkup of employees is carried out and records are maintained. An ambulance is provided on site 24 x 7 to deal with emergencies if any. Workmen Compensation Policy as well as Mediclaim Health Policy has been done for all workers (temporary and permanent) in industry and which is renewed every year.
Following measures shall be taken under proposed expansion activity - The infrastructure of existing Occupational Health Centre shall be enhanced in order to provide medical facilities to all the workers as well as nearby village/town people. An ambulance shall be available all the time i.e. 24 x 7 will be used. Regular medical check-up of newly employed workers under expansion shall also be done and record shall be maintained. Provision of Workmen Compensation Policy as well as Mediclaim Health Policy shall be done for workers under expansion (temporary & permanent) & shall be renewed yearly. Display of sign boards in hazard areas in local language. Provision of PPE to all workers.
161
Table 6.2 Health Care Facility Equipment
No. Instrument Use 1 Stethoscope Used to hear sounds from movements within the body, like heart beats, intestinal movement, breath sounds, etc. 2 Reflex testing hammer (padded) To test motor reflexes of the body 3 Sphygmomanometer To record the patient's blood pressure (Blood pressure meter) 4 A thin beam electric torch To see into the eye, body's natural orifices, etc., and to test for pupillary light reflex, etc. 5 A watch / stopwatch Used in recording rates like heart rate, respiratory rate, etc.; for certain tests of hearing 6 A measuring tape For size measurements 7 A weighing machine To record the weight 8 Tuning forks To test for deafness and to categorize it 9 Kidney dish As a tray for instruments, gauze, tissue, etc. 10 Thermometer To record the body temperature 11 Gas cylinders Supply of oxygen, nitrous oxide, carbon dioxide, etc. 12 Oxygen mask or tubes Delivering gases up to the nostrils to assist in oxygen intake or to administer aerosolized or gaseous drugs 13 Vaporizer To produce vapours 14 Instrument sterilizers Used to sterilize instruments in absence of autoclave 15 Dressing drums Storage of gowns, cotton, linen, etc. 16 Syringe of different sizes & For injections & aspiration of blood or fluid from body needles 17 Otoscope To look into the external ear cavity
6.3.8 Measures for Socio-Economic Development
6.3.8.1 Better Employment Opportunities
In order to run existing project, 720 unskilled and skilled workers are employed. Under expansion of SAIL project about 68 No. of workers will be appointed. Local persons shall be given preference while appointing the employees.
6.3.9 CER Plan
Planning for CER shall be started with the identification of activities/ projects and may be undertaken in study area. CER action plan shall be prepared based on the project accountability approach, integrated with social and environmental concerns related to business of integrated project complex. Selection of activities under CER shall be made to ensure that the benefits reach smallest unit i.e. village, panchayat, block or district. CER planning shall be done for long-term sustainable approach. Long term CER plan should be broken down into medium term and short-term plans.
Implementation
Time - Frame and periodic milestones would be finalized at the outset. CER activities would help in building a positive image of the company in the public perception. CER projects may be closely linked with the principles of sustainable development.
162
6.3.10 Proposed CER Plan by SAIL
As per OM dated 01st May 2018, funds to be allocated for CER activities under distillery expansion will be 1 % of capital investment distillery expansion i.e. Rs. 46.55 Lakhs (Capital Investment - Rs. 46.55 Cr.). Total Rs. 52 Lakhs has been earmarked for CER activities which have been considered based on SE survey conducted in study area.
Table 6.3 Proposed CER activities by SAIL
No. CER Activity Details Amount (in Rs. Lakhs) 1 Rural Sanitation A Toilet Unit in One Village; Kapshi 15.00 (1 Unit / Village), 6 Toilet Seats (3 for Ladies & 3 for Gents) / Unit, Water Tank (500 lit.), Septic Tank with Piping per Unit. Total 1 Units @ Rs. 15,00,000/- per Unit 2 Supply of MSW Providing MS storage containers of size 8.00 Management 2M X 1.5M X 1.2 M with cover lid / side Infrastructure opening arrangements, 2 Containers / Village. Industry shall provide Tractor Trolley system with lifting arrangement & shall dump the containers at MSW processing site of each village. MS Containers 3.6 Cu. M. capacity, 2 Containers X 2 Villages (Aljapur, Hingangaon)= 4 Containers 4 Containers X Rs. 2.0 Lakhs / No. = Rs. 8,00,000/- 3 Afforestation Conservation, plantation, afforestation of 5.00 trees will done as well as the public awareness in 2 Villages in Study Area (Bibi, Phaltan) Total No. of Trees = 200 Nos. Cost of Tree Plantation = 2 villages x 500 trees x Rs. 500/-per tree = Rs.5,00,000/- 4 Water Supply Safe drinking water units with filtration, 9.00 Infrastructure RO module & storage tank (1 Unit/ Village; 500 Lit/Hr) 3 Units x Rs. 3,00,000/- = 9,00,000/- 5 Provision of Solar Provision of Solar street light gadget 15.00 Panels for Street comprising- 1 MS Pole, 18-20 W LED Lighting & Solar Lamps Lamp, Battery, Solar Panel, Wiring Cost: 25 Solar street lights x Rs. 50,000/- 1 Solar Lamp @ Rs. 1000; 50 Lamps in Households of 5 Villages (Aljapur, Kapshi, Nandal, Tukobachiwadi, Vadgaon), Total Cost for Solar Lamps = Rs. 2,50,000/- Total 52.00
163
Table 6.4 CER Implementation Schedule
Year Year Year CER Activities Total Year of Completion No. 2022 2023 2024 Amount in Rs. Lakh 1 Rural Sanitation 5 5 5 15 2024 2 Supply of MSW Management 2 3 3 8 2024 Infrastructure 3 Afforestation 2 3 0 5 2023 4 Water Supply 3 3 3 9 2024 Infrastructure 5 Provision of Solar Panels for Street Lighting & 5 5 5 15 2024 Solar Lamps Total 17 19 16 52 Expenditure Pattern 33% 37% 30% 100% (%)
6.3.11 Measures for Improvement of Ecology
Following steps should be taken- Afforestation program under proposed expansion & implementation of distillery project. Keeping noise levels under control at night time. Keeping operation of APC equipments and sufficient height of stacks. Provision of appropriate effluent treatment facilities.
General guidelines -
1. Green belt of adequate width and density would be provided to mitigate effects of noise. 2. Plantation activities shall be done according to naturally occurring vegetation. Exotic species will be avoided. 3. Provision of shrubs, thick trees at storage & disposal places of solid waste would be made. 4. Trees would be planted along the roads, around solid waste storage area as well as along the periphery. 5. All the necessary steps would be taken for proper maintenance of the industrial premises. 6. Use of e-mail and other modern communication systems would be followed to conserve the papers and attain speedy interaction in daily business activities. 7. Use of recyclable papers, if possible, would be done. 8. Promoting measures of energy and water conservation, wherever possible, would be adopted. 9. Activities like slide shows or expert’s lectures on Local Biodiversity shall be arranged for the staff to make them aware about the plant and animal species found nearby; also it will reduce unnecessary human-wild conflict. This will eventually reduce the damage to biodiversity by the employees.
6.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM SCHEDULE
Following routine monitoring program as detailed in Table - 6.5 shall be implemented at site. Besides to this monitoring, the compliances to all EC conditions and regular permissions from CPCB /MoEFCC shall be monitored and reported periodically.
164
6.5 COMPLIANCE WITH CREP GUIDELINES
MoEFCC has launched the Charter on Corporate Responsibility for Environmental Protection (CREP) with the purpose to go beyond the compliance of regulatory norms for prevention & control of pollution through various measures including waste minimization, in-plant process control & adoption of clean technologies. Chapter has set targets concerning conservation of water, energy, recovery of chemicals, reduction in pollution, elimination of toxic pollutants, process & management of residues that are required to be disposed off in an environmentally sound manner. Chapter enlists action points for pollution control for various categories of highly polluting industries. Task Force was constituted for monitoring progress of implementation of CREP recommendations/ action points. Following activities are being undertaken by SAIL and will be continued after proposed expansion under CREP norms. 1. Coal is used as fuel in incineration boiler, which generates significant amount of particulate matter, causing air pollution. ESP is installed as APC equipment along with stack of 65 M height to achieve particulate emission well below 150 mg/Nm3. 2. Adequate storage capacity of molasses is provided and molasses is not stored in kutcha lagoon to avoid groundwater pollution. 3. Provision of a 15 days’ storage capacity tank for treated effluent during no demand for irrigation 4. Spentwash will be concentrated in MEE and concentrated spentwash will be burnt in incineration boiler along with coal as a fuel thereby achieving ZLD for distillery effluent. 5. Fresh water consumption for distillery after expansion will be 3 KL/KL of alcohol; whereas norm is 10 KL/KL of Alcohol. 6. Raw spentwash generation rate in distillery after expansion will be 8 KL/KL of alcohol while conc. spentwash generation will be generated at the rate of 2.37 KL/KL of alcohol whereas norm is 8 KL/KL of Alcohol. 7. Treated water from existing CPU is recycled back in process. Same practices will be followed after expansion of distillery also.
165
Table 6.5 Plan for Monitoring of Environmental Attributes in and around SAIL
No. Description Location Parameters Frequency Conducted by Upwind-1, Downwind-2 (Near Cane Yard, Near Main ETP, Monthly PM , PM , SO , NOx, CO Near Colony.) 10 2.5 2 1 Air Emissions Study area - (Villages namely – Kapshi, Dhangarwada, Quarterly Anandgaon, Ghadgewadi, Bibi, Motechiwadi, Aljapur) Work Zone Air 4 Locations (Mill section, Fermentation section, Sugar PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO Monthly 2 Quality bagging section, Distillation section) Fugitive Ethanol storage area & Distillation column VOC Monthly 3 Emissions 4 Stack Emissions Boiler – 2 Nos. (Distillery & 1 Co-gen boiler), D.G Sets SPM, SO2, NOx Monthly Ambient Noise 5 Locations (Near main gate, Near ETP, near Sugar godown, Spot Noise Level recording; Leq(n), Leq(d), Monthly Near Distillation section, Near fermentation section) Leq(dn) Monthly 5 Work zone Noise Premises – 5 Nos (Mill section, Distillation section, Boiler, MoEFCC & DG set, Turbine section) NABL Effluent Treated, Untreated pH, SS, TDS, COD, BOD, Chlorides, Sulphates, Monthly Approved 6 Oil & Grease. External Lab 7 Drinking water Factory canteen / Residential Colony Parameters as per drinking water Std IS:10500 Monthly Soil 8 locations within 5 Km (Villages - Ajapur, Malvadi, pH, Salinity, Organic Carbon, N, P, K Quarterly 8 Ghadgewadi, Thakubachi Vadi, Taradgaon, Aradgaon, Anandgaon, Adriki Budruk) Water Quality Locations in study area – (Ground Water- Near Phaltan Satara Parameters as per CPCB guideline for water Quarterly (Ground Water Road, Near Phaltan Satara road SE, Near Phaltan Satara road quality monitoring – MINARS/27/2007-08 & Surface SE, Near Ghadgewadi, Near Saswad road, West site of 9 Water) Saswad, Near Aljapur Road. (Water- Nallah near project site, Nallah, River near Neera, Nallah near Vitthalwadi, Nallah Near Ghadgemala, Nallah &river confluence, Near river Neera, Nallah near Alijpur) 10 Waste Implement waste management plan that Identifies and Records of Solid Waste Generation, Treatment Twice in a year management characterizes every waste associated with proposed and and Disposal shall be maintained expansion activities and which identifies the procedures for collection, handling & disposal of each waste arising. 11 Emergency Fire protection and safety measures to take care of fire and On site Emergency Plan, Evacuation Twice a year By SAIL Preparedness explosion hazards, to be assessed and steps taken for their Plan, fire fighting mock drills such as fire prevention. fighting 12 Health Check up Employees and migrant labour health check ups All relevant health checkup parameters as per Once in a Year
166
No. Description Location Parameters Frequency Conducted by factories act. 13 Green Belt Within Industry premises as well as nearby villages Survival rate of planted sapling In consultation with DFO. 14 CER As per activities -- Six Monthly
Table 6.6 Environmental Monitoring Schedule within Industrial Premises
Schedule of Monitoring No. Description Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar April May June July Aug 1 AAQ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 2 Workzone Air √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 3 Stack Emissions √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 4 Noise √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 5 Effluent √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 6 Drinking water √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 7 Fugitive Emissions √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 8 Waste management √ √ 9 Emergency preparedness, such as fire fighting √ √ 10 Health Check up √ 11 Green Belt √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Note: - Sugar Factory -160 Days, Co-gen plant Operation period -225 Days & Distillery Operation period - 330 Days
Table 6.7 Environmental Monitoring Schedule Surrounding Industrial Premises
Schedule of Monitoring No Description Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar April May June July Aug Sep Oct 1 AAQ √ √ √ 2 Noise √ √ √ 3 Soil √ 4 GW & SW √ √ √ 5 CER √ √
167
Chapter 7 Additional Studies
7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION
As per EIA notification dated 14th September 2006 and standard ToRs issued by Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC), MoEFCC; New Delhi Vide Letter No. J-11011/403/2014-IA II (I) dated 18.10.2019, industry has conducted Public Hearing on 06.10.2020 for expansion of molasses based distillery unit from 60 KLPD to 120 KLPD.
7.1.1 Details of Public Hearing
Date of Public Hearing : 06.10.2020 Place of Hearing : Industrial site of Sharayu Agro Industries Ltd. (SAIL), At: Gat No. 253/4 & 253/5, A/p Kapshi (Motewadi),Tal.: Phaltan, Dist.: Satara, Maharashtra State. Time of Hearing : 11.30 AM Advertisement given : 05.09.2020 News Paper : Indian Express (English) & Sakal (Marathi) Copies of newspaper enclosed at Appendix –H Attendance for Public : 90 Nos. Hearing
Members Present :
1 Hon’ble Sunil Thorve Chairman Additional District Magistrate, Satara, Maharashtra 2 Mr. L. S. Bhad Convener Sub Regional Officer, MPCB Satara, Maharashtra 3 Mr. J. B. Sangewar Member Regional Officer, MPCB Pune, Maharashtra
7.1.2 Public Hearing Issues & Compliance
Various issues raised during the Public Hearing and reply for same, as given by the Industry, including budgetary provisions and time line towards observing compliance under certain commitments by the Project Proponents are given in following table -
168
Table 7.1 Points Raised in the PH & Response of PP
No. Issues by Public Points Represented Response of PP with Action Plan, Budget & Time Line A Issues in Public Hearing during Actual Interaction 1 Vilas Atamaram Gaikwad, How much fresh water will require for the production Response: Project Environment Consultant informed that 10 Kapshi activities? liters water will be required as per norm for the distillery project. The permission is already granted to use 10 liters of water for one liter of alcohol. Fresh water required will be 2.3 KL/KL of alcohol, as our requirement will be fulfilled by using recycled water from our production activities. Action Plan: Total water required for distillery will be 1467 CMD. Out of this, 963 CMD will be treated water from CPU, 220 CMD will be ETP, STP treated water and RWH & 284 CMD will be fresh water taken from Neera Right Bank Canal Division, Phaltan. 2 Sandip Kashid, Kapshi- Whether job opportunities will be made available in the Response: Project Proponent informed that in the existing Bibi expansion of Distillery Project? distillery project, local people have been given priority for job opportunities. Here also under distillery expansion project, the local people will be given priority for job opportunities. Action Plan: In existing sugar, cogen & distillery unit 720 workers are working. About 68 new workers will be appointed under distillery expansion unit. Preference will be given to local peoples. Timeline: Year 2021-22; after grant of EC. 3 Satyawan Baburao Borde, Which category of effluent will be generated from the Response: Project Environment Consultant answered that the Kapshi distillery project and what will be its quantity? main effluent will be Spent Wash generated; norm is 8 KL/KL of alcohol. Here spentwash will be concentrated and it will be made solid, which will be of 1.6 KL. Hence, from 8.0 liters, the spent wash will become of 1.6 liters only. Then it will be burnt. The effluent which will be produced through other activities will be treated in CPU and will be recycled and reused in the manufacturing process only. The spent wash will be totally burnt and other effluents will be treated, recycled and reused in the process. Hence, there will be 78-80% saving of fresh water.
169
No. Issues by Public Points Represented Response of PP with Action Plan, Budget & Time Line Action Plan: Raw spentwash will be generated @960 CMD, shall be concentrated in MEE. Concentrated spentwash @192 CMD shall be incinerated in boiler. Other effluents generated @ 985 CMD in the form of lees, MEE condensate, boiler & cooling blowdown, DM plant backwash. Same shall be treated in distillery CPU; shall be reused for industrial operations, thereby achieving total Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) for process effluent. Budget: Rs. 35 Crore already spent on existing distillery CPU & incineration boiler & Rs. 1.0 Crores spent on O & M every year. 4 Sushant Ashok Rashinkar, Which treatment will be given/extended to effluent Response: Environment Consultant informed that in many other Kapshi produced in the manufacturing process of molasses-based distilleries, the composting process is followed. Hence, the distillery? distillery can be in operation for 240 days only. The distillery has to be kept closed in rainy season. In this unit, the spent wash will be totally burnt in the incineration boiler. The technology is working smoothly hence, adopted the same. Action Plan : Presently, raw spentwash from existing distillery is concentrated & incinerated in boiler. Same practice shall be continued after expansion too. 5 Kiran Bandal, Saswad Whether treated effluent can be reused again? Response: Environment Consultant informed that the treated effluent can be recycled in the manufacturing process. Action Plan : Other effluents generated @ 985 CMD in the form of lees, MEE condensate, boiler & cooling blowdown, DM plant backwash. Same shall be treated in distillery CPU; shall be reused for industrial operations, thereby achieving total Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) for process effluent. Budget: Rs. 5.0 Crore already spent on existing distillery CPU & Rs. 0.5 Crores spent on O & M every year. 6 Dasharath Haribhau Which products are manufactured in the distillery? Response: The alcohol is the main product which will be Shinde, Tarad produced in the Distillery. Presently, there is production of 60,000 liter/day. After expansion, it will be of 1,20,000 liter/day. Rectified Spirit will be the first product. Afterwards, ENA, Ethanol will be produced. It will be produced as per the market demand.
170
No. Issues by Public Points Represented Response of PP with Action Plan, Budget & Time Line Action Plan : RS/ENA/ Ethanol will be manufactured @ 120 KLPD. Other byproducts produced are fusel oil 0.24 MT/D & CO2 @ 92 MT/D. Budget: Total capital investment of existing distillery unit is Rs. 92.84 Crores & that for expansion is Rs. 46.55 Crores. Timeline: Year 2021-22; after grant of EC. 7 Ravindra Mahadev Kadam, This project is molasses-based distillery. Whether solid Response: Environment Consultant informed that two types of Kapshi waste will be produces in the project and how it will be wastes will be produced in the manufacturing process, one is treated and disposed off? Solid Waste and other is Hazardous Waste. The solid waste is called as Yeast Sludge. The Hazardous Waste is not producing in the distillery. Action Plan : Solid waste will be generated in the form of yeast sludge @ 600 MT/M, CPU sludge @27 MT/M; will be burnt in incineration boiler. Boiler ash generated @ 1680 MT/M; will be given to brick/ cement manufacturers. Budget: Rs. 5 Lakh will be spent on solid waste management. 8 Hemant Shivaji Khatal, How much alcohol will be produced per day in the Response: 1,20,000 liters per day alcohol will be produced in Kapshi Distillery? the Distillery as informed by Environment Consultant. Action Plan : As stated in point no. 6 above RS/ENA/ Ethanol will be manufactured @ 120 KLPD. Other byproducts produced are fusel oil 0.24 MT/D & CO2 @ 92 MT/D. 9 Vilas Abasaheb Kale, How much spent wash will be created from Molasses Response: Environment Consultant informed that 120 x 8 = Kapshi Based Distillery? 9,60,000 liters per day spent wash will be generated. It will be concentrated & incinerated in boiler. Action Plan : Presently, raw spentwash from existing 60 KLPD distillery is concentrated in MEE & incinerated in boiler. After expansion, raw spentwash @ 960 CMD will be generated. This will be concentrated in MEE & concentrated spentwash @ 192 CMD will be incinerated in existing boiler. Budget: Rs. 35 Crore already spent on existing incineration boiler & distillery CPU & Rs. 1.0 Crores spent on O & M every year 10 Bhanudas Tukaram Jadhav, How many days the Distillery Project can be kept in Response: Environment Consultant informed that the Distillery Kapshi operations? will be in operation for 330 days. It will be kept closed for
171
No. Issues by Public Points Represented Response of PP with Action Plan, Budget & Time Line maintenance for few days. It will in operation whole year including rainy season. 11 Dattatray Appaji What is the meaning of Spent Wash? Response: Spent means Waste/Reject. Spent wash is produced Dhayagude, Dombalwadi through fermentation-distillation process. After removal of alcohol, the remains are Spent Wash. 12 Sanjay Kale, Kapshi Which Pollution Control Devices will be installed in Response: Boiler, Multi Effective Evaporator (MEE), the Distillery unit? Condensate Polishing Unit (CPU). These are Pollution Control Devices which will be kept in operation in the plant. For Air Pollution Control, Stack and ESP will be kept in operation. The pollution control devices will be installed as per the type of pollution i.e. water, air. Here boiler and ESP are the main pollution control devices. Dr. J. B. Sangewar, Asked whether the spent wash will be burnt in the Response: Environment Consultant informed that pollutants are Regional Officer, MPCB, incineration in the project? If yes, whether emissions are not beyond the limits. It is already online connected. Pune and Member of the monitored of it? Action Plan: Regular monitoring of AAQ & Stack is being Public Hearing Committee carried out by the industry. Pollutants are below the permissible standards. Monitoring reports are enclosed at Appendix - I. Further, as per the directions of Hon. RO, monitoring of spentwash will be carried out by the industry & records will be maintained. Budget: Presently, Rs. 25 Lakh spent on environmental monitoring & management. Additional Rs. 20 Lakh will be spent on same under distillery expansion unit. Complaint through E- Mail Shri Mahesh Dilip Varpe, Due to industry, water of the surrounding wells and Response: Environment Consultant informed that while Kapshi borewells have polluted. preparing Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Report, Due to polluted water, the ill-effects are observed on samples from well and borewells were collected. The analysis human and animal life. Due to boiler in the distillery, the reports of the samples collected from wells and borewells ash and black carbon particles/soot found in the nearby reveals that the concentration/ contents of BOD and COD is houses. higher, but not alarming. Secondly, it cannot be concluded that it is due to the industry. Further, it could have been accepted, if the industry would have composting activities. When three months’ monitoring survey
172
No. Issues by Public Points Represented Response of PP with Action Plan, Budget & Time Line was carried, nothing was observed about the ash generation neither the locals complained regarding same. Action Plan: Industry is having full-fledged ETP in existing 5000 TCD Sugar Factory. The existing set up comprises of primary, secondary & tertiary treatment units. Treated effluent is used for green belt development & gardening in own premises. Apart from self-monitoring of effluent qualities, the MPCB also regularly collects JVS and analyse in its own lab. All the JVS analysis reports are well within the limits and same are enclosed at Appendix –J for reference. Further industry is having common CPU of 2400 M3/D capacity for treatment of Cane condensate & Other effluent from distillery which is sufficient after expansion also. Other effluent from distillery will be treated in existing CPU & reused in process to achieve ZLD for process effluent. Further, during survey of 10 Km study area samples of surface & ground water are collected & monitored through MoEFCC; New Delhi approved laboratory. From surface water analysis it could be observed that water is chemically & biologically not potable; since TDS, Turbidity, Nitrate, Hardness, Fluoride, Iron, Barium, Boron & Zinc exceeding the prescribed limits & showed presence of coliforms. Further, from 8 ground water samples; 1 sample showed TDS, Hardness, Fluoride, Iron greater than permissible standards & presence of coliforms at all locations. Surface & ground water pollution is reflected in analysis results of samples collected. Reason for the same might be other operations in the area which include pollution due to domestic waste water & drains, improper solid waste management in study area.
173
7.2 R & R ACTION PLAN
There is no R & R action plan because proposed expansion shall be taken up in existing Sugar Factory & Co-gen Plant of is located at A/p - Kapshi (Motewadi), Tal.: Phaltan, Dist.: Satara, Maharashtra.
7.3 RISK ASSESSMENT INTRODUCTION
The risk assessment and hazard management study for expansion of distillery from 60 KLPD to 120 KLPD by Mr. Vinod Sahasrabuddhe who is FAE for RH in respect of EEIPL. This will be achieved by installing additional equipment and machinery by installing additional distillery of 60 KLPD.
Hazard Assessment By Qualitative Risk Assessment By Quantitative Risk Assessment by Hazard index calculations and estimate threat zones by using ALOHA
Recommendations Recommend mitigation measures based upon the above. Recommending guidelines for the preparation of On-Site Emergency Plan.
7.4 OBJECTIVES AND SCOPE OF THE RH REPORT
7.4.1 Objective of the Risk and Hazard analysis
1) Identify hazards and nature of hazard in the process, storage and handling of hazardous chemicals. 2) Carry out Qualitative risk analysis for the process and suggest mitigation measures. 3) Carry out Quantitative risk analysis of the storage of hazardous chemicals and estimate the threat zones for Most Credible and Worst case scenarios 4) Suggest mitigation measures to reduce the risk/probability of the accident to the minimum. 5) Incorporate these measures for ensuring safe operations and safe layout to mitigate hazard and for effectively encounter any accident reduce the damages to the minimum. 6) Suggest Guidelines for on-site and off - site emergency plan
7.4.2 Methodology
1) Identify hazards based on 2) Processes description received based. 3) Identify Hazardous Chemicals handled and stored. 4) Inventory of Hazardous chemicals 7.4.3 Hazards during construction phase
Following are the hazards during the construction phase of the project:
174
Table 7.2 Possible Hazards
No. Hazard Mitigation Measures 1 Hazards of working at heights: WORK PERMIT system to be implemented, all the safety There is possibility of workers, precautions to be taken by the workers must be mentioned slipping or falling down, while from and the supervisor has to ensure that safety harnesses and the height due to loss of balance or other PPE are used by the workers. because of similar reasons. This may result in serious or even fatal injury. 2 Hazards while using crane or heavy The crane can topple due mechanical failure of defects in lifting machinery the machinery, not properly hooking the heavy equipment to the crane properly operation, this will result in serious or even fatal injury to the operator and may be to some persons in the nearby vicinity. i. Crane operators must be licensed and trained to operate crane and other heavy duty mobile equipment. ii. All cranes and heavy duty lifting machinery must be maintained and certified for the operation by the competitive authority. iii. All heavy lifting and erection work must be carried out under the supervision of the safety and other officers and preferably during the day time. 3 General Recommendations i. Work Permit system to be introduced and followed. ii. All necessary PPEs to be issued to all the company and contract workers and wearing these must be encouraged and insisted.
7.4.4 Hazards during operation phase
Onsite possible Hazardous Locations are as follows
Table 7.3 Potential Hazards
No. Hazard Mitigation Measures 1 Boiler Section Presently there is one boiler of capacity 160 TPH with 87 kg/cm2 is in working condition. Major hazard is explosion. Following Mandatory measures have to be in place: IBR rules for design, piping, maintenance and operation of boilers by certified boiler attendants is mandatory. 2 Fire and fatal accidents due Properly designed and numbers of Lightening arrestors will be to lightening. installed. 3 Electrocution and fire Regular maintenance, internal safety audit, and external safety audit at regular intervals.
Establishing a Fire Fighting Group
A small spark of fire may result into loss of lives, machines and the damage by fire may result in high economic losses. This type of losses can be avoided by preventing and controlling the fire instantly for which fire–fighting group will be established. The company has no firefighting system at all. The following will be done at the earliest with the help expert firefighting company approved for design and installation. The fire-fighting group would house and keep in readiness, the following types of equipment and arrangements.
i. CO2 extinguishers ii. Dry powder chemical extinguishers
175
iii. 80 mm. spray hoses iv. Fire tender.
Additional Mitigation Measures to avoid accidents Preventive additional Mitigation Measures for eliminating Electricity Hazard: i. All electrical equipment is to be provided with proper earthing. Earthed electrode are periodically tested and maintained. ii. Emergency lighting is to be available at all critical locations including the operator’s room to carry out safe shut down of the plant. iii. Easy accessibility of fire fighting facilities such as fire water pumps and fire alarm stations is considered. iv. All electrical equipments to be free from carbon dust, oil deposits, and grease. v. Use of approved insulated tools, rubber mats, shockproof gloves and boots, tester, fuse tongs, discharge rod, safety belt, hand lamp, wooden or insulated ladder and not wearing metal ring and chain. vi. Flame and shock detectors and central fire announcement system for fire safety are to be provided. vii. Temperature sensitive alarm and protective relays to make alert and disconnect equipment before overheating is to be considered viii. Danger from excess current due to overload or short circuit is to be prevented by providing fuses, circuit breakers, thermal protection. ix. First aid trained and Fire fighting trained person will be available in every shift. x. The firefighting group would house and keep in readiness, the following types of equipment and arrangements
Figure 7.1 Photographs of Existing Firefighting System
176
7.5 SUGAR MANUFACTURING SECTION
Amongst the hazards identified above the area of major concern for fire, explosion and exposure to and release of toxic liquids and gases and there is risk of persons, outside the factory limits getting affected are identified below: i. Bagasse storage: Fire hazard ii. Production and handling of SO2 iii. Molasses Storage tanks: Leakage of molasses due to tank failure
Fire NOC is required now and/or before distillation plant commissioning. Fire NOC is obtained from Govt. of Maharashtra for existing plant & same is appended at Appendix - K.
Table 7.4 Fire Fighting details in existing plant
No. Description Quantity 1 Water storage for Firefighting 300 Cu. M 2 No of Hydrant points 34 3 Main Hydrant pump 2.28 Cu.M/Min 4 Jockey Pump 180 Lit./min 5 Jockey pump starts at 6 Kg/cm2 line pressure 6 Jockey Pump stops at 7Kg/Sq. cm. pressure 7 Main Pump starts at 4.5 Kg/Sq. cm. 8 Diesel pump starts at 6.5 to 7 Kg/Sq. cm 9 Booster pump starts 1 Kg/Sq. 10 Booster pump stops 7 Kg/ Sq. Cm.
177
7.5.1 Hazard in Bagasse Production and Storage
Table 7.5 Potential Hazards w.r.t. Bagasse
N Hazard Mitigation Measures o. 1. Hazard in Bagasse Production Fire hydrant piping will be laid around the baggase storage and Storage yard will be laid with fire hydrant points 6 to 7 meters away Present Scenario: At present and fire hose boxes will be erected at distances or as per the capacity of Sugar production is 5000 requirements of fire system design code. It should be checked TCD. Present Bagasse storage yard periodically and maintained in proper condition. area is 6072 Sq. M. 1. Fire- hydrant system has to be continuously charged with water pressure of 7 Kg/sq.cm. 2. Hydrant points must be always approachable, even during night. 3. Fire hose and fire hose boxes have to be in good ready to use condition. Mitigation Measures for Expansion: 1. Fire hydrant and firefighting system will be augmented during the implementation of expansion. 2. Updated fire hydrant piping layout will be included in the drawings during the expansion. Kindly refer Appendix – K for updated fire hydrant layout. Additional Mitigation Measures for safe storage Baggase: Following mitigation measures to eliminate the fire hazard are in place and some additional measures are suggested as below: 1. It will be ensured while routing high tension voltage lines to avoid storage of bagasse storage below & near high voltage (H.T.) transmission lines. 2. Avoid routing of electric supply cables & cable trenches near to bagasse storage and if unavoidable locate these as far away from stored bagasse or bagasse heaps. 3. Always keep other raw materials & useful material far away from storage of bagasse area. 4. Creating awareness among workers about sudden bagasse fire and emergency action plan will definitely avoid risks of heavy fire. In this way we can save a valuable fuel & life of human being working near bagasse. 5. Posting of proper supervision staff with necessary communication facility. 6. Hot work, like welding, gas cutting will not be carried out near Bagasse storage. Or only after issue of proper work permit and making necessary arrangements. 7. Daily record of Bagasse storage data must be maintained and proper review of storage conditions must be taken by higher authority. 8. Training of all the involved staff in firefighting in normal & emergency operating system. 9. Proper Planning & Maintenance of the fire hydrant system around the bagasse storage yard and not depending exclusively on fire tender for firefighting. 10. Creating awareness among workers about sudden bagasse fire and emergency action plan will definitely avoid risks of heavy fire. In this way we can save a valuable fuel &
178
N Hazard Mitigation Measures o. life of human being working near bagasse. 11. Goggle and mask should be provided for workers in bagasse yard to prevent ill effect on eyes and inhalation of fine Bagasse dust on the workers in the area. 2 Hazard in Storage and handling Safety and fire fighting tips of Sulphur i. Always use Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA). Presently the company has Sulphur fires produce hazardous Sulphur dioxide gas. warehouse to store maximum 200 Sulphur dioxide gas is heavier than air and will MT of Sulphur. But normally 30 accumulate in the vapour spaces of the rail car. MT of Sulphur is stored. It is ii. Small Sulphur fires are easily extinguished by adding transported to the SO2 generation more sulphur on top of the burning Sulphur. This depletes unit manually as per the the oxygen and smothers the fire. requirement. iii. For larger Sulphur fires use a light water fog or CO2 to extinguish. Do not use heavy water streams as this may create Sulphur dust which could potentially explode. iv. It is recommended to keep sufficient quantity of sand buckets for extinguishing fire in the initial stage. v. It is recommended to keep minimum 4 CO2 fire extinguisher in and near the warehouse. vi. These extinguishers should be checked for working and tested annually maintained. It is advisable to maintain the record of testing. 3 Dust Explosion in Sulphur Dust explosions can be prevented by ensuring when the Storage following conditions are met: Sulphur is stored and handled in i. Formation and Suspensions of Sulphur dust in air are granular form, there is always some avoided. dust formation, which can lead to ii. To prevent dust formation during the storage and dust explosion. A dust explosion handling of sulphur, it is necessary to take necessary occurs when a fine dust in precautions to avoid spillage and crushing of granular suspension in air is ignited, resulting sulphur during bulk loading and unloading in the storage in a very rapid burning, and the area. release of large quantities of gaseous iii. Storage shed should be constructed with a minimum products. This in turn creates a number of horizontal surfaces to avoid dust must subsequent pressure rise of accumulation. explosive force capable of damaging iv. All sources of ignition are excluded by installation of plant and buildings and injuring flameproof lighting in the warehouse people. It is generally considered v. Presence of moisture helps in preventing dust explosion. that a dust explosion can only be Hence, Sulphur heaps can be kept slightly wet by initiated by dust particles less than spraying water. 500 microns diameter. Lower explosive limit for Sulphur is reported to be 280 mg/m3. Following conditions are necessary before a dust explosion can take place - a. The dust must be combustible. b. The dust cloud must be of explosive concentration, i.e. between the lower and upper explosion limits for the dusts. c. There must be sufficient oxygen in the atmosphere to support and
179
N Hazard Mitigation Measures o. sustain combustion. d. A source of ignition must be present. e. The dust must be fine enough to support an explosion. 4 Fire in Sulphur storage Smoking and the use of matches shall be prohibited in all There is a risk of fire in Sulphur areas where sulphur dust is likely to be present. Prominent storage as ignition temperature is NO SMOKING signs shall be placed around such areas. low 190O C. Solid and liquid Naked flames or lights and the use of gas cutting or Sulphur will burn to produce welding equipment is prohibited during the normal Sulphur dioxide gas, which is operation of the plant. Repairs involving the use of flames, extremely irritating and toxic. The heat, or hand or power tools in areas where Sulphur may effects of the fire hazard itself are be present shall be made only after getting hot work slight. permit from the authorities. Where this is not possible the Sulphur shall be wetted down. Adequate number of Fire extinguishers have been provided inside the warehouse.
7.5.1.1 Exposure to SO2 gas produced by burning Sulphur
For the production of SO2 standard procedure of charging Sulphur in the melter heated by steam and feeding liquid Sulphur to the burner supplied with air from the air blower and converting it to SO2 gas at high temp. and then SO2 gas is cooled in the main coolers and subsequently in after cooler to 60 to 70 degrees and fed to the sulphiter by pipe of 150 mm diameter and approximately and length of 30 meters. The line pressure is 0.2 Kg/sq cm. (G). There is no intermediate storage of SO2, it is as good as produced and used in situe.
SO2 gas is used for the purification of Sugar juice, in stirred tank closed vessel designed for complete absorption of SO2 gas. Quantitative risk analysis is carried out for estimating the SO2 gas concentration over the distance till concentration is equal to TLV of SO2 gas, under the most credible scenario of 2 mm and worst case scenario as 5 mm leakage through the flange joint. Refer Appendix – L for worst case scenario.
7.5.1.2 Mitigation Measures based on QRA
There is a SOP to shut off the Air compressor in case of leakage or emergency. Following instructions must be added for workers to follow: 1) Gas masks and SBA must be available near the generation unit for the workers to attend the leakage in case of emergency 2) All the workers (normally 3) working in that area should vacate the area and go against the wind to a safer location. 3) Assembly point should be designated near the SO2 production area.
180
4) Higher authorities should be informed and if the leakage is serious, alarm should be sounded and procedure given in Onsite Emergency Plan should be followed. 5) Detailed Procedure, based on the above should be included in the plan. 6) Procedure for shutting down the generation unit and actions to be taken in case of gas leakage should be clearly displayed on the board, in local language. 7) Clear passage must be available for people to leave the area easily. 8) Before the plant start up and every six months, pressure test and thickness test of all the equipments and piping carrying SO2 must be carried out to avoid leakage. 9) Provision to sound an alarm must be installed near the operating area, in case, SO2 leakage is suspected and detected by smell, to warn all workers of the leakage. 10) SO2 leak detectors with alarm should be installed. 11) All operators must be aware of Emergency Shutdown procedure and action to be taken to warn authorities to sound alarm. 12) Emergency Shutdown procedure and action to be taken should be displayed in the SO2 production area in the local language. 13) It should form an important part of mock drill to be carried out as per on-site emergency plan. 14) In case major leakage is envisaged in MCA of flange joint leakage, area around SO2 production unit and part of the main plant must be vacated immediately.
Table Failure frequencies for pipe systems
Table 7.6 Failure Frequencies for Pipe Systems
Above ground pipeline Underground pipeline Type of failure Failure Type of failure Failure frequency frequency [/year] [/m.year] Small leak deq = 0.1 D 2.8 10-7 L/D Crack deq = 10 mm 7.9 10-8 Medium leak deq = 0.15 D 1.2 10-7 L/D -8 -8 Large leak deq = 0.36 D 5.0 10 L/D Large Leak deq=0.5D 6.9X 10 Rupture 2.2 X10-8 L/D 2.8 X 10-8
L= to pipe length minimum 10 meters D= inner pipe diameter in mm For assumed length of 50 meters and 200 mm pipe diameter frequency failure rate calculated for small leak deq= 0.1 D= 0.1 X 200 = 20 mm We have done QRA for 2 mm and 5 mm leak. Failure frequency calculated = 7 X 10-5 Another reference quotes frequency failure rate for 4 mm leak in 150 to 300 mm diameter as 1X 10-6 These frequency failure rates are low.
7.5.2 Molasses Storage Tanks
There are two molasses storage tanks of dimensions 23 M diameter and 9.7 M height (4000 Cu. M capacity) and third additional tank of dimensions 33 M Diameter and 9.5 M height (6700 Cu. M) will be installed. There are two areas of concern are heavy leakage of molasses & total breakage of tank leading to loss of life and pollution.
181
7.5.3 Mitigation Measures
1. Pit for collection of cooling water is also used for accidentally leakage of molasses. Pump is provided for pumping out to ETP. 2. There is dug out drain for this as well as washing of equipment and plant. 3. The dyke wall with valve for pumping is provided
Additional Mitigation Measures to be implemented 1. To prevent the percolation of molasses and other washes into ground there must be properly constructed concrete drain and concrete storage tank which is impervious to prevent soil and ground water contamination. This will be implemented 2. There is no provision of measuring of temperature of molasses temperature. There is double pipe heat exchanger is provided at the circulation discharge pipe. This system will be modified to measures inlet, outlet temperature of molasses and then have molasses temperature indication (TT – Temperature Transmitter & TI – Temperature Indicator). 3. Factory layout drawing showing molasses storage tank layout including the future tank, showing clear distance between each tank, dyke wall dimensions, location of pumps will be submitted.
Storage of molasses
It is necessary to take following mitigation measures to prevent bursting of tanks, and heavy leakage and loss of life. 1. Molasses will be stored in good quality and leak proof mild steel tanks. 2. Adequate safety factor will be incorporated into the design for new tank like wall thickness considering deterioration that will occur due to corrosion over a period of time. 3. Regular internal and external inspection will be scheduled for checking wall thickness of the tanks. 4. Dyke/ Bund walls will be constructed around the tanks with a pumping arrangement to pump dyke wall contents to another tank and eliminate the possibility of spillage and spread inside the factory . 5. It will be ensured while finalizing the dyke dimensions and that thickness that clear volume inside the dyke walls is equal or more than 1.2 x volume of tank storage capacity. If there is leakage – a. Leakage will be washed out and diluted and should be recycled as far as possible or must be properly treated in Effluent treatment plant. b. Replacing of leaky gaskets, joints, will be done strictly by following work permit system. c. Leakage of pipelines, welding repairs will be attended / carried out outside the plant. The necessary hot work permit should be issued after taking necessary precautions and firefighting measures for onsite hot work, by the concerned authority before any hot work in undertaken d. Leakage through pump gland will be reduced to minimum by installing mechanical seals. e. To attend all major leakage in tanks the following procedure will be followed (i) Transfer the material to other tank. (ii) Prepare the tank for welding repairs by making sure that it is positively isolated with blinds from other vessels and ensuring that it is free of the chemicals and gases by purging air and carrying out air analysis before any hot work is undertaken and this should be done by skilled workers. For this purpose safety permit should be given.
182
7.6 CO-GENERATION PLANT
Presently there is one boiler of capacity 160 TPH with 87 kg/cm2 is in working condition Major hazard is explosion.
Following Mandatory measures have to be in place:
IBR rules for design, piping, maintenance and operation of boilers by certified boiler attendants is mandatory. (i) The company’s present plant is standard DCS controlled and operated to take care of all safety related issues with all instrumentations, alarms and interlocks. Details of the same are provided in Appendix – M. (ii) Similar system will be in place for expansion plant as it is standard. (iii) In addition, all the employees working in this area on the shop floor are provided with ear plugs to prevent ill effects of high noise in this area.
7.7 DISTILLERY
The company will adopt standard Alcohol production technology for the new 60 KLPD plant, which is described in details in the earlier part of the EIA report. Separate area of 82764sq. Meters has been allocated for this plant. Out of this built up area for will be 7490 sq. m. Details of the same are shown in the site layout, in this EIA report.
Recommendations for minimization of Hazard in the process Major hazard identified in the production unit is release of alcohol vapours and fire. It is recommended that, the company should insist in the process know–how and basic engineering supply agreement to include HAZOP study. It is desirable to associate technical and production staff in these studies for better understanding of the process and instrumentation philosophy and other technical aspects of the process and plant. Detailed engineering should ensure that all the recommendations on safety measures are implemented.
7.7.1 Major Hazard in Distillery
Major hazard is leakage and fire in storage of Alcohol. It is confirmed that the following for the Alcohol storage, tank layout, tank-farm layout, pump locations etc. will be as per the requirements of PESO latest rules and regulations. The company has following storage for Ethanol storage for present plant Ethanol Tank 3 No. of 900 Cu. M with Diameter = 9.9 Meter and Height = 12 Meters. These will be relocated as per the PESO rules. PESO certificate is appended at Appendix -N Statutory approvals for new distillery will be obtained. All tanks will be provided with flame arrestors, moisture traps, and overhead condensers with chilled water for prevention of Alcohol loss and environment protection. For unloading pump, earthing sensor should be provided for safe handling. NFPA rating for Alcohol is NH (Health Factor) NF (Fire Factor) NR (Reactivity) NF= 3, NH = 2 and NR=0, indicating fire as the major hazard in handling and storage of Alcohol.
Qualitative Risk analysis
For the storage of alcohol Fire and Explosion index has been calculated to be 72 based on the Material Factor MF= 16 and storage conditions (Degree of Hazard is rated based on of Fire and explosion index as follows)
183
Table 7.7 Degree of Hazard
DEGREE OF HAZARD AND F&EI INDEX F&EI INDEX RANGE DEGREE OF HAZARD 1-60 LIGHT 61-96 MODERATE 97-127 INTERMEDITE 128- 158 HEAVY MORE THAN 159 SEVERE
F&EI index is in the range of moderate.
7.7.2 Mitigation Measures 1. Based on standard recommendations for moderate hazard is it is recommended to have Alcohol storage tanks should be in open in dyke walls and must have spill collection and control (recycle) arrangement to pump into another tank. 2. As indicated the storage will be in open with dyke walls. 3. Clear distance between tanks will be provided as per the requirement of Petroleum Rules Table 1 SCHEDULE II. 4. Location of pumps, location of tank farm in the factory should be as per the requirements of PESO Petroleum rules. 5. Necessary approval /LICENCE from Chief Controller of Explosives will be obtained for the for obtained for the existing and proposed alcohol storage. 6. Proper firefighting system, inside the plant and around the storage tanks will be designed as per IS or international code. And Fire NOC will be obtained. 7. Design of Fire fighting around Alcohol storage for expansion will be as per OIS 117 standard or equivalent standard with sprinkler system for tank cooling and foam based firefighting arrangement. 8. For Transportation of Alcohol, Class A flammable solvent, rules as given in Petroleum act will be followed. The guidelines are given in Appendix – O. 9. Quantitative Risk Analysis: 10. F&EI index can also be used for estimating the damage that would probably result from the accident/fire. And it is converted to radius of exposure by multiplying it by 0.84 to feet. Thus radius of exposure in this case will be 0.84X72= 60 feet or 18 meters
QRA for Alcohol Storage has been calculated for the existing Alcohol storage tank has been done and results and conditions assumed are given in Appendix – L.
7.8 ON-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN
1. Company has an on-site emergency plan for the existing facilities. Guidelines for preparation are attached in Appendix - P. Same will have to be modified with inclusion of Mitigation measures and quantitative Risk analysis results given above for Sugar manufacturing section and other suggestions. This will have to be suitably modified to include distillery safety measures and results of QRA studies to be carried out and modify the same. 2. DMP (Disaster Management Plan) and modified off-site emergency plan will be in place before commissioning of distillery. 3. Safety Measures during regular and shut-down: It must be remembered that shutdown plant are also and sometimes more prone to accidents. Hence it is suggested that all workers, regular and contract workers should be issued proper PPE, like helmet, safety
184
shoes etc. as necessary. All work, hot work, working at height etc. during working and shutdown period should be carried out with proper work permit and under proper supervision
7.9 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH ASPECTS AND MEDICAL PROVISION IN THE FACTORY
7.9.1 Effects of Alcohol on health
It reacts vigorously with oxidizing materials. TLV for 8 hr. is 1000 ppm (ACGIH). Minimum identifiable concentration has been reported as 350 ppm. Exposure to concentrations of 5000 - 10000 ppm results in irritation of eyes and mucous membranes of the upper respiratory tract. Effects of exposure to higher concentration of Alcohol in the atmosphere are given in the following table
Table 7.8 Effect of Ethyl Alcohol
Conc. (mg/l) Conc. (ppm) Effects on human 10-20 5300 – 10,640 Some transient coughing and smarting of eyes and nose, not tolerable 30 15,960 Continuous lacrimation and marked coughing; could be tolerated with discomfort. 40 21,280 Just tolerable for short period > 40 >21,280 Intolerable
To prevent injury to workers, standard PPEs will be provided. In addition, sufficient number of Self-contained breathing apparatus will be provided to be used in case of major alcohol leakage to avoid exposure to higher levels of Alcohol. All precautionary methods will be adopted by the company to reduce the risk of exposure of employees to occupational safety and health hazards.
7.9.2 Medical check-up
Pre & post medical check-ups will be done of all the employees. Employees will be regularly examined and the medical records will be maintained for each employee. Pulmonary function test and periodical medical checkup shall be done once in every year.
The following tests will be conducted for each worker: Lung Function Test Radiology – X-ray Pulmonary Function Test Audiometric Test General clinical examination with emphasis on respiratory system Pre employment examinations Periodical medical examinations at the time of employment and after completion of employment.
7.9.3 Occupational Health Center: OHC:
Location of OHC with dimensions is shown in the factory layout drawing layout. Present man power for the factory is 305 skilled and 415 unskilled workers. After planned expansion 25 skilled and 43 unskilled workers will be employed. The facilities of OHC will be
185
augmented before the Distillery start up. Health checkup of employees working in existing plant is done yearly. Also, health insurance is provided for each employee. Health checkup report & insurance copy is attached at Appendix - Q.
Some guide lines are given below: Under rule 73 W All factories carrying out hazardous processes must have OHC with services and facilities A) For factories employing up to 50 workers: i) Medical officer on retainer ship basis, ii) Minimum 5 workers trained in first aid, at least one shall be available during all working hours. iii) Fully equipped first aid box (What it should contain is also specified later) B) For factories employee 51 to 200 workers i) OHC with min. floor space of 15 sq. meters ii) Part time medical officer iii) One qualified and trained dresser-cum- compounder throughout all working hours. iv) Equipped first aid box C) For factories employing more than 200 workers, i) Full time medical officer up to 500 workers, and one more full time medical officer for every additional 1000 workers or part thereof . ii) OHC with 2 rooms iii) One compounder and one ward boy 24 by 7 iv) OHC to be equipped all emergencies
With what facilities OHC should be equipped with is given in details in schedule. Requirement of Ambulance van for any factory carrying on hazardous process shall be provided and maintained is defined under 73-X. For factories with less than 200 workers, management must have an arrangement for getting ambulance van at short notice it also details out what facilities ambulance van should have
Other important requirements are: Company must have, MSDS for all hazardous chemicals at site, Pre-employment medical checkup and six monthly medical check-up for all employees, including contract workers and record must be available. Since the operation involve storage and handling of toxic chemicals, affecting liver, kidneys, lounges, medical test must include the specific teats to check functioning of these vital organs.
Standard Medical facilities as required by Factory rule are expected to have been provided in the OHC for the proposed plant, some important are illustrated below:
1. Well equipped First Aid Boxes will be provided in each Section of the factory. 2. Snake bite Lancet. 3. In case of need, factory will be having dispensary to give effective medical facility to workers. In dispensary, sufficient stock of medicines will be available to provide to workers in case of any major emergent situation. 4. A vehicle will be always available to shift the sick/injured person to District Hospital. 5. Ambulance will be made available 24X7 in the factory to deal and take the injured workers to the district hospital.
7.10 EHS POLICY
The Company has well defined EHS policy and is displayed as per the norms Appendix – R.
186
Chapter 8 Project Benefit
8.1 INTRODUCTION
Any industrial activity helps in improving the social status of the locality. Existing project by SAIL has held in improvement of infrastructure and social structure in the command area and has lead to sustainable development. Also, after expansion the community that inhabit in the nearby areas will be benefited directly or indirectly by the project. Following benefits due to the proposed expansion project are expected.
8.1.1 Improvement in the Physical Infrastructure
Industry has constructed well paved roads for easy access to the workers that has helped in easy transportation of raw materials and products for industry. Further under expansion project as per the Socio-Economic survey it is suggested to improve and construct a well paved roads in surrounding area of the industry as well. Industry shall adopt the RWH systems that will improve the ground water table. As no any groundwater is utilized for existing as well as expansion project. Augmentation of existing green belt and plantation of additional trees in the industrial area and its surrounding will help in improving the aesthetic beauty of the surrounding environment giving a pleasant look and improvising the air quality. Also green belt will help in arresting dust emissions as well as noise. Villages in study area would be benefited from CER activities to be undertaken by industry especially in respect of sanitation through provision of toilets and MSW management actions.
8.1.2 Improvement in the Social Infrastructure
People residing in the nearby areas will be benefited by the educational facility that will help in enhancing the literacy rate and safety in that area. Due to expansion, the frequency of the local transportation will be increased in this area. This will help shorten the time reaching destination and utilize it for some fruitful productive work. Due to the awareness & promotional programs, taken up by the Industry, people residing in nearby areas have been benefited. This includes education, literacy, safety and personal wellbeing, care to be taken to avoid diseases like aids, swine flu, dengue etc. Industry assists financially to nearby people for medical treatment in case any major diseases found.
187
8.2 ACTIVITIES DONE BY SAIL UNDER CER
Table 8.1 Activities done Under CSR
Financial Year Name of Social Work Amount (Rs. In Lakhs) 2016-17 1) Kapshi School Compound Wall 2.50 2) Fund for Temple at Kaneri 3) Fund for House, Kaneri 4) Plantation (1600 Nos.) 2017-18 1) Excavation of Dug Well 7.50 2) Fund to Kapshi School 3) Plantation (2800 Nos.) 2018-19 1) Fund for Kapshi School 32.00 2) Excavation of Dug Well 3) Bandara deepening 4) Plantation (3848 Nos.) 5) Drinking Water nearby village by tanker Total 42.00
Proposed CER activities are listed under Chapter 6, Section 6.3.10.
8.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL
In any industrial activity all three types i.e. skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled people are required. Preference is given for employment to local people based on qualification and requirement. In existing unit of SAIL; they have provided direct & indirect employment to local people. Under expansion of distillery SAIL will employ some people in surrounding area. Refer Table. 2. 1 from Chapter 2 for more details.
8.4 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS
After execution of the project the above mentioned benefits shall accrue. Apart from these other tangible benefits are mentioned below -
After expansion of industry will meet the national interest of economical growth through sustainable development, as alcohol has been a great source of revenue through excise duty levied by the Government. First Aid Training and fire safety training will be given to all the workers. Insurance Policies for the workers and local people will be made available. Improvement in the aesthetic as well as Pollution augmentation through green belt development. Ground water recharging will be done by arresting rain water.
188
Chapter 9 ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
9.1 INTRODUCTION
Cost-benefit analysis provides an organizational framework for identifying, quantifying, and comparing the costs and benefits (measured in rupees) of a proposed project action. The final decision is informed (though not necessarily determined) by a comparison of the total costs and benefits. Cost-benefit analysis has been cause for substantial debate when used in the environmental arena. The benefits of environmental regulations can include, for example, reduced human and wildlife mortality, improved water quality, species preservation, and better recreation opportunities. The costs are usually reflected in higher prices for consumer goods and/or higher taxes. The latter are market effects readily measured in rupees, while the former are nonmarket effects for which rupees values are not available. In addition to complicating the practice of cost-benefit analysis (rupees values for the nonmarket effects must be inferred rather than directly observed) this raises ethical issues.
9.2 PROPOSED PROJECT
Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis produces more efficient decision by increasing monetary values of the life, health and natural resources. In order to assess the pros and cons of any particular regulatory standard for proposed activity, cost-benefit analysis seeks to translate all relevant considerations into monetary terms. In present study Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis was done by considering financial value of Environmental Monitoring Cost. Thus Cost- Benefit Analysis, for carrying out of annual environmental monitoring and the benefits of doing so, including the saving of human lives and the prevention of debilitating and painful diseases, are presented in terms of money.
Figure 9.1 Cost Benefit Analysis
Production cost
Cost analysis Environmental protection costs
Environmental hazard costs Cost - benefit analysis
Internal benefit
Benefit analysis Direct environmental benefits
Indirect environmental benefits
189
In view of the current environmental impact assessment of SAIL project, environmental and economic evaluation of project is put forward. Environmental costs include internal and external costs. Internal expenses are the costs necessary to achieve the objectives of the project. It is composed of two parts: production cost and environmental protection cost. External costs are the costs of external dis-economy resulting from the project and are mainly used for environmental hazards. Benefits can also be divided into internal and external benefits. The internal benefit is mainly the economic benefits brought by project output and the benefits of employment personnel, and the external benefits are the economic benefits of environmental impact (environmental improvement).
Proponents of cost-benefit analysis make one basic arguments in its favors that is use of cost- benefit analysis apparently leads to more “efficient” allocation of society’s resources by better identifying which potential regulatory actions are worth undertaking and in what fashion.
190
Chapter 10 Environmental Management Plan
10.1 INTRODUCTION
Environment Management Plan (EMP) is required for ensuring sustainable development. It should not affect the surrounding environment adversely. Management plan presented in this chapter needs to be implemented by the expansion of distillery.
EMP aims at controlling pollution at source with available and affordable technology followed by treatment measures. Waste minimization and waste recycling measures are emphasized. In addition to the industry specific control measures, the proposed industry should adopt following guidelines- Application of Low and Non Waste Technology in the production process; Adoption of reuse and recycling technologies to reduce generation of wastes and to optimize the production cost of the industry.
Recycling and reuse of industrial waste not only reduces waste generation but also can be an economic gain to the industry. For the distillery expansion project, the management of SAIL will take all the necessary steps to control and mitigate environmental pollution in the designing stage itself. Moreover, while implementing the project, the management will follow guidelines issued by CPCB. EMP is prepared based on the existing environmental status of the project location and anticipated impacts of the project activities on environment.
10.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL (EMC)
As a part of the EMP, it is essential to formulate an EMC. SAIL is already having a cell functioning under its existing project complex. Cell works under Managing Director of the industry and responsible persons from certain departments have been taken as members. EMC is responsible for all the activities and actions as well as outputs and management of entire infrastructure provided for control and abatement of pollution in the SAIL project. Further, the cell is also active in protecting state of environment in the study area around existing campus of SAIL. Various programs and tasks towards conservation, awareness, promotion, review etc. are undertaken and implemented through the existing environmental management cell of SAIL. This cell will also be responsible for taking care of actions and implementations subsequent to the expansion program of the distillery. Further, the EMC will be adequately expanded by incorporation of certain new members since the work load on existing ones is going to be increased substantially subsequent to commissioning of expansion project. Table 9.1 gives details about EMC in the industry. EMC and members thereof shall look after SAIL existing project as well as expansion of the Distillery.
Table 10.1 Environmental Management Cell in SAIL
No. Name of Member Designation No. of Working Person(s) 1 Hon. Shrinivas A. Pawar Chairman/Managing Director 1 2 Hon. Amarsinh P. Patil Executive Director 1 3 Mr. SukhvinderJit Singh Plant Head 1 4 Mr. Prakash S. Sutar Project Coordinator 1 5 Mr. Sunil R. Dalavi Chief Chemist 1 6 Mr. Rajesh G. Mandhana Co-gen Plant Manager 1 7 Mr. Jayant A. Patil Distillery Manager 1 8 Mr. Manoj Jagtap Safety Officer 1 9 -- Environmental Officer 1
191
Figure 10.1 Environmental Management Cell and Responsibilities
Managing Director Effective implementation of EMP
Sugar Factory Team Co-gen Team Distillery Team Responsible for all activities in Responsible for all activities in Responsible for all activities in this unit related to Safety, this unit related to Safety, this unit related to Safety, Health and Environment (SHE) Health and Environment (SHE) Health and Environment (SHE)
Health and Safety Manager Reporting the Vice President, Operational Risk Committee and the Board on matters regarding SHE performance, SHE Management System performance and the SHE risk position in the Industry
Environmental Engineer Environmental Chemist Safety Officer Providing technical advice Collecting and analyzing the Developing & implementing occupational on implementation of SHE samples and developing health & safety policy, program and procedure, management plan. remediation programs. increasing health and safety awareness at all levels within the organizations.
Members of the Environmental cell are well qualified and experienced in the concerned fields. Some of the routine tests of wastewater such as pH, solids, temperature etc. will be carried out in the laboratory that will be established at the site. However, for additional tests of water, wastewater, soil, air etc., services of accredited laboratories as well as that of a consultant will be hired.
10.3 WORKING OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
Figure 10.2 Environmental Management Plan
Environmental Policy
Management Review Planning Preparing Environmental • Environmental Aspects Plan and Policy • Objectives & Targets •Environmental Management Plan
Checking / Corrective Action Implementation • Monitoring & Measurement • Implementation of EMP in all the • Non-conformance & Corrective & Distillery units Preventive Action • Document Control • Records • Operational Control • EMS Audits • Emergency Preparedness /Response 192
10.4 RECOMMENDATION & IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE
Mitigation measures suggested in Chapter 4 will be implemented. This will reduce the impact on environment due to expansion project. To facilitate easy implementation, recommendations suggested are grouped in different phases. Most important measures are accommodated in earlier phase whereas the lesser important ones are grouped in later phase.
10.4.1 Summary of Recommendations
Table 10.2 Summary of Recommendations
No Aspect Description Recommendations & Proposed Actions 1 Water Total water requirement after Total fresh water required will be Consumption distillery expansion will be 284 M3/D. 1467 M3/D. About 1183 M3/D (82%) will be the recycled water. Out of this 963 M3/D will be treated water from distillery from CPU and 220 M3/D will be ETP, STP treated water & RWH. Industry has permission of 4,54,230 M3/Year for lifting water from Neera Right Bank Canal Division, Phaltan. Fresh water required will be 2.3 KL/KL for industrial purpose in distillery as against 10 KL/KL of alcohol as per the ToR issued. 2 Effluent Raw Spentwash generated about Raw spentwash will be concentrated in Treatment 960 M3/D, MEE and concentrated spentwash will Conc. spentwash of 192 M3/D. be incinerated in incineration boiler. Other industrial effluent Other effluents along with spent leese, generated will be 985 M3/D. MEE Condensate and other effluent Domestic effluent generated from will be treated in CPU & recycled distillery will be 6 M3/D. back in process. Domestic effluent will be treated in proposed STP, instead of Septic Tanks. Storm water drains will be kept separate from other drains. Natural drains if found, will not be altered under any circumstances. No drains will be kept open in the plant. Also, spentwash generation in distillery will be below 8 KL/KL of alcohol. 3 Air Pollution Steam required for distillery after Boiler is provided with ESP as APC Control expansion will be taken from with stack of 65 M height. existing 25 TPH incineration Regular self-monitoring of the AAQ boiler. and work zone air quality is being done by the industry through approved labs to check and control dust levels / concentrations. Efficiencies of dust control equipment in the industry are being monitored
193
No Aspect Description Recommendations & Proposed Actions regularly under performance evaluation. Inlet and outlet of pollution control equipment is being provided with all necessary sampling arrangements as per guidelines of CPCB. 4 Solid Waste Distillery: Boiler ash from Recommendations have been made Management incineration boiler will be toward storage of ash in silo of and generated as solid waste from transportation of same disposal site distillery after expansion. Same is through covered vehicles. given to brick/ cement Adequate storage, disposal shall be manufacturers, CPU sludge and done. yeast sludge will be incinerated in Distillery shall have to operate & incineration boiler maintain composting facility as per Sugar Factory and Co-gen Plant: CREP norms and stipulations of Solid waste generated under CPCB and MoEFCC. existing activities is in the form of boiler ash and ETP sludge. Boiler ash is sold to farmer’s/ brick manufacturers and ETP sludge is used as manure. 5 Noise Control In the Sugar factory, co-gen plant Provision and use of earmuffs in High Measures and distillery; noise generating Noise Area. sources generally are boiler Providing separate sitting and control house, turbine rooms, mill house room for workers. & cane crushing section etc. Changing of shifts and exposure time Expected noise levels in these to high Noise Area will be reduced sections will be in the range of 65 to 70 dB (A). 6 Ecological & Proposed expansion of distillery will Industry has been advised to undertake Socio- not have negative impact on ecology implementation of green belt plan. economic and socio-economic status. The There under, a time bound program Aspects details of ecology and biodiversity shall be prepared for plantation of (flora, fauna, fishes, etc.) observed trees along the periphery and along the in existing unit are described in roads of proposed unit. Chapter 3rd Section 3.12 Awareness camps in study area. Industry will always take lead in contributing towards community development. 7 CER Implementations under CER shall Industry, by involving workers and be done in a time bound manner. locals, shall demonstrate, encourage, Planning for CER shall be started and promote suitable eco-friendly with the identification of alternatives and green technologies in activities/ projects and may be the villages in the vicinity such as undertaken in periphery of water harvesting, solar lighting, co- industrial area. toilets, organic farming etc.
10.5 ENVIRONMENTAL POST MONITORING PROGRAMMES
After commissioning of the expansion project, monitoring of Environmental Attributes such as AAQM, Stack Emissions, Noise, and Effluent will be done on regular basis.
194
Table 10.3 Implementation Schedule
Implementation Schedule Time No Recommendation As per Time Period Immediate Progressive Schedule of Unit APC (1 Stack of Co-gen and 1 Already Implemented under Existing unit 1 Distillery) Water Pollution Control (Execution Already Implemented under Existing unit 2 of Sugar & Co-gen ETP) Water Pollution Control (Execution Already Implemented under Existing unit 3 of CPU at distillery) Noise Control (isolation and Already Implemented under Existing unit 4 Insulation, Provision of PPE’s) Ecological aspects (Additional Green Stage * * - 5 belt development) wise 6 SHW Management Already Implemented under Existing unit Socio-economic aspects (CER) Stage - - * 7 wise Note: - ‘*’ indicates implementation of recommendations
10.6 POST ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
Post environmental clearance monitoring for industrial premises & for study area around the SAIL is given at chapter 6, Refer table 6.5. Following compliance against the consent conditions after commissioning of project will be observed under the Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling & Transboundary Movement) Rules 2010.
Table 10.4 Compliance against the Consent Condition
No. Description Frequency Remark 1 Renewal of Consent Once in a Application for renewal shall be done 60 days before year the expiry date. 2 Environmental Once in a Will be submitted for every financial year before 30th Statement year September of next year. 3 Hazardous Waste Once in a Will be submitted for every financial year before 30th Returns year June of next year. 4 Six Monthly Six Monthly Two Compliance will be submitted every year. Compliance
10.7 Monitoring Equipment
A. Air Quality and Meteorological Instruments
1. Fine Dust Sampler 2. Weather station with Wind Vane, Anemometer, Thermometer, Dry/ Wet Bulb Thermometer, Rain-gauge 3. Spectrophotometer 4. Single pan balance up to 0.0001 gms detection levels. 5. Relevant chemicals as required 6. Oven B. Water and Wastewater Quality
1. BOD Incubator 2. COD reflux assembly
195
3. Refrigerator 4. Thermometer 5. pH meter 6. Stop watch 7. Distilled water plant 8. Pipette box 9. Titration set 10. Relevant chemicals and glass wares
C. Noise Levels
Sound level meter in different scales like A, B and C with slow and fast response options
D. Soil Characteristics
Soil sampler (auger) to collect soil samples
196
Chapter 11 Summary and Conclusion
11.1 INTRODUCTION
This report has been prepared in overall context of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) as per the provisions of “EIA Notification No. S.O. 1533 (E)” dated 14.09.2006; and amendments thereto issued by Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC); New Delhi. Now, as per the amended “EIA Notification No. S.O. 1960 (E)” dated 13.06.2019; the project comes under activity 5(g) - Distillery; comes under Category ‘A’. EIA report comprises of requisite information and details w.r.t. project as mentioned in the standard Terms of Reference (TORs) issued by MoEFCC; New Delhi vide letter No. J- 11011/403/2014-IA II (I) dated 18.10.2019 to SAIL.
Table 11.1 Project Investment Details
No. Industrial unit Capital Investment (Rs. Cr.) Existing Expansion Total 1 Sugar Factory, Co-gen Plant 246.61 - 246.61 2 Distillery 92.84 46.55 139.39 Total 339.45 46.55 386.00
11.2 PROJECT AT A GLANCE
Table 11.2 Salient Features of the SAIL Project Site
No Particulars Details 1 Name and Address of the Industry Sharayu Agro Industries Ltd. (SAIL) A/p Kapshi (Motewadi), Gat No. 253/4 & 253/5, Tal.: Phaltan, Dist.: Satara, Maharashtra. 2 Land acquired by the Industry 3,07,500 Sq. M. (30.75 Ha) (Sugar, Co-gen & Distillery) 3 Elevation 645 M above MSL 4 Nearest habitation Village Kapshi1.02 Km Nearest Town Phaltan 19.87 Km 5 Nearest city Satara (38.39 Km) 6 Nearest highway SH-70 (8.8 Km), SH-64 (10 Km) 7 Nearest railway station Adarki railway station is located at about 6.64 Km from project site 8 Nearest airport Phaltan airport (18.45 Km). 9 Nearest tourist place(s) Kalaj Hill 14.2 Km 10 Defense installations Nil within 10 Km radius 11 Archaeological important Nil within 10 Km radius 12 Ecological sensitive zones Nil within 10 Km radius 13 Reserved forest/Protected forest/ Reserved forest – 5.50 Km National Parks/Wildlife Sanctuary etc. Protected forest - 2.06 Km 14 Nearest streams / Rivers / water bodies Nira River – 16.4 Km (from Project Site) Veer Dam – 28.94 Km 15 Nearest Industrial Area / Industry Nil within 10 Km radius 16 Interstate Boundary Nil within Study Area of 10 Km radius 17 Site Co-ordinates (all corners) Latitude 17°56'22.31"N Longitude 74°15'06.00"E Latitude 17°56'23.38"N Longitude 74°15'16.29"E Latitude 17°56'38.74"N Longitude 74°15'24.91"E Latitude 17°56'41.44"N Longitude 74°15'18.06"E
197
11.3 PROCESS DESCRIPTION
11.3.1 Product and Raw Material
Details of raw materials and products that are being manufactured under existing as well as those to be manufactured under distillery expansion are presented in table 10.3.
Table 11.3 List of Products & By-products
Industrial Unit Product Quantity (MT/D) Existing Expansion Total Rectified Spirit (RS)/ 60 60 120 Extra Neutral Alcohol Distillery Unit (ENA) / Ethanol (Expansion-60 to By-products 120 KLPD) CO2 46 46 92 Fusel Oil 0.12 0.12 0.24 Product Existing - Total Sugar* (11%) 550 -- 550 Sugar Factory By-products (5000 TCD) Molasses* (4%) 200 -- 200 Bagasse* (30%) 1500 -- 1500 Pressmud* (4%) 200 -- 200 Co-gen Plant (30 Product Existing - Total MW) Electricity 30 MW/Hr -- 30 MW/Hr * - Percent of Cane Crushed
Table 11.4 List of Raw Materials Quantity Name of Raw Industrial unit Existing Expansion Total Source Material Unit
Own Sugar Factory/ Molasses MT/ M 6660 6660 13,320 outside purchase Distillery Unit Yeast MT/ M 4.5 4.5 9.0 (Expansion-60 to Urea MT/ M 72 72 144 Local 120 KLPD) De-foaming Vendors MT/ M 180 180 360 Oil Sugarcane MT/ M 1,50,000 - 1,50,000 Near By Farms Sugar Factory Lime MT/ M 240 - 240 (5000 TCD) Sulphur MT/ M 60 - 60 Nearby Market Lubricants MT/ M 3.90 - 3.90 Co-gen Plant (30 MW) Bagasse MT/ M 44,640 44,640 Own Sugar Factory
198
Figure 11.1 Manufacturing Process Details of SAIL Integrated Project
11.4 SOURCES OF POLLUTION AND MITIGATION MEASURES
11.4.1 Water Pollution
The total water requirement for distillery project after expansion will be 1467 M3/D. Out of the total water requirement, 963 M3/D would be treated from proposed CPU, 220 M3/D will be ETP, STP treated water & RWH whereas 284 M3/D will be fresh water. Total water requirement for existing sugar factory & co-gen plant is 3154 M3/D. Out of this total water requirement, 2348 M3/D will be sugarcane condensate water, 320 M3/D will be treated from ETP whereas 486 M3/D will be fresh water. Fresh water taken from Neera Right Bank Canal Division, Phaltan. Under existing activity of project Raw Spentwash to the tune of 480 M3/D concentrated in MEE. Conc. Spentwash is burnt in incineration boiler. Other effluent viz. MEE condensate, spent lees, Boiler blow down, cooling tower, lab & washing is forwarded existing CPU. Under expansion of project Raw Spentwash to the tune of 960 M3/D shall be concentrated in Multiple Effect Evaporator (Five Effect). Conc. spent wash shall be incinerated in incineration boiler. Other effluent viz. MEE condensate, spent lees, boiler blow down, cooling tower, lab & washing shall be forwarded to existing CPU. Treated effluent will be recycled back in process for various operations. Total domestic effluent will be treated in proposed STP.
For more details w.r.t water consumption and effluent generation refer table 2.18 to 2.21 from chapter 2.
199
11.4.2 Air Pollution
Under the proposed expansion project, no new boiler will be installed. Under existing distillery unit, a boiler of 25 TPH incineration boiler is installed. Fuel for same will be coal blended with concentrated spentwash. ESP along with stack of 65 M height will be provided to the same. Under existing Sugar & Co-gen plant a boiler of 160 TPH is installed at site. Bagasse is used as fuel. ESP is providing to same with stack height of 85 M. Existing 1 D.G. Sets of 500 KVA capacity for sugar factory & co-gen plant & 3 D.G sets of 500 KVA capacity are installed with adequate stack height and acoustic enclosure. After expansion of distillery, no new D.G set will be installed. Refer details of boiler and DG set at Table 2.23 Chapter 2. Green belt will be augmented in and around the industry. Green belt developed in the premises acts like adsorbent of air pollutants.
11.4.3 Noise Pollution
In the distillery, very high noise generating source do not exist. Boiler house, distillation & fermentation section would be the miner sources of noise. Noise levels, as measured at various points in the boiler house, are not more than 85 dB (A). Adequate care shall be taken under expansion process also so that the noise form all the concerned sections shall be properly attenuated and controlled through insulation, isolation, separation, techniques. Green belt to be augmented further shall play an important role to attenuate noise levels from industry to surroundings.
11.4.4 Solid Waste
Table 11.5 Solid Waste Details
No. Industrial Type Quantity (MT/M) Disposal Unit Existing After Expansion Yeast Sludge 300 600 Burnt in Incineration 1 Distillery CPU Sludge 15 27 Boiler Boiler Ash (Coal+Sp.wash) 840 1680 Given to Brick / Sugar Factory Boiler Ash (Bagasse) 471 - Cement Industry 2 & Co-gen ETP Sludge 1 - Used as Manure Plant
11.4.5 Hazardous Waste
Table 11.6 Hazardous Waste Details
No. Industrial Unit Category Quantity (MT/M) Disposal 1 Sugar factory Spent Oil – Cat.5.1 0.3 Burnt in boiler
No any hazardous waste will be generated from distillery.
11.4.6 Odour Pollution
Spentwash generated from molasses based distillery shall be carried through closed pipeline and concentrated in MEE. Hence, odour nuisance due to spentwash storage activity will be entirely eliminated.
Due adequate steps towards handing, conveyance, usage, housekeeping and O & M; there is no any odour problem under existing distillery. Similar care shall be taken during expansion
200 project also. For more details towards mitigation of odour problems, Chapter 2 (Section 2.7.6) may be referred. For detailed area break up of entire industrial complex Table 2.3 of Chapter 2 may be referred.
11.5 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT
Table 11.7 Area Details
No. Description Area (Sq. M) 1 Total Built up Area after expansion 62,938.35 2 Total Open Area after expansion 1,36,639.17 Existing Green Belt Area (21% of Total Plot Area) 63,836.48 Proposed Green Belt Area under Expansion (14% of Total Plot Area) 44,086.00 3 Total Green Belt - 35 % of Total Plot Area 1,07,922.48 4 Roads 13,500.00 Total Plot Area 3,07,500.00
11.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
Monitoring of various environmental parameters will be carried out on a regular basis to ascertain the following:
State of pollution within the plant and in its vicinity; Examine the efficiency of pollution control systems installed in the plant; Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution; To assess environmental impacts
Project management will carry out the monitoring regularly and record shall be maintained of the same. For details w.r.t. post monitoring program to be conducted; refer chapter - 6 (Table 6.5)
11.7 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
Environment Management Plan aims at controlling pollution at source with available and affordable technology followed by treatment measures. Under the existing 60 KLPD distillery, sugar factory & co-gen plant, SAIL has effectively implemented the EMP. As a part of EMP, it is essential to formulate an EMC. SAIL is already having a cell functioning under its existing distillery & sugar factory, co-gen plant. EMC will be adequately expanded by incorporation of certain existing members subsequent to commissioning of expansion project. For more details, the separate chapter on EMP may be referred.
11.8 CONCLUSION
Proposed expansion of distillery by SAIL will help to elevate the economic growth at the local level as well as national level. It will also generate the employment in the study region, thereby improving the standard of living of people in the area. Expansion activity shall not disturb the land use pattern in the study area of 10 Km. Moreover, Rain Water Harvesting (RWH) shall be implemented on site so as to recharge and increase the ground water table in the area. Also, maximum use of condensate is done do reduce the fresh water demand. No Rehabilitation is involved under this project since expansion will be done in the existing premises. Thus, SAIL expansion & establishment project is beneficial for society without hampering the environment and thereby accomplishing the aim of sustainable development.
201
Chapter 12 Disclosure of Consultants
12.1 THE ORGANIZATION
Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL) is a major organization under the 'Equinox Group (EG)’ companies. EEIPL (Registration No. U90000PN2009PTC134168) has been registered under the Companies Act 1956 and is one of the leading environmental consultants in the country. It renders number of environmental services, under one roof, needed by various industries, institutions, government and semi-govt. bodies. ‘Equinox’ offers services related to Environmental; Civil & Chemical Engineering, Pollution Control & its abatement, Industrial Safety, Health & Hygiene. ‘EG’ is in the environmental business since 1994 and operates through its offices located in Kolhapur (Corporate), Pune, New Mumbai, Hyderabad and New Delhi in India as well as at Baltimore in Maryland; USA. ‘Equinox’ set up comprises of engineers, technocrats, eminent scientists & professors, chemists, technicians and business associates.
Quality, consistency and committed service are the "3 Pillars" of Equinox. The ‘EG’ is working in close association with some reputed institutions and organizations in India that are leading in R&D, consultation, education and infrastructure development in environmental engineering & management areas. A few to mention are – (1) Institute of Chemical Technology (formerly UDCT); Mumbai, (2) KIT's College of Engineering; Kolhapur, (3) Shivaji University; Kolhapur, (4) D.Y. Patil College of Engg.; Kolhapur, and (5) GPKP; Kolhapur. ‘Equinox’ has also been awarded Memberships by Prestigious Global Institutions namely - IE (India), IWA (UK), ISWA (Austria), and ENACT (Alabama-USA).
Presently EEIPL has a strength of 78 highly qualified personnel out of which 9 are Ph.D. scholars and 25 hold post graduate qualifications namely M.Tech. (from IITs), M.S.E. (JHU- USA), M.E. and M.Sc. with an experience range of 10 to 50 years.
EEIPL is an ISO 9001:2015 certified organization (DNV-GL) that has been duly accredited through QCI–NABET for the MoEFCC; New Delhi as recognized and approved ‘Environmental Consultant’ of ‘Cat. A’ at the National Level for 15 different Sectors (1,2,4,8,12,17,18,20,21,22,25,32,32A.37 & 39).The EIA team comprises of 7EIA Coordinators and 23 Functional Area Experts actively engaged in the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies and related exercises under Environmental Clearance assignments. Moreover, EEIPL is having back up of 5 state-of-art Laboratories spread in 4 states of India (2 in Maharashtra and 1 each in Gujarat, Karnataka and West Bengal). All the Labs have received NABL accreditations (ISO/IEC 17025: 2005; 2017) as well as approvals by the Govt. of India through the MoEFCC; New Delhi. Also, they have certifications namely ISO 9001: 2015, ISO 18001: 2007 (OHSAS) and ISO 140001: 2015.
The 'Equinox Group' companies, over last 25 years, have rendered services as well as expert consultation to more than 300 Projects and Industries all over the country which included sugar factories, power plants, distilleries, foundries, sponge iron & steel plants, textile industries, bulk drug manufacturing units and chemical industries, food processing & beverage manufacturing units, asbestos products & roofing, timber and particle board Industries. So far, the ‘EG’ organizations have successfully procured ‘Environmental Clearance (EC)’for 138 Projects that required conducting EIA studies. Out of them, as many as 110 were ‘Category-A’ projects for which EC was awarded by MoEFCC. The engineering team of ‘Equinox’ has planned, designed, erected and commissioned more than
202 75 Plants that comprised of ETPs, STPs, WTPs, SW & HW Management Units, Rain Water Harvesting & GWR, Piezometer Network Stations and Resources Recovery Systems. Also, more than50 Projects have been rendered consultation on CER, Green Belt, Ground Water Abstraction Clearance(CGWA & MoWR; Govt of India), NBWL Clearance (SBWL & MoEFCC), OCMS, and Legal & Technical advice. Further, the EG companies have actively contributed their technical & scientific skills and knowledge in the Lakes & Rivers Revival and Conservation Program promoted by MoEFCC; Govt. of India through NRCD under NPCA scheme (formerly NLCP). There under, preparation and getting approvals was done for DPRs of 13 Lake Projects in Maharashtra & Uttar Pradesh while obtaining sanction of Rs. 320 Cr. as grant-in-aid (funds). Here, the second largest funding (next to ‘Dal Lake’ in Srinagar) was awarded by MoEFCC to ‘Ramgarh Lake’ at Gorakhpur in UP where under Revival & Conservation Project worth Rs. 197 Cr. was successfully executed and commissioned in the year 2018. Engineers & scientists of ‘Equinox’ made this mission possible in association with professors from KITs College of Engineering; Kolhapur. The EG website –www.equinoxenvi.com – may be visited for more details regarding activities, achievements and list of the esteemed clients of ‘Equinox’ as well as Key Personnel information.
203 180
204 205 206 jftLVªh laö Mhö ,yö&33004@99 REGD. NO. D. L.-33004/99
vlk/kj.k EXTRAORDINARY Hkkx II—[k.M 3—mi&[k.M (ii) PART II—Section 3—Sub-section (ii) izkf/dkj ls izdkf'kr PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY la- 352] ubZ fnYyh] 'kqØokj] iQjojh 10] 2017@ek?k 21] 1938 No. 352] NEW DELHI, FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 10, 2017/MAGHA 21, 1938
֑֞ᭅ֗֒օ֗֊ն֒վ֑֔֗֞֡ᳯ֒֗ֆᭅ֊եᮢ֑֞֔ ֞֊է֟։֢֚ռ ժᳰֈ᭨֔֠֍֒֗֒֠֊ շ֧ ֟֊֑շ֧ ֚֞ևᳯւֆ֑֞ᭅ֗֒օ ֚ե֒ᭃօ ֟֊֑ է ಧշ֧ ᭠ᮤ֑֠ ֚֒շ֞֒ ֑֞ᭅ֗֒օ շ֞ը ո ն֒։֞֒֞᳇֞֒֞ᮧֈᱫ֘֟Ღ֑ᲂշ֞ շե ֧ ոեփ շᳱ։֞֒֞շᳱի։֞֒֞ շ֞ ᭃօ է֟։֟֊֑֚֒ է ֆ֞֒֠ո ᮧ֑֫չշ֒ֆ֧ᱟձն֒ֆ᭜շ֞֟֔֊֏֞֒ֆ֚֒շ֞֒շ֧ ֑֞ᭅ֗֒օն֒֗֊եᮢ֑֞֔շᳱէ֟։֢֚ռ֊֚֞եշ֞ը վ֡֔֞ժᱶ֟֊᳜֟֔֟ոֆն֚֒ե֘֫։֊շ֒ֆ֛֠էև֞֨ ᭅֆ֭ իᲦէ֟։֢֚ռ֊֧֚֚֞֔ ֊ֆ֞֟֔շ֞ե ದᱶ ֆև֞իե ֧֚֚֚ ե֎ե֟։ֆᮧ᳥֑֟֗ᲂշ֧ ն֒ շ ᮓ֚ե֑֞շ ᭭և֞֊֒֟֊᳜֟֔֟ոֆᮓ֑֚֞ե շն֒ᮧ᳥֑֟֗֟֞ե ֒ո֠վ֞ձչ֠էև֞ե ᭅֆ֭
֚֡᮰֚֠֠֞֒պ֡֊֞ևվ֞ֈ֞֒ ֚֚֨ᭅ֛֫֒֠վ֫֊֚ᳶ֧֚֗վ ᮰֠ֆ֚֠֞չ֒։ᭅ֒֞վ֧֚֚֡֒֗֞ ձ֊֑֗֞֒ᱶցձ᭛փ֧֚᭢ց֠ ֚֡᮰֠էᱨֆ֞֟չ֒֠֘վ֫֘֠ ᮰֠շ֧ձ֚ձ֊ ֧֚ թ֒֞եփ֗֞֊ᱶ֛֞լᳲ֚չ֚֚֫֞ժց֠ֈ֠֊֞֊֞ևեչᱶ֘շ֒ ᭭֠ց֔շ֧ ֟֗֒֠ֆ֡օ֧֛᭬֞֒֞ᮝ֛֩ փ֚֞եֈ֚֠֡ոֈ֗վ֞ֈ֧֗ ֚֚֨ᭅ֟ցշ֞֊շե֚᭨ց֧֊֚֠ձ᭛փթեվ֠֟֊֑֚ᭅ֚ᳶ֚֗ ֧֚ ᮰֠֒֞ᱟ֔֔᭯օ֞ᳯց֔ ձ֊֑֗֞֒ᱶց֨֊֧վᱶցձ᭛փ ցַ֧֟֔֟ ᮰֠ֆ֠շ֞ֈ֎֞֒֠ֈ֔֠շ֞ցշ֒ թեվ֠֟֊֑ᳳ֒չ֟փ֗֠վ֊ ֛֔֞ֆ֔ի᳒֫չ ᮧ֏֠։֠֊֠շ֣֛֑֟֙֞֟֗᳒֞֔ᳯ֚֒֒փ֠ըժ֚֠ ճᳰ֍֚շ֧ ֚֞֟֘֗֞վ֠֊չ֒֡օ֧ ֛᭬֞֒֞ᮝ ᮰֠֟չ֒֠֘֎֞֎֢֏֞ժց֧֔ ֚֚֨ᭅշ֫օ֞շᭅ ᳯ֚֒ռᭅ֍֞լե փ֧֘֊᭡֔֞ց֚ե ֧֚ ᮰֠ֆ֠֟֊ᭅ֔֡շ֧ ֘֏եփ֞֒֠ 744 GI/2017 (1)
207 2 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY [PART II—SEC. 3(ii)]
᮰֛֠֨ ց֛֒֫֠ո֞եփ֞֟փ֑֞ե ց֧֔ᳰᮓշ֧ ց֨ֈ֞֊շ֧ ֠ս֧շ֞ռ֠չ֞ֈ֊ ֚֡᮰֚֠֞չ֫֔֘֎֞֎֑֞֒֊֠ց֧֔ ֚֚֨ᭅռ֧֚֫֠֔֎֧֫֒ᮝ֠վ֟֔֟ց֧փ ᮰֠ᮧ֠֟ֆᮨ֞ե֚֚֚֟֡ ֧֚ ֊֫֒֞չեվթեֈ֬֒᭟֑ᮧֈֿ֧֘ ᮰֠ի֙֞֏֚֡֞֊֏֧֚֞֗֡ ᮰֠ᮧ֘֞եֆը֒֏ַ֠շ֒ ֚֚֨ᭅᮧ֚֠֟ցշ֧֔ ֧֎֧֫֒ᮝ֠վᮧ֞ժ֧֗ց֟֔֟ցփ֧ ᮰֠ᱨվ֡֔ձռ֏Ჵ ֧֚ ᭡֔֞ց֚ե֚֠վ֠ըժփ֚֠֠ղ᭭ց֧ց փ֛֞֟ֆ֧֊շ֡ ֞֒ձ֏Ჵ ֏֞֊֡᭔֑֫ֆշ֩᭥֧֛֚֔֔֞ֆ֔յᳯ֑֒եց֔ շ᭥֊֠շ֧ ֟֗֒֠ֆվ֠ըժփ֚֠֠շ֧֚֞ռ֞֒ ֆ֛֚֠֔֞֒ֈ֠֟վ֔֞ ᭭ֆ֞֗֞֠֞֒ չ֡վ֒֞ֆַֿ֚֞֔֗ ᮰֛֠֫֘֞֟ֈ֚֟շᳱ ֚֚֨ᭅ֡᭥֎ժ֧֗᭭ց֨֊֧վᱶց֟֔֟ց֧փ֧֔֎֧֫֒ᮝ֠ ᮰֠֎֠֊֗֠֊շ֡ ֞֒ ֧֚ ᭡֔֞ց֚ե֠ձըժփ֚֠֠ֆ֞֔֫վ֞֟վ֔֞ ᮰֠ձձ֍֚֩֠ չָ֛᭬֞֒֞ᮝ֑֞֒ ᮰֠ձ֚֠չ֑֫֔ ֚֚֨ᭅֈ֛֔֠ց֧ ֧᭭ց֛֞լ֚ձվ֠ց֠ ᮰֠պ֊֑᭫֞ֈ֚֞չ֑֫֔ ֧֚ շ֒֊ַ֞֔֒֫թեփ᭭ᮝ֑֠֔ձᳯ֑֛֒֞ե֚֚֟֊֧֞շ֧ ᮰֠ᳰֈ֊֧֘չ֑֫֔ ֒֠ֆըվ֞ֈ֡֒ᳰֈ᭨֔֠֗֟ ֊ ᮰֠ի֞֘եշ֧֚֒ ֚֚֨ᭅթեփ᭭ᮝ֑֠֔ցᳲ֧᭭ ցչ֔֨֎֧֫֒ᮝ֠ձ᭛փշե ֚ᳲ᭨ցչ ֧֚ ᮰֠շ֣᭬օշ֡ ֞֒ լ֚պ֧֔֫֒֠չ֧ցᳯց֑֞֔֞եվ֞֎ֿ֛֞ ᮰֠։֞֒ե֎֒ ֊ ᮰֠֒֞վ֧֘շ֡ ֞֒֒֫֘ ֚֚֨ᭅըժց֠ձ֔֔֨᭣֚ᮧ֞ժ֧֗ց֟֔֟ց֧փ֎֠ ֊᮰֛֠֫᭥ֈ֛֚֫֒֞֎ո֞ ֧֚ ն֒եչ֫֔֡֒֠թեփ᭭ᮝ֑֠֔ձᳯ֑֒֞ ֊᮰֠֎եֈ֊֞ռ֛֚֬֞֡ ֍֧ վ֊ժᳰֈ᭨֔֠ ᮰֠֗֠շ֧ ֧֚᭨֗֞շ֡ ֞֒ ֚֚֨ᭅռ֨᭠֊ժ֧ց֧֚֔֨֎ᮧ֞ժ֧֗ց֟֔֟ց֧փվ֫ֆ֠ ᮰֠֠շ֟֗և֚֞֡ ֧֚ շ֩᭥֧֚֔ձշ֧ ձ֊ַ֒֫չ֡փռ֧ ֨᭠֊ժ ᮰֠ֆ֠վ֧֛֧֔ֆ֞ փ֞᭟֑֞֊֧֘֗֒չ֫֞֔֎ց֞֔֗֒ ֚֚֨ᭅ֛᭬֞֒֞ᮝձ֊֑֗֞֒ᲂ֞֗֒֟֔֟ց֧փ᭡֔֞ց ᮰֑֠֫չ֧֘֎֠։֫շ֧ ֧֚ ե֚֠ձռփ᭣᭨֑֢֎֢ց֠֎֫֒֠թեփ᭭ᮝ֑֠֔ձ᭭ց֧ց֚ ᮰֛֠֟ֆᱶᮤը᭠֊ֈ֒֞֗։֞֒չ֧֗ ֏֞֒ֆ֧ᮝ֑֫֟֔ᳯ֒֍ᳲ֔չ᭡֔֞եցշ֧ ֚֞ ֎֢ց֠֎֫֒֠֊֞չ֛᭬֡֒֞֒֞ᮝֿ փ֞։֠֒վշ֡ ֞֒ᳲ֛֚ ֚֚֨ᭅվ֠ը֚֒֠թե֟փ֑֞եᮝᳲ֊չձ᭛֧ փձ֊֞֟֔ᳯցշ֔ ֊ᮕ֚֞ᱨցᳯ֚֒ռᭅձ᭛փᳰᮓ֑֧֘ ֎֧֫֒ᮝ֠֨֔ ֧֚ ᮰֠էվ֑շ֡ ֞֒֘֞ᭅ ֠ ֟֔֟ց֧փշᳱժշ֞ժ ձ֍֧֚ց թե֟փ֑֞ ᮰֠֒֞։֧֑᭫֞֏֚֞֗֒ փ֞ի᭜ֆ֒ᮧֈ֧֑֘֫֊ փ֞թ֔֞֟ֆ֗֞֒֠ ֡օ֧ ֚֚֨ᭅ֛᭬֞֒֞ᮝձ֊֑֗֞֒ᲂ֞֗֒֟֔֟ց֧փ ֧֚ ᮰֠֊֠֒վշ֡ ֞֒շᳯց֑֞֒ ց ᭡֔֞ց֚եձըժփ֚֠֠֒եվ֊չ֩֗֊֑֟֡ ֠֊ ᮰֧֠֒֫֗֊֧֚֚֞֫֊ձեև֫ ֆ֞֔᮰֠ᱨ֒֟վ֔֞֡օ֧֛᭬֞֒֞ᮝֿ ᮰֠֟֘֗֞֊᭠ֈձֈ֞᭥֎֞֔ ֚֚֨ᭅձ֊֑֗֞֒ᱶց֛֔᭨֧ ևձ᭛փ֧֚᭢ց֠ᳯ֚֒ռᭅձ᭛փ ֧֚ ֚֡᮰֠ᳲ֚։֡շ֡ ֞֒֠ ժձռձ֚ը֒փ֚֠֠ ֚ե փ֗᭨ᱶց֚ᱶց֒ ֊ ֚֡᮰֠ᮧ֗֠օ֞շ֡ ֞֒֠ձռձ ַ֛֑֚֔֠֡շ֍֑֞֒᭭ց֧֘֊շ֧ ֚֞ թեփ᭭ᮝ֑֠֔ց֞լ֊֒֞վ֞վ֠֊չ֒֎ᱶչ֔֫֒ շ֊֞ᭅցշ
208 ¹Hkkx IIμ[k.M 3(ii)º Hkkjr dk jkti=k % vlk/kj.k 3
᭭ե և֞֟ֆ ո ᮓ֚ե֑֞շֆև֞ի֚֚ե ֧֚ե֎ե֟։ֆᮧ᳥֑֟֗ᲂշ֧ ᭭և֞֊֒֟֊᳜֟֔֟ոֆᮓ֚ե֑֞շն֒ᮧ᳥֑֟֗֟֞ե էֆ ಧ շᳱվ֞ձչ֠էև֞ᭅֆ֭ ֧֚ փ֚֞ֆ֠֘ֈ֞֫ֈ֒շ֡ ֔շօᱮ ֚֚֨ᭅᮕ֠֊ձ֊֑֧֚֗֞֒֫֍թեվ֠֟֊֑֚ᭅձ᭛փշե ֚᭨ցᱶց փ֞է֑֫᭟֑֞᮰֚֠֞չ֒ ֑֢֒֠ ᮧ֞ժ֧֗ց֟֔֟ց֧փչ֧ց֚ե ᮰֠֟֗֊֫ֈᮧֆ֛֞֒֞֗֞եփ֧ վ֠փ֚֠ճᳰ֍֚֚ᱶ եֈ֚֒֞ֆ֢֚֔ ե֚֗֞փ֧֠֒ ֡օ֧֊֞չ֛֡֒֞ժ֧֗ֆ֔᮰֠ᱨ֒֡օ֧ ֛᭬֞֒֞ᮝֿ ֧֚ փ֞֟֗֊֫ֈշ֡ ֞֒ᮩվ֛֫֊չ֬փ ֚֚֨ᭅ֚֟֠ᮕ֠֊ձ֚֠֔ᱶ֚ᮧ֞ժ֧֗ց֟֔֟ց֧փ ᮰֠֡֗ᱷ֛֘ᮤ֏֞ժ֛֘֞ᱶ շ֞֔ըշᱷ փ֚֘֩եշᳶ֑֘֔᭡֔֞ց֚ե ᮰֠ֆ֠֟᭗֛֧֗֔֟֒֊֫ֈ֠ ᭭ց֧ց֎ᱹշճ֍թե֟փ֑֞շ֧ ֚֚֞֠ վ֠ըժփ֚֠֠էեշ֧֔᭫֗֒ ֧֚ ֊ փ֞ձ֚֔֞֊֠᭡ ֚֚֨ᭅյ֧չ֞֔֨֎֧֫֒ᮝ֠վձ֚ձ֍֚ե֎֠ ᮰֠ձ֊շե փ֚֞֞֠ ᭡֔֞ց֚եշ֧֔ց֒ճᳰ֍֚շ֧ ֚֞ ֊᮰֑֢֠֞֊֠֞֒ ֆᱨռ֧֊չ֫փַ֑֚֡֡շ֊֞֞շ֔֟ ֆ֟֔֊֞փֿ֡ ֧֚ ᮰֧֧֠֞֒֘֗֞֗֞֔֞ ձ֊֑֗֞֒ᱶց֔ցᳲ֧᭭ ցչ֔֨֎֧֫֒ᮝ֚֚֠֨ᭅ ᮰֠։֞֗֔֊֞ժշ ժձ֊֠ը֒յձ֊֑֗֞֒֫ց֧շձ᭛փթեվ֠֟֊֑֚ᭅ ᮰֛֠֘֊֞վվփվ֧֚֞֡ ֒֫փ֚ե ᮧ֞ժ֧֗ց֟֔֟ց֧փփ֠ ֢֚֒ֆ վ֠֗֞֔֞թեփ᭭ᮝ֑֠֔᭭ց֧ցչ֧ց֚ե֛֫ չ֡վ֒֞ֆֿ ֧֚ ֚֡᮰֠֗֠᮰֠֟ᮧ֑֞ ֚֚֨ᭅձձց֠ձ֚թե֟փ֑֞ᮧ֞ժ֧֗ց֟֔֟ց֧փ ֊᮰֠֠ᮧ֏֞շ֒ ֎֫ᮝ֚֠ᳶ֚֗֟փ֟֗վ֊ ձձ᭛փ֎֧֠ᱨ֔֨֔ ᮰֠֗֠֒֞֎֞֎֢ շ֞ժ֔᭭ᮝ֠ց֊֒շ֡ ᮟ֞ռ֨᭠֊ժ ֧֚ ᮰֠ֈ᭬֡ ֑եֆ᭜֑֞չ֠ ֚֚֨ᭅվ֧֠ց֧᭭ ցձ᭛փᳯ֚֒ռᭅ֚ᱶց֚֒֞ժց ֎֞֎֞ֈթեփ᭭ᮝ֑֠֔ձᳯ֑֒֞չ֞֟վ֑֞֎֞ֈ֛֚֟֞ ֊ ֚֡᮰֠էեվ֡վ֨ ֢֑֠ ᮰֛֠֟֞֊֠᮰֫ֆᳯ֑֚֒֞֡ ֧֚ ᮰֠֡᭝և֡շ֡ ֞֒֗֠ ֚֚֨ᭅց֑֢֠֗֠ձ֑֢֚փ֚֠֞լևձ֑֟֘֞ᮧ֞ժ֧֗ց փ֞ձ֚փ֟֊֑֧֔֗ ֧֧᭭֔ ց֧փ֚են֛֒֔֞ն֒ռ֬և֞ֆ֔֟֔֟ ᮰֠֟֘᭨֠շ֛֚֫֔֠֡ յᳯ֒վ֊֔ց֞֗֒ց֞ժփ֞֗֠ձ֚ըժձ᭭ց֧ց ֆᱨ֗ե֑֟֞֒ռ֨᭠֊ժֆ֟֔֊֞փֿ֡֟ ֧֚ ᮰֠վ֚վ֠ֆ֛֚֟ե֚ե։֡ ֚֚֨ᭅձ֍֚֚֠֠ըժᳯ֚֒ռᭅձ᭛փձ֊֚֚֚֞֟֔֟ᱶց֒ ᮰֚֠֡֒ᱶᮤշ֡ ֞֒֊֫ռ֞ ᭡֔֞ց֚եձ֧֚ց֒᳇֞֒շ֞֊ժᳰֈ᭨֔֠ ᮰֠է֊֠ֆ֛֚֚֞֟֡ ֧֚ ᮰֚֠ո֞֒֞ֆ֞փ֡֞ᳯց֔ ֚֚֨ᭅձ֚֟֔ᱶցձ֊֑֗֞֒֫֔֨֎֧֫֒ᮝ֠ձ᭛փᳯ֚֒ռᭅ ᮰֠֘֘֞եշᳲᮢ֎շ֧ᮟ֞ ᱶց֒᭡֔֞ց֚եփ֠ձըժփ֚֠֠ձᳯ֑֚֒֞ ᮰֠շ֟֗ֆ֚֞փ֞եփ֧ᱨ᭨֚֔֡֡ վն֒եչ֞֎֞ֈ֛᭬֞֒֞ᮝֿ֡֔֞֗ ֧֚ ᮰֠է֍ᳱշէ֛ֈ ֚֚֨ᭅթ֊֑֗֞֒֫֔֨֎ձ֚ձ᭛փձ֚֍֧ վ ᮰֠֟֊֟ֆ֊շ֡ ֞֒ ֊֒֞վ᭭և֞ ֏ַ֗֞֠է֔֗֒֟ ᮰֠֟չ֒։֑֞֒֠֔֞֔֞ֈ֗ ֧֚ ᮰֠էᮩ֛֞է֟֏֧֙շ֧֚֚֫ ֚֚֨ᭅᱟ֎ցᭅձ֊֑֗֞֒ᲂշ֧֑֚֒֟᭭ց֚ᮧ֞ժ֧֗ց ᮰֠շ֧ չ֫֠շ֡ ֞֒ ց֧փ᭡֔֞ց֚ե֚֠թեփ᭭ᮝ֑֠֔ձ᭭ց֧ց֟֔֟ ᮰֠֒֞ո֠֎֚֠֡ ֎շ֞֞֨ փ֧եչ֔֬֒շ֊֞ᭅցշֿ
209 4 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY [PART II—SEC. 3(ii)]
֧֚ ᮰֠է֊եֆ֚᭜ֆ֡֞֊֞եֈ֞֗֞փշ֧֒ ֚֚֨ᭅձ֚ձձ֊շ֫֊ᮧ֞ժ֧֗ց֟֔֟ցփչ֧ ֧ց֚ե ᮰֠ֆ֠֊֟֔֊֚֠եֆ֫֙ֆ֧֞֔շ֒ ᮰֠֗֞֔ֆ֔ո֞եփ֔֞֟վ֚֔֞ֆ֞֒֞ ᮰֠ձշ֞֟֘ֈվᳲ֔ֈ֒֞եփ֡֒եչ ֛᭬֞֒֞ᮝ ֧֚ ᮰֠շ֣᭬օ֢֞ᳶֆ թե֟փ֑֞ ᮧ֞ժ֧֗ց ֚֚֨ᭅ֟֘֗֞ձ֊֞֟֔ᳯցշ֔ ᮰֠֒֟֗ձ֎֠ ֠ ձ᭛փփ֠շ֧ըժձփ֠֎֠ ց֧փ֚եփ֠֟֔֟ ᮰֠ᮧշ֞֘ձ թեփ᭭ᮝ֑֠֔ձᳯ֑֛֚֒֞֫շ֫ց֧֎ᱶչ֔֫֒ շ֊֞ᭅցշֿ @֍֚֞ե֑֚֠֠փ᭣֢֔ ֑֢֭< փ֩֊֫֒եվ֊֛֫ֆ֛֚֞֔֞շ֞֒
է ֆ֞֒֠ո L ᱶէ֟։֢֚ռ֊֚֞ե֑֞եշշ֞ը ֢֔է֟։֢֚ռ֊֞֏֞֒ֆշ֧֒֞վᮢէ֚֞։֞֒օ֏֞չոեփիոեփ ᳯց᭡օ է է ֆ֞֒֠ո֚֟ֆ᭥֎֒շ֞ը վ֡֔֞ժ᳇֞֒֞ᮧշ֞֟֘ֆշᳱչժև֠ն֒է֟։֢֚ռ֊֚֞ե֑֞եշշ֞ը է ֆ֞֒֠ո է ֆ֞֒֠ո֞ռᭅշ֞ը վ֊֗֒֠շ֞ը է ֆ֞֒֠ո ֆ֞֒֠ոէᲦ֢ ֎֒շ֞ը է ֆ֞֒֠ո է ֊֗᭥֎֒շ֞ը է ֆ֞֒֠ով֡֔֞ժշ֞ը էᮧ֨֔շ֞ը է ֆ֞֒֠ո շ֞ը է ֆ֞֒֠ո֚֟ֆ᭥֎֒ շ֞ը է ֆ֞֒֠ով֡֔֞ժ շ֞ը ժ է ֆ֞֒֠ո է ֆ֞֒֠ով֊֗֒֠շ֞ը շ֞ը է ᳰֈ֚᭥֎֒ շ֞ը ᳰֈ֚᭥֎֒ է ֆ֞֒֠ո է ֆ֞֒֠ո֚֟ֆ᭥֎֒շ֞ը է ֆ֞֒֠ով֡֔֞ժշ֞ը ֞ռᭅշ֞ը է ֆ֞֒֠ո է ֆ֞֒֠ոէᮧ֨֔շ֞ը է ֆ֞֒֠ով֊֗֒֠շ֞ը ᳰֈ֚᭥֎֒շ֞ը է ֆ֞֒֠ո է ֆ֞֒֠ո֊֗᭥֎֒շ֞ը է ֆ֞֒֠ով֡֔֞ժշ֞ը վ֡֔֞ժշ֞ը է ֆ֞֒֠ո֚֟ֆ᭥֎֒ է վ֡֊շ֞ը է ֆ֞֒֠ոժշ֞ը ֍֒֗֒֠շ֞ը է ֆ֞֒֠ո֞ռᭅ է ֆ֞֒֠ոᳰֈ֚᭥֎֒շ֞ը է ֆ֞֒֠ո֊֗᭥֎֒շ֞ը շ֞ը է ֆ֞֒֠ո է ֆ֞֒֠ով֡֔֞ժշ֞ը է ֆ֞֒֠ոէᮧ֨֔շ֞ը շ֞ը է ֆ֞֒֠ո է ֆ֞֒֠ով֊֗֒֠շ֞ը է ֆ֞֒֠ո֊֗᭥֎֒շ֞ը վ֡֔֞ժշ֞ը է ֆ֞֒֠ոշ֞ը էչ᭭ֆշ֞ը է ֆ֞֒֠ո է ֆ֞֒֠ով֢֊շ֞ը ֍֒֗֒֠շ֞ը է ֆ֞֒֠ո ֚֟ֆ᭥֎֒ ն֒ է ֆ֞֒֠ո վ֢֊ շ֞ը է ֆ֞֒֠ո վ֊֗֒֠ շ֞ը է ֆ֞֒֠ով֢֊᳇֞֒֞ի֊շ֞է֟᭠ֆ֚ե֘֫։֊ᳰշ֑֞չֿ֑֞ շ֞ը
MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT, FOREST AND CLIMATE CHANGE NOTIFICATION New Delhi, the 10th February, 2017 S.O. 388(E).—In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (b) of sub-section (1) of section 12 and section 13 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (29 of 1986), read with rule 10 of the Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986, the Central Government hereby makes the following further amendments in the notification of the Government of India in the erstwhile Ministry of Environment and Forests, number S.O. 1174(E), dated the 18th July, 2007, namely :- In the Table appended to the said notification,- (i) for serial numbers 12,16,18,21,22,47,75,76,77,88,89,90,91 and 92 the entries relating thereto, the following serial numbers and entries shall be substituted, namely :- (1) (2) (3) (4) “12 M/s Horizon Services (i) Ms. Seema Raghunath Jamdar ( Environmental and Safety) (ii) Mrs. Sagar Dharamaraj Surwase 09.02.2017 Shree K ¾, S.N 10, Erandawane (iii) Ms.Amruta Girish Joshi to Housing Society, Opposite 08.02.2022 Deenanath Mangeshkar Hospital, Pune-411004, Maharashtra. 16 M/s Mitcon Consultancy & (i) Dr. Sandeep Sukhdeo Jadhav 09.02.2017 Engineering Service Ltd. (ii) Mr. Rahul Laxman Patil to (Environment Management & (iii)Mrs. Kadabari Dilip Katkar 08.02.2022 Engineering Division),
210 6 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY [PART II—SEC. 3(ii)]
92 M/s Environmental Health and (i) Mr. Shivanand M. Dambal 09.02.2017 Safety Research and Development (ii) Ms. Sindhu Kumari to Centre (EHSRDC) (ii) Ms. Praveena Kumari H.N. 08.02.2022 No. 13/2, 1st Main Road, Near Fire Station, Industrial Town, Rajajinagar, Bangalore-560010, Karnataka .
(ii) after serial number 143 and the entries relating thereto, the following serial numbers and entries shall be inserted, namely:-
144 M/s Green Envirosafe Engineers and (i) Dr. Satish Damodar Kulkarni 09.02.2017 Consultant Pvt. Ltd. (ii) Dr. Ayodhya Kshirsagar to Gat No. 1405/06, Mayuri Residency, (iii) Mr. Vinod Prataprao Hande 08.02.2022 Office No. 16, 2nd Floor, Sanswadi, Pune- Nagpur Highway, Tal-Shirur, Pune- 412208, Maharashtra. 145 M/s Siddhi Green Excellence Private (i) Dr. Vinod Kumar Brijmohan 09.02.2017 Limited Gaur to Kamal Arcade, Shop No.3, Commercial (ii) Mr. Purvesh Mahendra Bhai 08.02.2022 Plot No.C-3/3, Shah Near State Bank of India, G.I.D.C (iii) Mrs. Twinkle Hiren Modi Ankleshwar-393002, Gujarat 146 M/s Omega Laboratories (i) Dr. S. Palaniappan 09.02.2017 S.F. No. 55/6B, Plot No.10, Near (ii) Mr. N. Kandasamy to Col/lector Office, Thiruchengodu, Main (iii) Mr. U. Manimaran 08.02.2022 Road, Namakkal-637003, Tamil Nadu. 147 Environmental Testing Laboratory (i) Mr. Paresh Mevawala 09.02.2017 M/s ENPRO Enviro Tech and Engineers (ii) Dr. Dhaval Naik to Pvt. Ltd. (iii) Ms. Shahenaz Jadeja 08.02.2022 D/29/16, Road No.17 Hojiwala Industrial State, Gate No.3, , Surat-394230, Gujarat. 148 M/s MATS India Private Limited (i) Ms. V. Sri Priya 09.02.2017 ( Laboratory Service Division), 1A & 1B, (ii) Shri P. Prabakaran to Perumal Koil Street, Nerkundram, (iii) Shri V. Rambabu 08.02.2022 Chennai-600107. 149 M/s J.P Test & Research Centre (i) Mr. Dushyant Tyagi 09.02.2017 4/54, Site IV Sahibabad Industrial area, (ii) Ms. Anju Jain to Ghaziabad, U.P.-201010. (iii) Ms. Himani Shrotriya 08.02.2022 150 M/s TUV SUD South Asia Pvt. Ltd. (i) Mr. Mutthukumar V. 09.02.2017 No.11 & 13, 1st & 4th Floor, Origin (ii) Dr. S. Daniel Wesley to Tower, Type-2, Dr. VSI Estate , (iii) Ms. Shilpi Kohli 08.02.2022 Thiruvanmiyur, Chennai-600041, Tamil Nadu. 151 M/s FICCI Research & Analysis Centre (i) Mr. Jasjit Singh Sandhu 09.02.2017 Plot No.2A, Sectro-8, Dwarka, New (ii) Mr. Surender Kumar Manocha to Delhi-110077. (iii) Ms. Anita Singh 08.02.2022
152 M/s Excellent Enviro Laboratory & (i)Mr. Sakharam Tumadu Patil 09.02.2017 Research Centre (ii) Mr. Shashank Trimbak Pedram to Plot No. D-52/18, MIDC Area, Waluj, (iii) Ms. Kavita Sadanand Premallu 08.02.2022 Aurangabad-431136, Maharashtra. 153 M/s Enviro Lab (i) Mr. Afaq Ahmad 09.02.2017 S-2 & S-3, Phase-II, RIICO Industrial (ii) Mr. Nitin Kumar to Area, Bhiwadi, Alwar-301019, Rajasthan. (iii) Mr. Girdhari Lal Yadav 08.02.2022
211 ¹Hkkx IIμ[k.M 3(ii)º Hkkjr dk jkti=k % vlk/kj.k 7
154 M/s Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. (i) Mr. Abraham Abishek Moses 09.02.2017 Ltd. (ii) Mr. K. Gopi to Plot NO. C-45, Industrial Estate, (iii) Ms. Rakhee B. 08.02.2022 Baikampady, Mangalore-575011, Karnataka. 155 M/s S A Encon Private Limited (i) Mr. Anant Sattupa Nandawadekar 09.02.2017 Gat No. 1373/1, Shirwal, Tal- (ii) Mrs. Nalini Santosh Talekar to Khandala,Dist.- Satara-412801, (iii) Mr. M. Kashid Jalinder 08.02.2022 Maharashtra. Pandurang 156 M/s Shiva Analytical (India) Private (i) Mr. Krishnamurthy 09.02.2017 Limited (ii) Mr. Ravi M.B to No.24-D(P) & 34D, KIADB Industrial (iii) Mr. Prakash S. 08.02.2022” Area, Hoskote, Bangalore-562114, Karmataka. [F. No. Q. 15018/7/2003-CPW ] Dr. MANORANJAN HOTA, Advisor Note : The principal notification was published in the Gazette of India, Extraordinary vide number S.O. 1174 (E), dated the 18th July, 2007 and subsequently amended vide notification numbers S.O. 1539 (E), dated the 13th September, 2007, S.O.1811(E), dated the 24th October, 2007, S.O.55(E), dated 9th January, 2008, S.O.428(E), dated the 4 th March, 2008, S.O.No.865(E) dated the 11th April, 2008, S.O.No.1894(E) dated the 31st July, 2008, S.O.No.2728(E) dated the 25 th November, 2008, S.O.1356(E) dated the 27 th May, 2009, S.O.No.1802(E) dated the 22nd July, 2009 and S.O.No.2399(E), dated the 18th September, 2009 and S.O.No.3122(E), dated the 7th December, 2009 and S.O.No.3123(E), dated the 7th December, 2009, S.O.No.142(E), dated the 21st January, 2010, S.O.619(E), 19th March, 2010, S.O.No.1662(E) dated the 13rd July, 2010, S.O.No.2390(E), dated the 30th September, 2010 S.O.No.2904(E), dated the 8th December, 2010 and S.O.No.181(E), dated the 28th January, 2011, S.O.No.692(E) dated the 5th April, 2011, S.O No. 1754(E), dated the 28th July, 2011, S.O. No. 2609, dated 22th November, 2011, S.O No. 264(E), dated- 13th February, 2012, S.O No. 1150(E) dated-22th May, 2012, S.O No.1295(E), dated-6th June, 2012, S.O. No. 2039 (E), dated-5th September, 2012, S.O No. 2850 (E), dated-7th December, 2012, S.O. No. 592 (E), dated- 8th March, 2013, S.O. No. 945(E), dated-8th April, 2013, S.O. No. 2287(E), dated-26th July, 2013, S.O No. 3489(E), dated-26th November, 2013, S.O No.21(E), dated-3rd January, 2014, S.O No. 561(E), dated-26th February, 2014, S.O. No. 1190(E), dated-1st June, 2014, S.O. No. 2003(E), dated-9th August, 2014, S.O. No. 137(E), dated-12th January, 2015, S.O. NO.1783(E), dated-30th June, 2015, S.O. No. 2453(E), dated-7th September, 2015 and S.O. No. 1953(E), dated-2nd June, 2016.
Uploaded by Dte. of Printing at Government of India Press, Ring Road, Mayapuri, New Delhi-110064 and Published by the Controller of Publications, Delhi-110054.
212 >KMB?B<:M>H?/>@BLMK:MBHG
7KLVLVWRFHUWLI\WKDWWKH 2FFXSDWLRQDO+HDOWK$QG6DIHW\ 0DQDJHPHQW6\VWHPRI
*5((1(19,526$)((1*,1((56 &2168/7$17397/7'
$W$GGUHVV
*$7120$<85,5(6,'(1&<2)),&(121')/225 6$1$6:$',381(1*$5+,*+:$<7$/6+,585381(
+DVEHHQ$VVHVVHGE\&UHVFHQW4XDOLW\&HUWLILFDWLRQ3YW/WGDQG'HHPHG WRFRPSO\ZLWKWKHUHTXLUHPHQWRI\Z KWKHUHTXLKWKHUHTXLUKWKHUHTXLUHWKHUHTXLWKHUHTXWKHUHTXLKHUHTKHUHTXT UHUHPHP 2+6$6
7KLV7KLV&HUWLILFDWHLV9DOLGIRUWKHDFWLYLWLHVVSHFLILHGEHORZ &H RUWKHDFWLYLWLHVVSHFYLWLHVVSHYLWLHVYLWLHVYLWLHYLWLYLWYLLWLHVVSHFWLHVWLHVVSHFLHVHVV VSHF
(19,5210(17$/&2168/7$1&<6(59,&(63529,'(5(19,5210(17$/ 7(67,1*:$7(5 :$67(:$7(57(67,1*$,5021,725,1* 7(67,1*
5HJLVWUDWLRQ1R &4&3/2+6$6 &HUWL¿FDWH([SLUH'DWH &HUWL¿FDWH,VVXH'DWH QG6XUYHLOODQFH VW6XUYHLOODQFH
0DQDJLQJ'LUHFWRU
&5(6&(1748$/,7<&(57,),&$7,21397/7' %*XQGHFKD6\PSKRQ\9HHUD'HVDL5RDG$QGKHUL:HVW0XPEDL,QGLD 3KRQH (PDLO LQIR#FUHVFHQWTXDOLW\FHU¿¿FDWLRQFRP :HEVLWH ZZZFUHVFHQWTXDOLW\FHUWL¿FDWLRQFRP )RU&XUUHQWYDOLGLW\RIWKLVFHUWL¿FDWHSOHDVHYLVLWRXUZHEVLWH
213 >KMB?B<:M>H?/>@BLMK:MBHG
7KLVLVWRFHUWLI\WKDWWKH 4XDOLW\0DQDJHPHQW6\VWHPRI
*5((1(19,526$)((1*,1((56 &2168/7$17397/7'
$W$GGUHVV
*$7120$<85,5(6,'(1&<2)),&(121')/225 6$1$6:$',381(1*$5+,*+:$<7$/6+,585381(
+DVEHHQ$VVHVVHGE\&UHVFHQW4XDOLW\&HUWLILFDWLRQ3YW/WGDQG'HHPHG WRFRPSO\ZLWKWKHUHTXLUHPHQWRIZ KWKHUHTXLUHWKHUHTXLUHP WKHWKHUHTXLWKHUHTXLUWKHUHTXLUHKHUHTX UHTXLUHPT HPP ,62
7KLV&HUWLILFDWHLV9DOLGIRUWKHDFWLYLWLHVVSHFLILHGEHORZ 7KLV &H RUWKHDFWLYLWLHVVSHFYLWLHVVSHYLWLHVYLWLHVYLWLHYLWLYLWYLLWLHVVSHFWLHVWLHVVSHFLHVHVV VSHF
(19,5210(17$/&2168/7$1&<6(59,&(63529,'(5(19,5210(17$/ 7(67,1*:$7(5 :$67(:$7(57(67,1*$,5021,725,1* 7(67,1*
5HJLVWUDWLRQ1R &4&3/406 &HUWL¿FDWH([SLUH'DWH FDW &HUWL¿FDWH,VVXH'DWH QG6XUYHLOODQFH VW6XUYHLOODQFH
0DQDJLQJ'LUHFWRU
&5(6&(1748$/,7<&(57,),&$7,21397/7' %*XQGHFKD6\PSKRQ\9HHUD'HVDL5RDG$QGKHUL:HVW0XPEDL,QGLD 3KRQH (PDLO LQIR#FUHVFHQWTXDOLW\FHU¿¿FDWLRQFRP :HEVLWH ZZZFUHVFHQWTXDOLW\FHUWL¿FDWLRQFRP )RU&XUUHQWYDOLGLW\RIWKLVFHUWL¿FDWHSOHDVHYLVLWRXUZHEVLWH
214
No.J-11011/403/2014-IA II (I) Goverment of India Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change Impact Assessment Division ***
Indira Paryavaran Bhavan, Vayu Wing,3rd Floor,Aliganj, Jor Bagh Road,New Delhi-110003 18 Oct 2019
To,
M/s SHARAYU AGRO INDUSTRIES LTD A/p. Kapshi, Tal.-Phaltan, Dist.- Satara, Satara-415523 Maharashtra
Tel.No.022-43111111; Email:[email protected]
Sir/Madam,
This has reference to the proposal submitted in the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change to prescribe the Terms of Reference (TOR) for undertaking detailed EIA study for the purpose of obtaining Environmental Clearance in accordance with the provisions of the EIA Notification, 2006. For this purpose, the proponent had submitted online information in the prescribed format (Form-1 ) along with a Pre-feasibility Report. The details of the proposal are given below:
1. Proposal No.: IA/MH/IND2/119959/2019
Expansion of molasses based distillery from 60 KLPD to 120 KLPD by Sharayu Agro Industries 2. Name of the Proposal: Ltd. at Gat No. 253, A/p - Kapshi (Motewadi), Tal. Phaltan, Dist.: Satara, MAharashtra
3. Category of the Proposal: Industrial Projects - 2
4. Project/Activity applied for: 5(g) Distilleries
5. Date of submission for TOR: 30 Sep 2019
In this regard, under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the Standard TOR for the purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and environment management plan for obtaining prior environment clearance is prescribed with public consultation as follows:
215 STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
5(g): STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTING ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR DISTILLERIES AND INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP REPORT
A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE
1) Executive Summary 2) Introduction i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation ii. Information about the project proponent iii. Importance and benefits of the project 3) Project Description i. Cost of project and time of completion. ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project. iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any. iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation. v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management. vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract) viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet (quantative) from raw material to products to be provided ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems. x. Expansion/modernization proposals: a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing Iexisting operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report. b. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification
216 STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted. 4) Site Details i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered. ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places) iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site. v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site. vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate. vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular. viii. Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/ private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area) ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included. xi. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects) xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land. xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy 5) Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable): i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)
217 STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha) iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted. iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife 6) Environmental Status i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro- meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall. ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests. iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report. iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines. v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give details. vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included. vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area. viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc. x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished. xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.
218 STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
7) Impact and Environment Management Plan i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any. ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor- cum-rail transport shall be examined. iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) Rules. v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards. vi. Measures for fugitive emission control vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation. viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided. ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated. x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources. xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included. xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.
219 STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan. 8) Occupational health i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise. iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved, iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety. 9) Corporate Environment Policy i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report. ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA. iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given. iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report 10) Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase. 11) Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time
220 STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE
bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon. 12) Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case. 13) 'A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.
B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIASTUDIES FOR DISTILLERIES
1. List of existing distillery units in the study area along with their capacity and sourcing of raw material. 2. Number of working days of the distillery unit. 3. Details of raw materials such as molasses/grains, their source with availability. 4. Details of the use of steam from the boiler. 5. Surface and Ground water quality around proposed spent wash storage lagoon, and compost yard. 6. Plan to reduce spent wash generation within 6-8 KL/KL of alcohol produced. 7. Proposed effluent treatment system for molasses/grain based distillery (spent wash, spent lees, condensate and utilities) as well as domestic sewage and scheme for achieving zero effluent discharge (ZLD). 8. Proposed action to restrict fresh water consumption within 10 KL/KL of alcohol production. 9. Details about capacity of spent wash holding tank, material used, design consideration. No. of peizometers to be proposed around spent wash holding tank. 10. Action plan to control ground water pollution. 11. Details of solid waste management including management of boiler ash, yeast, etc. Details of incinerated spent wash ash generation and its disposal. 12. Details of bio-composting yard (if applicable). 13. Action plan to control odour pollution. 14. Arrangements for installation of continuous online monitoring system (24x7 monitoring device)
***
221